Environment News: August 2025

Week Four August 2025 (August 18 - 24)

Plastic grass announced For Kamilaroi Park Bayview + Lakeside Park, Narrabeen


Lakeside park; the catchment claiming landfill areas back

On Friday August 22 2025 the council announced on its website it will be installing plastic grass in Kamilaroi Park, Bayview. 
The project webpage states;

''We are planning to install synthetic grass softfall beneath the existing swingset to ensure compliance with current Australian Playground Standards.

We understand the swing set is valued by the local community, so we have consulted with Council’s Tree Services Team as to the best approach to maintain swings in this location without affecting the existing trees.

The existing swing frame will be reused to avoid disturbance to tree roots.

Synthetic grass was chosen over mulch soft fall due to the thickness (and excavation) required to achieve compliance.

Works are currently planned to be undertaken in September 2025. (Weather and contractor availability permitting).''

Kamilaroi Park Bayview, halfway up steep Beaumont crescent, is susceptible to runoff into the estuary.

The same is in store for Lakeside Park, North Narrabeen, another well-known flood zone, where the field is closed regularly due to flooding. 

Here synthetic grass surfacing will be installed under gym equipment. The webpage for that states;

 ''Works begin on Monday 4 August, and should take approximately 3 weeks to complete, weather permitting.''

Both announcements form part of the council's 'playground renewal program', accessed under their 'have your say' section of the council website.

The problem being no one is getting to 'have a say' about the installing of plastic pollutants in the Pittwater environment.

This week's announcement for Bayview follows on from scores of angry emails received last week about the council not announcing during consultation its intention of installing the same product in Dunbar Park on the site of the old Guide Hall, where it regularly floods due to being part of the old Toongari reserve creek-bed.


Guide Hall being demolished in 2012

Residents are also questioning the installation of another known pollutant, plastic boardwalks, over the Newport to Bilgola headland, in another well-known high water run-off zone. Here again, residents state it was not made clear the council intended to install plastic in this sensitive marine environment.

The NSW Government released its New guidelines on synthetic turf use in sports fields on May 21 2025.

The Guidelines for Division 5.1 Assessments Addendum for Synthetic Sports Field will come into effect from 25 August 2025, providing the Department time to ensure stakeholders understand the intent of the document and how to apply it to their work adequately.

That document states:

'Chemical and compound leachate and particles from synthetic turf materials and plastics as well as pesticides and fungicides used for maintaining the surface are likely to pollute and contaminate local and surrounding waterways, soils and air as they travel through the environment. However, the highest risk of pollution is during installation and when it is first installed. 

Plastic migration from synthetic turf sports fields, particularly into waterways and bushland, is a key concern. There is evidence that both rubber infill and turf fibre blades from synthetic turf fields are found in waterways in NSW. It has been estimated that a synthetic turf field without structures to reduce infill loss will wash tens to hundreds of kilograms of infill per year into stormwater systems or waterways. The amount of turf fibres lost from a synthetic turf field is likely to be in the hundred’s of kilograms per year, with the amount increasing for fields near the end-of-life or poorly maintained.

International studies have also found a large difference between the amount of microplastics shed from different types of synthetic turf with weathering and UV exposure.'

Although the NSW Government released its guidelines on the use of plastic products in the environment document in May 2025, discussions in this local government area on residents expectations of where these products should and should not be used have not taken place. 

Even when projects are listed under the 'have your say' section of the council website they are announcements, not consultations.


Also available:


 Kamilaroi Park, Bayview - from the road

 

Surfing with a Penguin

Here's some nice news for all who love encountering fairy penguins, based on Lion Island or at Manly, when in the waters offshore of our area. Details on further local Fairy Penguin news runs below.

Alan van Gysen, a renowned photographer and filmmaker based in Cape Town, has captured an amazing array of moments but says nothing was quite like this recent experience he and a group of surfers had with a penguin at Noordhoek Beach.

"From sharks to seals to whales and everything in-between, Cape Town in South Africa is renowned for wildlife encounters in the water. But it’s rare for surfers to see a penguin, let alone share a few waves with one – until this little guy came along." he says in the film, published August 16 2025

"It was one the most incredible wildlife experiences I've ever had in my 25 years of photography. You know, down this beach, and around Cape Town, I've had interactions with whales, seals, dolphins, and even sharks, but I've never experienced anything quite like this...I'm pretty blown away to be honest."

Coming from Mr. van Gysen , that's saying something. He's taken his camera all across the African continent as well as documented some of the most iconic waves in the world for the "Origin Series" by Now Now Media, the production company he runs with journalist Will Bendix. Together they've told the story of such waves like Puerto Escondido, Safi, Skeleton Bay, African Kirra, and more.

The creators state African Penguins are critically endangered. You can directly help efforts to save them by supporting organisations like SANCCOB. Visit: https://sanccob.co.za/

Two days later, Monday August 18, it was reported nine African penguins, rescued and rehabilitated by SANCCOB, were released back into the wild, marking a significant victory for marine conservation.

Following months of extensive care and rehabilitation at the Southern African Foundation for the Conservation of Coastal Birds (SANCCOB), dedicated team members sporting the biggest smiles and holding back tears of joy witnessed the fruits of their labour culminate in a rewarding moment and step forward for marine conservation.

A video shared by SANCCOB shows the team carefully moving large boxes to the beach before opening them to reveal the penguins they had dedicated so much effort to treating and preparing for rewilding. The birds were guided out of their boxes and onto the beach, where they walked together into the water before swimming into the horizon to continue their life in their ocean home.

In the last century, African Penguins have lost 97% of their population. The penguins’ main food sources, sardines and anchovies, are being depleted by commercial fishing. 

On March 18 2025 BirdLife South Africa and SANCCOB secured a historic victory for South Africa’s Critically Endangered African Penguin when the Pretoria High Court issued an order of court after a hard-won settlement agreement was reached by the two conservation NGOs with commercial sardine and anchovy purse-seine fishers (subsequently endorsed by the State). The order provides for the delineations of no-take zones for the commercial sardine and anchovy fishery around six key African Penguin breeding colonies that lie within coastal areas where this commercial fishery operates. 

SANCCOB stated: ''The six closures work together to secure biologically meaningful foraging areas for African Penguins in each of the west coast, southern Cape and Algoa Bay regions to help bring the species back from the brink of extinction. This settlement follows several weeks of exceptionally hard work and negotiations between the conservation NGOs and the commercial sardine and anchovy fishing industry.''

Surfing with a Penguin | Surf's Up for Real

A short film by Now Now Media presented by Monster Energy in association with O’Neill

Featuring Eli Beukes, Brendon Gibbens and others

Produced by Alan van Gysen

Written and Directed by Will Bendix

Primary pupils’ projects to protect Manly's little penguins

Peninsula public schools have teamed up with Taronga Zoo to help protect little penguin colonies. Jim Griffiths reports.

August 22 2025

Students from Brookvale Public School get a seal of approval from the penguins

The last onshore little penguin colony on Sydney’s northern beaches is overcoming threats to its survival thanks to a project involving Department of Education Zoo Education Team, Taronga Zoo and eight northern beaches public schools.

For 10 weeks, primary school students – with their high school mentors – undertake a range of activities to deepen their knowledge of Manly’s little penguins, threats to the colony and positive actions that we can all take to protect the species.

Relieving Zoo Education Advisor, Alexandra Heagney, said the primary school students had to solve one of the problems that the little penguins face, develop their own prototype solutions and create a community awareness campaign focused on protecting the penguins.

“What we hope to see out of this project is community awareness and students becoming advocates for the little penguin colony in Manly,” she said. “We also hope to see that they make changes when they become adults and teenagers too.”

During Project Penguin, the primary students are guided through the design thinking process and are supported by local high school student mentors.

The project follows a project-based learning framework implemented across a number of the department’s Zoo Education programs, with a focus on authentic cross-curricular learning focused on a locally threatened species.

The 22 best ideas were then shared at a Taronga Zoo expo attended by more than 640 students from Balgowlah Heights, Beacon Hill, Brookvale, Harbord and Manly West Public Schools and their mentors from Northern Beaches Secondary College Cromer, Balgowlah Boys and Mackellar Girls and The Beach School.

For example, one team from Harbord Public School developed a habitat with a surrounding pressure plate to detect anything heavier than a penguin.

Once activated, fox repellent and water are sprayed, along with noise from speakers to scare off any predator, with nets providing further protection from sea birds.

Brookvale Public School Year 3 student Neve Gordon enjoyed working on an idea to make better, storm-proof bins to reduce plastic pollution on the coastline.

“My favourite part of the project was working in groups and making things,” she said.

Harbord Public School students show their project at the ‘Project Penguin Expo’

WHY PENGUINS?

  • They’re an indicator species: Little penguins are at the top of the marine food chain for small fish and invertebrates. If their population declines, it can signal bigger environmental problems such as pollution, overfishing, or climate change.
  • They help maintain ecosystem balance: By feeding on small fish, squid, and krill, little penguins help keep prey populations in check.
  • They’re part of Sydney’s coastal identity: The Little Manly colony is the only breeding penguin colony left on the NSW mainland. They are a living connection to what Sydney’s coastline looked like long before the city grew around it, but they face challenges such habitat loss, pollution and the impacts of climate change.
  • They’re unique and irreplaceable: Little penguins are the smallest penguin species in the world, and the Little Manly colony is one of the most urban penguin populations anywhere. If they disappear here, they’ll never naturally return, it would be the end of a centuries-old population.

________________________________________________

A few insights from the news service from a few years ago.

In June 2019 we brought you some news about a project to put fireproof burrows on Lion Island for the colony that lives there - these penguins are seen in the Pittwater estuary and right along the coastal beaches. They used to have nests and colonies on the beaches all along our coast as well - at Turimetta Beach, Narrabeen and Long Reef in particular.

Here's some at Narrabeen in 1955 - and reports of them at Long Reef as well:

When summer comes . . .


HE MUST go down to the sea again, the lonely sea and the sky- but only for dinner. This hungry little chap couldn't wait for the rest of the flock that gathers for a nightly 3 a.m. party on the beach. Then they return to their nests to sleep all day.


HOUSING TROUBLES begin, at Mrs. E. Whittaker warns off a mother bird for squatting with its young beside her shed. But (inset) the penguin family sits tight till ready to vacate.

PENGUINS at the bottom of their garden

Spring comes with a difference to the gardens of waterfront homes in Ocean Street, Narrabeen, north of Sydney. It brings flocks of fairy penguins-the smallest of the breed-sauntering in from the sea to take up residence for their nesting season. As daytime guests they're welcome, but at nightfall they head down to the sea for food-making noises that keen everyone else awake, too. They stay for a few months.


HUNTING for invaders under the house, this family is helped by neighbors. Householders have M tried fencing and boarding around their houses, but still the penguins come to nest each year.

SIGNAL'S RIGHT, but the bus speeds on. For most people in Ocean Street, Narrabeen, the penguin novelty has worn off. They would rather have their sleep, which the birds' din disturbs. The noises vary from "woo-woo" to loud dog-like barks.


THE MAN who came to dinner takes it for granted he's welcome as Mr. W. Gillanty greets him. Residents, particularly light sleepers, now have to resign themselves to a trying time while the penguins, which are protected, are in charge. PENGUINS at the bottom of their garden (1956, December 12). The Australian Women's Weekly (1933 - 1982), p. 23. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article41852332 

Marine Parade North Avalon resident and ornithologist Neville Cayley is mentioned in this one:

Two Little Penguins 

AS Mr. Neville Cayley mentions in the 'Mail' that there is very little known regarding the length of time these penguins care for their young before turning  them out, I thought the following account would be of especial interest to readers of 'Outdoor Australia.' 

At a crowded Museum lecture Mr. Kinghorn told us this unusual incident. One morning towards the end of August, 1921, the peace and serenity of some dwellers at Collaroy Beach were disturbed by extraordinary noises and weird cries at the back door. When the astonished owner of the house opened the door in rushed two little penguins, which with loud voices announced their intentions of staying. Then they danced about and waved their little wings in a most ingratiating way. After a short time these noisy visitors were shown the door, and they disappeared for a while. But, having chosen their home, Mr. and Mrs. Penguin returned later, and as they could not get inside the house they went underneath as far as they could get, and there made their nest of seaweed. The noise every night was almost unbearable; they would scream and cackle, and later, after about six weeks their songs of joy were terrific, for two youngsters were hatched. 

About four months after their arrival the penguin family suddenly departed. Where they wintered is their own secret: but late in the following August a terrible cackling outside advised these householders that they were back. When the door was opened Mr. and Mrs. Penguin marched triumphantly in, followed by two grown chicks, which were inquisitive and rather shy. Then followed extravagant dances of greeting and vociferous songs of 'Here we are again,' etc., in which the young ones also joined. 

They could not be quietened, and the neighbours hastened across to see if someone had gone mad. The owners of the house put the whole family down on the beach and drove them away. It was then that the parents sent off the chicks to fend for themselves, and they themselves returned later and went under the house to their old nest. The celebrations were so overpowering that the householders took down some boards next day, got the noisy pair out, and drove them at night by car to Palm Beach, about twelve miles distant, and there left them. But next morning saw them back. 

They were taken a second time, but returned, and were allowed lo stay; but a home was made for them in the far corner of the garden. The house side was netted off and a hole cut in the fence to allow them free access to the beach. They made a nest of seaweed, and later two eggs were laid. The birds look it in turn to sit on them, and there was always much shouting and scolding when one returned from the sea at night. 

After about six weeks two sooty-brown chicks appeared, and the noise that night and the next few days while the celebrations lasted was tremendous. The parents took it in turn to fish and swim during the day that followed, but at night they often went out together to find a suitable supper, and about 9 p.m. would return, arguing together as they came up the beach. The following summer my father saw a young penguin land on the rocks at Coogee. I think it quite likely that it was one of the young ones turned out at Collaroy. It was evidently not very used to fending for itself, for a patch of feathers was torn from its shoulder, possibly through not being an adept at landing. 

At the time of the lecture these queer visitors were still in residence at Collaroy, and what became of them I do not know. It is likely enough that the nesting-place on North Head mentioned by Mr. Cayley is occupied by these little penguins or their descendants.  Outdoor Australia (1925, March 18).Sydney Mail (NSW : 1912 - 1938), , p. 10. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article159721727 

It is recorded that two Fairy penguins for a number of years made seasonal visitations to Collaroy, near Sydney, and often laid their eggs under the floor of one of the houses there. — F.J.B. Quaint and Beautiful Sea Birds (1934, October 31). Sydney Mail (NSW : 1912 - 1938), , p. 56. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article166107257 

The Lion Island colony was officially first protected in 1956 - although they had been protected decades prior to then:

PROTECTION OF PENGUINS.

Mr. Oakes (Chief Secretary), who is in charge of the Act relating to wild life, desires it to be generally known that all species of penguins are absolutely protected by law, and that anyone interfering with the birds is liable to a penalty. Apart from this he says citizens are requested to refrain from molesting this interesting bird, or driving it back to the sea, as, naturally, no water fowl liked getting wet when half-feathered.

Mr. Oakes remarked yesterday that fairy penguins, which were frequently seen off the coast, came ashore at this period of the year for moulting purposes for about three weeks. During that time they had not been observed to feed or enter the water. Many persons had offered specimens of the birds as exhibits to the Taronga Zoological Gardens, while others had made inquiries how to keep them alive in captivity. As this species of penguin only lived on live fish they could not be kept alive away from the sea. PROTECTION OF PENGUINS. (1923, December 18). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 8. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16127509

PENGUINS ON COAST ARE PROTECTED

A penguin caught to-day near Palm Beach was refused' by Zoo authorities. The birds are common along the coast at present, are protected by law, and do not live in captivity.

The secretary of the Zoo (Mr. H. B. Brown) said today that the public had been warned against molesting the birds. PENGUINS ON COAST ARE PROTECTED (1936, December 30). The Sun (Sydney, NSW : 1910 - 1954), p. 12 (COUNTRY EDITION). Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article230907746

Avalon Dunes - can you help?

On Sunday September 7  there will be a big planting morning of beach plants to help stabilise the sand on the blowout on the northern end of Avalon Dunes. Starting about 8.30 we will put in about 1000 plants. 



But before that, on August 25-29 the westward moving sand will be moved back to the beach from Des Creagh Reserve  and stabilised with 100+ coir logs and jute matting. This is a joint project of Northern Beaches Council and the NSW Government.

This blowout happened because dune fencing broke and people trampled on fragile dune vegetation, trying to get a high view of the beach,  just where the strong south-east winds blast up from the beach. 

All help very welcome.

Avalon Preservation Association

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works to commence This September

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

The improvements will be delivered in three carefully planned stages.

Stage 1 – Marine Works

  • Includes a new boardwalk outside the Pasadena Sydney and a new accessible gangway to the ferry pontoon.
  • Repairs and additions to the sandstone seawall along Thomas Stephens Reserve.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.
  • Works to commence in September 2025 with the aim of being completed by Christmas.
  • A temporary alternate gangway to the ferry wharf will be installed ensuring access to the Ferry services at all times during the works.
  • Access to The Waterfront Cafe and General Store and Pasadena Sydney will be maintained throughout the works.

Stage 2 – Landscaping Works

  • Landscaping works will begin in early 2026 and will include permeable paving, tree retention, and improved public seating and bike facilities. Completing the landscaping will finalise the Masterplan.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.

Stage 3 – McCarrs Creek Road Upgrade

  • Detailed design will be presented to the Local Transport Forum in September 2025 for consideration.
  • Construction will be staged and is expected to take place from early 2026.

Council's webpage states the first works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

 

Wildlife Hungry: Moving to road Edges to feed - Please Slow down

A Sydney Wildlife Carer has stated this week: ''We've  been getting a lot of calls to Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) lately. 

Please slow down and be aware that food through winter is scarce and many animals are moving closer to the edges of the road in search of winter grass. 

If you see any sick or injured animal please call Sydney Wildlife Rescue 9413 4300.''

 

 

Permaculture with the Legendary Rosemary Morrow


Where: North Curl Curl Community Centre
(Corner of Abbott Rd and Griffin Rd, North Curl Curl)
When: Thursday August 28th
Doors Open at 7:30pm

We're so thrilled to have the ever-inspiring Rosemary Morrow visiting PNB at our August Education Evening to talk about taking Permaculture everywhere and adapting Permaculture in today's world.

Rosemary Morrow is one of the pioneering women in permaculture across the world. For almost 50 years she has extensively worked with farmers and villagers in Africa, Asia, and Eastern Europe often in war-torn nations such as Afghanistan, Bosnia, and Cambodia. The Australia PermaFund is set up to support work some of these projects.

She has also developed her own rural properties in Australia as models of sustainable living and is the author of many books such as “The Earth User’s Guide to Permaculture,” “The Earth User’s Guide to Restoring Permaculture” and the “Seed Savers Manual”.
Rosemary teaches permaculture to permaculture teachers in an interactive and thought-provoking way. She has inspired many to take up and teach permaculture including our own PNB Introduction to Permaculture (ITP) courses, and is often referred to as the “Permaculture teachers’ teacher”.
Rosemary lives in the Blue Mountains and started the Blue Mountains Permaculture Institute.

Be sure not to miss this very special evening.

Entry is free for members and by donation for non-members (from $5 is recommended)

To book and help us to plan ahead, use the below link:
Or you may just turn up on the night!

Attendees are warmly invited to bring along a small plate of food to share if you wish.

Lifesaving natural hazards technology put through its paces

August 19, 2025

A device that retrofits onto existing infrastructure to deliver remote, real-time updates on water levels at road crossings is one of 15 innovations being considered in Phase 1 of the Minns Government’s $3.3 million Natural Hazards Detection System (NHDS) program.

The program, led by the Office of the Chief Scientist & Engineer in collaboration with the NSW Reconstruction Authority, will test a broad range of innovative technologies to reduce the cost and impact from disasters caused by natural hazards.

The funded projects include technology which can be mounted directly onto flood depth water indicator signs on NSW roads and transmit data to emergency services, AI and night vision-enabled imaging, a stratospheric blimp-based imaging system and a network of sensors to measure soil and fuel moisture for fire management.

Successful Phase 1 recipients will develop their technologies and can apply for Phase 2, in which they will be deployed and rigorously tested at pilot locations in at-risk Local Government Areas identified by the NSW State Emergency Service and NSW Rural Fire Service.

The NHDS program is an outcome of the 2020 Bushfire Inquiry and 2022 Flood Inquiry to use new detection technology to improve the identification and warning of impacts of natural hazards.

For a full list of recipients and further program details, visit: https://www.chiefscientist.nsw.gov.au/natural-hazards-detection-system

NHDS Proof of Concept Funding Recipients

Fifteen companies have been successful in receiving funding for Phase 1 of the NHDS.

Company Solution/Description                                                       Funding Amount Challenge

Aquamonix Envoy - a smart and flexible disaster management IoT​ $20,400.00 Challenge 4 - Rainfall/Soil Moisture Data (Flood)​

Envoy is a low-cost, solar-powered monitoring system that uses cellular, LoRaWAN, or satellite services for data transmission. It can be equipped with a variety of analogue and digital sensors to monitor environmental parameters such as rainfall, soil moisture, water levels, and weather conditions. This robust and flexible IoT system enhances flood prediction accuracy and situational awareness for disaster management, offering a scalable and cost-effective solution for remote and underserved areas.

Aquamonix FloodCAM -Visual AI for Camera-Based Flood Monitoring​ $48,428.00 Challenge 1 - Water over Roads and Assets (Flood)​

FloodCAM is solar-powered, non-contact sensor, attachable to existing infrastructure with an inbuilt smart camera featuring IR capability for night vision, and inbuilt analytics. The sensor detects water surfaces over roads and critical assets within the camera view, and identifies and evaluates water levels against safety thresholds, offering regular and precise water measurements and alerts.

Aquamonix Vortex Micro Station                                                       $25,000.00 Challenge 2 - Flash Flooding Water Levels (Flood)​

The Vortex Microstation is a compact, solar-powered sensor that utilises multiple non-contact sensing techniques, including IR (Infrared), LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) and GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System). These techniques are processed onboard to provide reliable and accurate water level measurements during flood events. The sensor ensures precise measurements at critical locations, enabling emergency services to more easily track the progress of an ongoing flood and supporting the effective protection of local communities.

Austrapex Transformative Water Sensing Solution for Flash Flood Management​ $ 49,500.00 Challenge 2 - Flash Flooding Water Levels (Flood)​

Austrapex’s solution is a sensor that passively captures cellular signals transmitted by nearby towers and reflected off water surfaces. The system translates the signals into precise and efficient estimates of water levels and velocity, providing a cost-effective method for gathering real-time data during a flood event, and contributes to safer communities, efficient resource management and long-term resilience planning.

Kallipr​ Kallipr Rain and Soil Moisture Monitoring Solution​ & Kallipr Flood Monitoring Solution​ $ 103,000.00 (total - three combined applications)

Challenge 1 - Water over Roads and Assets (Flood)​

Challenge 2 - Flash Flooding Water Levels (Flood)​

Challenge 4 - Rainfall/Soil Moisture Data (Flood)​

Kallipr offers a solar-powered Internet of Things (IoT) flood monitoring sensor capable of gathering data on water level, water velocity and soil moisture in areas prone to flash flooding in real time. It delivers timely alerts, empowering local councils and emergency services teams to make rapid, informed decisions during critical events. The system integrates high accuracy radar, rain gauge, soil probe and advanced IoT data loggers to collect, process and transmit high-precision water level and surface velocity data as well as other environmental data such as soil moisture. This enables swift decision-making during flood events and expands monitoring capabilities for broader environmental and flood management applications.

Kablamo​ Hazards Near Me 2.0 - Citizen Insight Exchange​ $ 50,000.00 Challenge 9 - Existing Data (Flood & Fire)​

Kablamo’s proposed solution enhances natural hazard management by transforming the ‘Hazards Near Me’ (HNM) app into a two-way communication tool, allowing the public to upload geotagged images and videos of incidents. This system provides real-time, actionable intelligence without the need for expensive physical sensors. By leveraging the trusted HNM platform, it empowers local communities to contribute high-quality data, improving public safety, resource allocation and decision-making for NSW Emergency Services.

Indicium Dynamics​ Fire Foresight $50,000.00 Challenge 8 - Bushfire Fuel and Soil Moisture Monitoring (Fire)​

The Fire Foresight proposed solution integrates a network of portable, low-maintenance sensors that monitor bushfire fuel and soil moisture every 15 minutes. These sensors use non-destructive techniques to measure moisture content in fine and 10-hour fuel types, as well as upper soil moisture, and transmit real-time data to emergency services. This innovative system enhances situational awareness for fire agencies, enabling informed decisions on hazard reduction and fire management, while reducing the need for on-the-ground testing and improving overall efficiency and accuracy.

MaxWave Technology Pty Ltd​   AquaSense Technology: Dual-Mode Passive Tag and AI-Driven System for Environmental Monitoring and Hazard Mitigation​ $44,300.00 Challenge 4 - Rainfall/Soil Moisture Data (Flood)​

Aquasense passive battery-less sensors monitor volumetric water content in the soil. If this exceeds a threshold indicating flood risk, the tags switch to active sensing and monitor temperature, humidity and water levels providing crucial data for drought, flood and fire management. This system can be deployed in remote areas, operating without batteries and utilising energy harvested from an external transmitter, and offers high adaptability and reliable real-time environmental monitoring.

MVP Engineering​ FloodMate​ $41,900.00 Challenge 1 - Water over Roads and Assets (Flood)​

FloodMate is a novel, capacitance-based flood depth sensor designed to retrofit onto existing flood depth indicator signs. It uses capacitance-based water sensing technology to detect water presence without physical contact, ensuring reliability and low cost. This innovative sensor provides real-time flood tracking and alerting capabilities, making it a practical and scalable solution for hazard detection and disaster response

NGIS​ Automatic Water Level Estimation from Imagery​ $50,000.00 Challenge 3 - Water Level from Imagery (Flood)​

NGIS’s proposed solution utilises computer vision and AI to measure water levels and velocity from existing and newly installed camera feeds. The system can detect water boundaries, measure water levels and track water movement, critical during a flood event. It supports cloud-based processing for high-bandwidth areas and edge computing for remote locations, ensuring flexibility and continuous monitoring. This innovative system leverages existing camera networks, reducing infrastructure costs and enhancing flood management for local and NSW Government agencies.

Nova Systems​  Firewar Early Bushfire Detection System​ $50,000.00 Challenge 5 - Ignition Detection (Fire)​

The Firewar system is a network of sensors deployed over high risk locations that can continuously monitor large areas. These sensors measure temperature, humidity, volatile organic compounds, CO2 and air pressure every three minutes, with an AI algorithm estimating the probability of fire ignition. The sensors communicate via LoRaWAN to a gateway, which then uses standard networks to provide real-time data collection and alerts through a cloud-hosted API, ensuring rapid and accurate fire monitoring.

Silicon Vandals EnviroDrop​ $46,800.00 Challenge 7 - Local Fire Weather Monitoring (Fire)​

EnviroDrop is an environmental monitoring system designed to be aerially deployed in remote and hard-to-reach areas. It uses advanced sensor technology to measure temperature, humidity, wind speed/direction, rainfall and solar radiation without any moving parts. This system ensures safe aerial deployment, durability and long operational life, making it a practical and scalable solution for environmental monitoring and disaster response.

Stratoship​ Hyperspectral detection from the Stratosphere​ $ 50,000.00 Challenge 5 - Ignition Detection (Fire)​

Stratoship offers a novel solution that uses a non-flammable helium airship to place a highly sensitive remote sensor 20km high in the stratosphere to provide a satellite-like view of fires in a region. The payload on the airship uses a Near-Infrared imaging system to detect fire ignition in the early stages, as the sensors are less affected by atmospheric interference, enabling reliable imagery in hazardous conditions. This innovative approach offers persistent and precise monitoring over large areas.

WatchTowers Networks​ The Mobile WatchTower Solution​ $47,600.00 Challenge 6 - Fire Assessment and Monitoring (Fire)​

The Mobile WatchTower solution is an advanced, rapidly deployable platform designed to enhance bushfire detection and situational awareness for emergency services. It combines dual high-definition PTZ cameras, solar-powered energy systems, and multi-mode connectivity options like LTE and Starlink, ensuring coverage in underserved or high-risk areas within minutes and is mounted on a towable trailer for easy deployment by emergency service vehicles. This innovative system integrates with the WatchTowers Command platform providing real-time intelligence and AI-generated alerts for adaptive hazard management in NSW.

WaterMark​ WaterMark​ $50,000.00 Challenge 3 - Water Level from Imagery (Flood)​

WaterMark transforms existing surveillance and traffic cameras into an intelligent water level monitoring network using advanced computer vision technology. It processes camera feeds with deep learning algorithms to identify reference points, and extract measurements ensuring accurate water level monitoring without new sensor deployments. This innovative system enhances flood monitoring coverage, reduces costs and provides real-time reliability assessments, making it a scalable and practical solution for emergency services.

NSW Minister for Emergency Services, The Hon. Jihad Dib said:

“We are investing in technologies and infrastructure to improve the way we communicate and respond to disasters, in the face of increasing risk from more frequent and intense natural hazards.

“By testing cutting edge technologies and new early warning systems, we can improve the way we predict and provide disaster warnings, and this program is yet another way we are finding solutions that work for our emergency services and the communities of NSW.”

NSW Minister for Innovation, Science and Technology, The Hon. Anoulack Chanthivong, said:

“The National Hazards Detection System program is another example of the Minns Labor Government partnering with innovators to tackle the biggest challenges faced by our state.

“These exciting new technologies can make positive change in the lives of those most directly impacted by disasters caused by natural hazards.

“The Government is investing nearly $80 million to implement our Innovation Blueprint to cement NSW as the best place to innovate, connect with investors, and scale a business, which includes $20 million for the Emerging Technology Commercialisation Fund to drive long term growth and productivity in Government priority areas, such as housing, Net Zero and energy transition and local manufacturing.

“With these investments, the Minns Government is supporting the next generation of researchers, scientists and other innovators to generate both social and economic benefits for NSW.”

NSW Minister for Recovery Janelle Saffin said:

“With the constant change in our climate, floods and bushfires are occurring more frequently and we have a responsibility to ensure our communities are better prepared and more resilient to their impacts.

“The Minns Labor Government is committed to protecting communities by ensuring they have adequate time to evacuate, and new hazard-warning technologies such as these will go a long way to delivering that.

“Having enough time to plan evacuation routes could save lives, and in locations such as the Northern Rivers and the Hawkesbury Nepean, give farmers advanced warning to move livestock to higher ground.”

Office of the Chief Scientist & Engineer Professor Hugh Durrant-Whyte stated:

"These innovative technologies are changing the thinking on how we might best respond to natural hazards in the future.

“By supporting these companies to further develop and test their systems and devices, we will be able to provide real-time solutions for the prediction and management of both fire and flood hazards for NSW communities and emergency services.”   

NSW leads the way towards national solar panel reuse and recycling scheme

August 18, 2025

Commonwealth, state and territory governments have agreed to progress work towards a national product stewardship scheme for solar panels, ensuring they are managed from start to end of life.

At Friday’s meeting of the Energy and Climate Change Ministerial Council in Sydney, NSW presented a paper advocating a national mandated scheme to prevent solar panels ending up in landfill, instead directing them towards remanufacture or recycling. NSW is already developing a mandated stewardship program for batteries.

Annual solar panel waste volumes in Australia are predicted to nearly double over the next five years, from 59,340 tonnes in 2025 to 91,165 tonnes in 2030. The surge in waste is expected to be greatest in metropolitan cities from domestic use, with volumes beginning to grow in regional areas from large-scale solar facilities after 2030.

Energy Ministers recognised increasing calls for improved end-of-life management of solar panels, including those at large-scale facilities. Many solar panels are disposed of well before the end of their useful life and typically end up in landfill, stockpiled, or exported.

More than 95% of a solar panel is recyclable and contains valuable materials, including aluminium, glass, copper, silver and silicon, which can be beneficially recovered and reused.

The Smart Energy Council estimates that around one-third of solar panels could be re-used instead of being thrown away. This could contribute up to 24 gigawatts of energy by 2040, enough to power six million homes a year.

Energy Ministers agreed that NSW will lead preliminary work, together with other jurisdictions, in drawing up a Regulatory Impact Statement.

The draft will help the Government evaluate options for a national mandatory product stewardship scheme that could catalyse a national recycling and reuse sector for solar panels and their batteries.

The Commonwealth is also supporting low-cost recycling technologies for solar PV through the Australian Renewable Energy Agency, to help support the feasibility and cost-effectiveness of industry approaches to solar product stewardship.

Minister for Energy and the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“We are proud to be leading the charge to create a unified approach to solar panel waste management and recycling.

“This work builds on the momentum of our nation-leading reform on batteries, and the new legislation already in place in NSW to enable a mandatory product stewardship scheme – ensuring suppliers take responsibility for the safe design, recycling and disposal of their products.”

Smart Energy Council CEO, John Grimes said:

“It's been a decade since the federal government acknowledged solar panels going into landfill was a problem. Now, four million panels are coming off roofs a year with less than 5% being recycled.

“The time for talk has passed, an immediate first step is a national solar stewardship pilot to keep the industry alive and inform the Regulatory Impact Statement.

“The Smart Energy Council welcomes the restated focus from governments on the critical need for stewardship of solar PV, and particularly acknowledges the efforts of the NSW government for leading on this.’

Australian Manufacturing Workers’ Union NSW/ACT State Secretary Brad Pidgeon said:

"A national solar panel stewardship scheme is a major opportunity for Australian jobs.

“Remanufacturing and recycling panels here means more onshore work in the renewable energy supply chain instead of shipping valuable materials offshore or losing them as waste."

IPART Draft Report on the review of Water prices for Greater Sydney from 1 October 2025: Have your say

On Thursday July 31 IPART has released draft prices for WaterNSW bulk water services in the Greater Sydney region, from 1 October 2025 to 30 June 2028.

Tribunal Chair Carmel Donnelly said WaterNSW is responsible for owning, operating and maintaining dams in NSW, and capturing, storing and supplying bulk water to Sydney Water, a small number of local councils and about 60 business customers in the Greater Sydney region.

“Bulk water customers such as Sydney Water then treat and distribute that water to residential and business customers in Greater Sydney,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Bulk water pricing can therefore affect the price residential and business customers pay for the water they buy from Sydney Water and Wingecarribee, Shoalhaven and Goulburn Mulwaree councils.”

Under IPART’s draft decisions, over the 3 years to 2027-28, WaterNSW’s Greater Sydney bulk water prices would increase by around 10.4% per year before inflation. For a typical Sydney Water residential customer, IPART states this would add about $7 to bills in 2025-26, $20 to bills in 2026-27 and $31 to bills in 2027-28 before inflation.

Ms Donnelly said the Tribunal’s draft decisions are based on careful consideration of a range of factors including the need to support safe, reliable and efficient water catchment, storage and supply services in the Greater Sydney region.

“The Tribunal also considered stakeholder submissions received during a public hearing and in response to a November 2024 Issues Paper and a May 2025 Information Paper,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Our aim is to set prices that mean customers of WaterNSW only pay what is required to efficiently deliver bulk water services.”

“The draft prices we have set in this report are lower than WaterNSW’s September 2024 proposal to increase prices by around 14% per year. However, some increases in prices are necessary to allow WaterNSW to maintain its assets and continue to deliver reliable services that the community expects.”

Stakeholders can download a copy of the report from IPART’s website and provide feedback on the proposed prices for WaterNSW until Monday 25 August 2025.

Chapter 9 (Draft Prices) of the IPART Draft Report states:

Fixed charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s fixed charges would increase to around $203.7 million in 2025-26, which is a 11.6% nominal increase. The fixed charge in 2027-28 would be around $248.7 million ($2025-26), which is around a 36.2% increase from current prices.

For other customers the fixed charge would increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then increase by around 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ fixed charges would increase by around 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Fixed charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to around $131 in 2025-26 which is a 13.1% increase. The fixed charge would be approximately $160 ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.8% increase from current prices.

Usage charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s non-drought usage charge would increase to $100.50/ML in 2025-26, which is a 19.6% nominal increase. The same usage charge in 2027-28 would be $121.70/ML ($2025-26), which is around a 44.8% increase from current prices.

For other customers the non-drought usage charge would generally increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then generally increase by 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ non-drought usage charges would increase by 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Non-drought usage charges for raw water customers would increase to $0.86/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 13.2% increase. The same charge would be $1.05/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 38.2% increase from current prices.

• Non-drought usage charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to $1.49/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 12.9% increase. The same charge would be $1.82/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.9% increase from current prices.

 Overall, when comparing current prices (2024-25) to 2027-28 prices, our draft decisions for Sydney Water are that the:

• Fixed charge would be approximately 11.6% higher in 2025-26 from 1 October, including inflation. This is then followed by increases of around 10.4% plus inflation on 1 July 2026 then by around 10.6% plus inflation on 1 July 2027. In 2027-28 the fixed charge would be $248.70 million. The average price per annum from 2025-26 to 2027-28 would be around $225.76 million per year. 

''Your feedback will help us make our final decisions for the maximum prices WaterNSW can charge for its services in Greater Sydney. We will release our final decisions in September 2025 with prices to take effect from 1 October 2025.'' IPART states

Sydney Water has proposed the increase in water charges, now drafted in the latest IPART Draft Report, to fund infrastructure upgrades to address the city's growing population. 

IPART states in its report that the proposed bill increases under its draft decisions are lower than the 14% real increase per year put forward by WaterNSW in its June 2025 submission to our Information Paper (its alternative revenue request). 

''Our proposed prices are lower because our review of efficient expenditure has indicated that not all of the increases in expenditure that WaterNSW proposed are necessary or efficient for this next 3-year period.

We propose to set WaterNSW’s notional revenue requirement (NRR) for Greater Sydney to $824.8 million for the 3-year determination period.''

Read the Draft Report

Make a Submission

Previously:

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - This Sun September 7 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

EPA tackling greenhouse gas emissions with new licensee requirements: Have your say

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) is seeking feedback on requirements to help industry cut emissions and drive NSW towards achieving net zero by 2050. 

The proposed Climate Change Licensee Requirements and Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptions Plans: Mitigation Requirements released July 29 aim to strengthen the transparency of greenhouse gas reporting and businesses’ emission reduction plans. 

To support the shift to a decarbonised economy, the proposed measures will be phased in across industry sectors, firstly applying to very large greenhouse gas emitters that hold environment protection licences.

NSW EPA CEO, Tony Chappel said this is a significant step forward in setting new standards for climate action, providing certainty to industry and the community as we transition to net zero.

“Climate change is not a problem for the future. We are already facing its escalating consequences, from unprecedented fires to recent devastating flood events across regional NSW,” said Mr Chappel. 

“We need to treat greenhouse gases like any other pollutant we regulate. EPA licensees currently contribute half of NSW’s total greenhouse gas emissions. 

“Introducing new requirements and guidance for industry is essential as we move towards a climate resilient future. 

“This will be a complex journey, and we are committed to developing specific approaches for different industries and sectors, rather than a one size fits all solution.”

To build our evidence base, the EPA commissioned the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) to conduct an independent expert review of methane measurement technologies for fugitive methane emissions.

The EPA is also developing sector specific guides on emissions reductions. The first of these, the Proposed Greenhouse Gas Mitigation Guide for NSW Coal Mines, outlines tailored climate actions for the coal industry, targeting methane, a potent greenhouse gas. 

The draft requirements will apply to about 200 premises and are set to include:

  • Annual climate change emissions reporting 
  • Climate change mitigation and adaptation plans
  • Specific mitigation actions 
  • Emissions measurement 

To help meet the proposed requirements, eligible licensees will be able to access grants from the High Emitting Industries Fund

The requirements, mitigation guidance and guide for NSW coal mines are key initiatives set in the Government's Climate Change Policy and Action Plan 2023-26

For more information and to have your say by 5pm Tuesday 7 October 2025, visit: https://yoursay.epa.nsw.gov.au

$1.2 million on offer to crack down on illegal dumping

Councils, public land managers and regional waste groups across NSW can now apply for a share of more than $1.2 million to prevent illegal dumping and protect local environments and communities.

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) has opened Round 3 of the Illegal Dumping Prevention Program, which supports targeted, on-the-ground projects to address the problem at its source. 

Funding is available for a wide range of initiatives, including deterrents such as fencing and barriers, site clean-ups, education and behaviour change campaigns, surveillance and enforcement tools.

EPA Executive Director of Programs and Innovation, Alexandra Geddes said $2.83 million awarded to 36 successful recipients across the first two rounds has had a meaningful impact.

“These grants help organisations take action, making a real difference by preventing illegal dumping before it occurs,” Ms Geddes said.

“We’ve seen great results in places like Bathurst and the Shoalhaven, where previous funding improved monitoring and helped deter repeat offenders through innovative design and technology.

“In this Round, we’re looking to back more projects that reduce the volume of waste being dumped illegally, because it is more than just an eyesore – it’s a threat to our environment, wildlife and public safety.” 

Dumping incidents in the Bathurst local government area are estimated to have halved after Bathurst Regional Council received more than $117,000 under Round 1 of the program. The council installed solar-powered mobile cameras and community signage across known hotspots, allowing it to monitor activity in real time, catch perpetrators in the act, and clean up dumped materials more efficiently.

Meanwhile, Shoalhaven City Council was awarded more than $76,000 in funding under Round 2 of the program. Approximately 450 tonnes of illegally dumped waste was recovered from public land in the local government area during the past two years. This investment will enable the council to collaborate with NSW Government agencies, such as National Parks and Wildlife Service and Crown Lands, to run a community awareness campaign, and install gates, bollards, signage and CCTV cameras in high-risk dumping zones. 

Expressions of Interest for Streams 3 & 4 closes on 30 September 2025.

Grants range from $20,000 to $200,000. For more information and to apply, visit:

www.epa.nsw.gov.au/Working-together/Grants/Illegal-dumping/Illegal-Dumping-Prevention 

$1 million to establish independent NSW recreational fishing peak body

The Minns Government states it is delivering on another election commitment by commencing consultation on an independent peak body to represent the interests of the State’s more than one million recreational fishers.

This is part of the NSW Government’s plan to build a better NSW and to boost economic activity in regional NSW.

More than $1 million has been earmarked to fund the new body and to assist it drive on ground outcomes for the State’s recreational fishers.

The recreational fishing industry is major contributor to our coastal and inland communities and generates about $3.4 billion of economic activity in NSW each year. The industry also creates the equivalent of about 14,000 fulltime jobs.

The NSW Government made an election commitment to establish a peak body for the State’s recreational fishers and has worked with the fishing representatives to develop their vision for a peak body that is:

  • a viable and respected professional body: to deliver representation that effectively champions the future of recreational fishing
  • representative of all NSW recreational fishers: including affiliated and unaffiliated fishers from diverse backgrounds
  • independent of Government: to enable apolitical representation to advance the priorities and needs of recreational fishers
  • collaborative and solutions-oriented: to work constructively with Government and other bodies to deliver solutions for recreational fishers.

The people of NSW are now encouraged to have their say on this important process. Public consultation is open from 6 August 2025 to 1 October 2025.

To learn more and provide your feedback, visit the NSW Government’s Have Your Say website.

Our culturally and linguistically diverse fishing community are encouraged to use the translate feature on the Have Your Say website, which offers access in multiple languages and provides a contact for support with submissions.

Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“Recreational fishing is a vital part of life for many people in NSW.

“The NSW Government is committed to supporting a thriving, inclusive and sustainable recreational fishing sector that encourages participation across all communities.

“This peak body will work closely with the NSW Government to effectively represent the interests of for all NSW recreational fishers.

“The recreational fishing industry is vital to the NSW economy and one the NSW Government is committed to supporting in a cohesive, productive and positive way.”

Peak Body Working Group member, Karl Mathers said:

“The model for this peak body has been designed to ensure an inclusive and collaborative organisation to help advance the priorities and needs of NSW’s recreational fishers.

“Your feedback is important to ensure the final model reflects the needs and perspectives of recreational fishers from all corners of the state.”

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater

Ringtail Posses 2023

Dingoes are not domestic dogs – new evidence shows these native canines are on their own evolutionary path

Kylie M. CairnsUNSW SydneyBradley SmithCQUniversity AustraliaEuan RitchieDeakin University, and Thomas NewsomeUniversity of Sydney

For decades, scientists, policymakers, graziers and land managers have been locked in a surprisingly high-stakes debate over what defines a dingo. Are these wild canids their own species? Or are they simply feral dogs?

The intensity of the debate can seem baffling. But the naming of animals influences how they are perceived and managed. The dingo debate has very real consequences for conservation laws, cultural recognition and respect, and the future of one of Australia’s iconic animals.

In 2020, researchers proposed four conditions dingoes would have to meet to be considered separate from domestic dogs: reproductive isolation (they don’t mate and produce fertile offspring), genetic distinctiveness, independent evolutionary path and distinctiveness from South-East Asian village dogs, which superficially resemble dingoes.

In our new research, we lay out the scientific case showing dingoes do indeed meet these requirements, across genetic, behavioural, ecological and archaeological evidence. We now have a clear answer: dingoes are distinct.

Australia’s wild canines have been on their own evolutionary path for thousands of years. As a distinct lineage, they should be recognised in their own right as a species or subspecies. They are not Canis familiaris, the domestic dog. They should be named either Canis dingo or Canis lupus dingo.

Ginger dingo standing in a desert landscape.
A typical ginger dingo in the Strzelecki desert, South Australia. Matthew BrunCC BY-ND

Species aren’t always in neat boxes

One of the greatest challenges for modern taxonomy is how to categorise “species” that don’t fit in neat little boxes but exist along a continuum.

It’s harder still for species whose long and significant associations with humans can lead to substantial changes that are evolutionarily significant.

It’s widely accepted domestic and wild animal populations should be distinguished and be given different scientific names. Domestication is often portrayed as a simple before-and-after event. But this isn’t accurate.

Domestication is a long, messy continuum. Some domesticated species such as cattle and modern dog breeds depend on humans for their survival. But dingoes are different. They have lived alongside people but are also entirely capable of surviving without us, and have done so for thousands of years.

In evolutionary terms, what matters is the trajectory. Did human contact fundamentally alter the appearance, biology and behaviour of the species, locking it into a domestic lifestyle? Or did human influence have little effect, meaning the species has been shaped primarily by natural selection in the wild?

a pug dog standing on green grass.
Many modern dog breeds such as pugs have been bred for specific body shapes and traits rendering them less likely to survive in the wild by themselves. Abuk Sabuk/WikimediaCC BY

Do dingoes meet the criteria to be considered taxonomically distinct?

Our research shows how the four conditions have been met to consider dingoes separate:

1. Reproductive isolation

Dingoes have been separated from other Canis lineages for 8,000-11,000 years. Genetic studies show dingoes have little contemporary interbreeding with domestic dogs, even when they live in the same areas. While all Canis species can interbreed and produce fertile offspring, differences in breeding seasons and behaviour act as natural barriers. Unlike dingoes, domestic dogs rarely establish wild, self-sustaining populations.

2. Genetic distinctiveness

Genome-wide analyses reveal dingoes descend from an ancient “eastern” dog lineage, while most modern domestic dogs come from “western” and “Arctic” dog lineages. Since their arrival in Australia, dingoes have remained genetically isolated.

3. An independent evolutionary lineage

From a genetic point of view, dingoes are more distinct from domestic dogs than domestic dog breeds are from each other. Modern dog breeds have undergone waves of mixing and human selection, while dingoes have not. This is why dingoes lack the genetic adaptations to starch-rich diets that domestic dogs evolved alongside agriculture and human contact.

Dingoes have carved out their own ecological niche in Australia’s unique environments, from deserts to snowy mountains. They have developed separate traits such as hyperflexible joints and a single breeding season over autumn and winter. By contrast, humans have heavily shaped the evolutionary path of domestic dogs, making them reliant on us.

4. Clear up whether dogs found in South-East Asia are dingoes

Some researchers have suggested dingo-like village dogs in South-East Asia are actually dingoes. While dingoes share some ancestors with these dogs, modern genetic evidence shows dingoes and their closest relatives, New Guinea singing dogs, are a separate population.

What’s in a name?

The question over how dogs evolved is not yet resolved. Some taxonomists believe dogs are a subspecies of wolf, while others disagree. Given this uncertainty, giving dingoes a unique scientific name can be done in two ways.

If we consider dingoes distinct from both dogs and wolves, the most appropriate name would be Canis dingo — recognising the dingo as its own species with a long, separate evolutionary history.

But if dingoes are not distinct from wolves, the correct name would be Canis lupus dingo. This would treat it as a subspecies of wolf, while still acknowledging its wild lineage separate to domestic dogs.

The name of the dingo matters

There is real power in the name of a species.

Under some state laws, dingoes are defined as “wild dogs”. This means dingoes are targeted for lethal control – even in many national parks. If treated as a domestic dog, dingoes can be ineligible for official threatened species lists.

As a result, the species is often overlooked for targeted conservation, while its culturally significant role for many First Nations peoples is often not recognised nor respected.

Defining dingoes as a distinct species or subspecies would allow governments to differentiate them from domestic dogs in laws, policies and conservation programs, and align western science with First Nations knowledge holders who have long distinguished between dingoes and dogs.

A black and tan dingo lying down in long grass and looking straight ahead.
Dingoes are culturally important for many First Nations peoples. This is a black and tan Wilkerr (the name used by Wotjobaluk peoples in northwestern Victoria) in Wyperfeld National Park. Big Desert Dingo ResearchCC BY-NC-ND

Ending decades of confusion will take work

To clear up long-running disagreement over the dingo, we believe the time has come for an independent, evidence-based review by a national scientific body. This would bring together geneticists, ecologists, taxonomists and First Nations representatives.

This approach helped untangle similarly knotty problems overseas, such as the United States National Academies’ review to settle the taxonomy of red and Mexican wolves.

An Australian review could finally end decades of confusion for the dingo and ensure our laws reflect the most up-to-date scientific evidence.

Taxonomic debates might sound obscure. But this naming question will shape the future of one of Australia’s ecologically and culturally significant animals.

We believe the evidence shows the dingo is not a domestic dog – it’s on its own path. The question is whether Australia can accept this evidence.The Conversation

Kylie M. Cairns, Research fellow in canid and wildlife genomics, UNSW SydneyBradley Smith, Senior Lecturer in Psychology, CQUniversity AustraliaEuan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University, and Thomas Newsome, Associate Professor in Global Ecology, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From sea ice to ocean currents, Antarctica is now undergoing abrupt changes – and we’ll all feel them

Nerilie AbramAustralian National UniversityAriaan PurichMonash UniversityFelicity McCormackMonash UniversityJan StrugnellJames Cook University, and Matthew EnglandUNSW Sydney

Antarctica has long been seen as a remote, unchanging environment. Not any more.

The ice-covered continent and the surrounding Southern Ocean are undergoing abrupt and alarming changes. Sea ice is shrinking rapidly, the floating glaciers known as ice shelves are melting faster, the ice sheets carpeting the continent are approaching tipping points and vital ocean currents show signs of slowing down.

Published today in Nature, our new research shows these abrupt changes are already underway – and likely to significantly intensify in the future.

Several authors of this article have witnessed these startling changes during fieldwork on the ice. These changes spell bad news for wildlife, both iconic and lesser known. But the changes will reach much further. What’s happening in Antarctica right now will affect the world for generations to come, from rising sea levels to extreme changes in the climate system.

antarctica, iceshelf with blue ice looming at back and sea ice at the front over water.
Antarctica’s enormity can give the illusion of permanence. But abrupt changes are arriving. David Merron Photography/Getty

What is an abrupt change?

Scientists define an abrupt change as a climatic or environmental shift taking place much faster than expected.

What makes abrupt changes so concerning is they can amplify themselves. For example, melting sea ice allows oceans to warm more rapidly, which melts more sea ice. Once triggered, they can be difficult or even impossible to reverse on timescales meaningful to humans.

While it’s common to assume incremental warming will translate to gradual change, we’re seeing something very different in Antarctica. Over past decades, the Antarctic environment had a much more muted response overall to human-caused climate warming compared to the Arctic. But about a decade ago, abrupt changes began to occur.

Shrinking sea ice brings cascading change

Antarctica’s natural systems are tightly interwoven. When one system is thrown out of balance, it can trigger cascading effects in others.

Sea ice around Antarctica has been declining dramatically since 2014. The expanse of sea ice is now shrinking at double the rate of Arctic sea ice. We found these unfolding changes are unprecedented – far outside the natural variability of past centuries.

The implications are far reaching. Sea ice has a reflective, high-albedo surface which reflects heat back to space. When there’s less sea ice, more heat is absorbed by darker oceans. Emperor penguins and other species reliant on sea ice for habitat and breeding face real threats. Less sea ice also means Antarctica’s ice shelves are more exposed to waves.

sea ice in antarctica in late summer, large chunks of ice floating on ocean.
The expanse of ocean covered by sea ice began shrinking in 2014 and the rate is accelerating. Ted Mead/Getty

Vital ocean currents are slowing

The melting of ice is actually slowing down the deep ocean circulation around Antarctica. This system of deep currents, known as the Antarctic Overturning Circulation, plays a critical role in regulating Earth’s climate by absorbing carbon dioxide and distributing heat.

In the northern hemisphere, the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation is facing a slowdown.

We’re now observing a similar risk in Southern Ocean currents. Changes to the Antarctic Overturning Circulation may unfold at twice the rate of the more famous North Atlantic counterpart.

A slowdown could reduce how much oxygen and carbon dioxide the ocean absorbs and leave vital nutrients at the seafloor. Less oxygen and fewer nutrients would have major consequences for marine ecosystems and climate regulation.

Melting giants

The West Antarctic Ice Sheet as well as some regions of East Antarctica are now losing ice and contributing to sea level rise. Ice loss has increased sixfold since the 1990s.

The West Antarctic Ice Sheet alone has enough ice to raise global sea levels by more than five metres – and scientists warn we could be nearing the point where this ice sheet could collapse even without substantial further warming, though this might take centuries to millennia.

These enormous ice sheets represent the risk of a global tipping point. They contribute the greatest uncertainty to projections of future sea level rise because we don’t know just how quickly they could collapse.

Worldwide, at least 750 million people live in low-lying areas near the sea. Rising sea levels threaten coastal infrastructure and communities globally.

Wildlife and ecosystems under threat

Antarctica’s biological systems are also undergoing sudden shifts. Ecosystems both under the sea and on land are being reshaped by warming temperatures, unreliable ice conditions and human activity bringing pollution and the arrival of invasive species.

It’s essential to protect these ecosystems through the Antarctic Treaty, including creating protected areas of land and sea and restricting some human activities. But these conservation measures won’t be enough to ensure emperor penguins and leopard seals survive. That will require decisive global action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Which future?

Antarctica is often seen as a symbol of isolation and permanence. But the continent is now changing with disturbing speed – much faster than scientists anticipated.

These abrupt changes stem largely from the extra heat trapped by decades of unchecked greenhouse gas emissions. The only way to avoid further abrupt changes is to slash emissions rapidly enough to hold warming as close to 1.5°C as possible.

Even if we achieve this, much change has already been set in motion. Governments, businesses and coastal communities must prepare for a future of abrupt change. What happens in Antarctica won’t stay there.

The stakes could not be higher. The choices made now will determine whether we face a future of worsening impacts and irreversible change or one of managed resilience to the changes already locked in.The Conversation

Nerilie Abram, Chief Scientist, Australian Antarctic Division and Professor of Climate Science, Australian National UniversityAriaan Purich, Senior Lecturer in Climate Science, Monash UniversityFelicity McCormack, Antarctic Research Fellow and Senior Lecturer, Monash UniversityJan Strugnell, Professor of Marine Biology and Aquaculture, James Cook University, and Matthew England, Deputy Director of the ARC Australian Centre for Excellence in Antarctic Science and Scientia Professor in Oceanography, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How climate change is making Europe’s fish move to new waters

Atlantic cod and pollock. andrzej_67/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND
Sevrine SailleyPlymouth Marine Laboratory

Climate change is reshaping fish habitats. Some fish are winners, others are losing out.

Fish already face plenty of pressure from overfishing and pollution. Climate change is adding more: warmer waters and shifting food supplies cause what’s known as a predator-prey mismatch. This means prey and predator are not in the same place at the same time, which not only affects our diets but also fishing industries and ocean health more widely.

As the ocean heats up, fish try to stay in the conditions they’re best suited to. Some species will move, but others can’t relocate so easily – for example, if they need to live in a certain habitat at a particular life-stage, such as in kelp that offers shelter for breeding. So, depending on the species and location, climate change could create new fishing opportunities for some countries, and big losses for others.

Fisheries managers typically group fish into “stocks”. These are populations of the same species in a defined region, often based on national borders. But those human-made boundaries don’t matter to fish. As they shift in response to climate change, managing their populations will become more complex and will need to be flexible and responsive.

By 2050, waters around the UK are expected to warm by about 1°C if we follow a “moderate” emissions path. If emissions continue to rise unchecked, the increase could reach 2-3°C by the end of the century. At the same time, the food that fish eat (such as tiny plankton) could drop by as much as 30%.

My team and I used advanced computer modelling to predict how 17 key commercial species such as mackerel, cod, plaice, tuna and sardines might respond to two future climate scenarios. Our results show a patchwork of winners and losers.

ball of sardines.
Sardines. Martin Prochazkacz/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND

Take sardines and mackerel. These species live in the upper ocean and are sensitive to temperature. Both are expected to shift northward. This shift would be around 20 miles in the North Sea and up to 80 miles in the north-east Atlantic by 2100 under a moderate emissions scenario.

While sardines may thrive, with a 10% boost in Atlantic abundance, our model suggests mackerel could decline by 10% in the Atlantic and 20% in the North Sea. Consequently, the type and quantity of fish available will change.

Warm-water species like bluefin tuna may benefit within UK waters. Tuna is projected to shift only slightly (by approximately 4 miles) under the same scenario, but their abundance could rise by 10%, potentially bringing more of them into UK waters. That’s good news for fishers already targeting this high-value catch, or those looking to change their main target species.

But bottom-dwelling species like cod and saithe (pollock) face a tougher future. These fish prefer colder, deeper waters and have fewer options to escape warming seas due to depth limitations.

In the North Sea, they’re projected to shift southward by around 9 miles because that’s where the remaining cool, deep water is. But this won’t be enough to avoid a significant decline in their numbers: their populations are expected to drop by 10-15% under a moderate scenario by 2050.


Do the seasons feel increasingly weird to you? You’re not alone. Climate change is distorting nature’s calendar, causing plants to flower early and animals to emerge at the wrong time.

This article is part of a series, Wild Seasons, on how the seasons are changing and what they may eventually look like.


Changing tides

And if climate change accelerates, the declines become far more severe. By the end of the century, North Sea cod and saithe could fall by 30-40%, according to our model. Mackerel abundance could drop by 25% in the Atlantic, while sardines might see only a modest 5% increase, despite moving 155 miles northward. Bluefin tuna could see a 40% rise in numbers, shifting 27 miles further north.

We’ve estimated how species will shift their locations – but computer models can’t account for every interaction between marine species. For example, predator-prey relationships can be crucial in shaping an ecosystem. Bluefin tuna is a predatory species which hunts shoals of herring, mackerel and other fish.

Other predators including dolphins, seals and seabirds will all be influenced differently by climate change, with varying responses in terms of eating their favourite fish snacks.

Our projections also don’t account for continued fishing pressure – for example, 24% of north-east Atlantic fisheries are not sustainable. Further overfishing will compound the strain on fish populations.

To keep stocks healthy, fishery managers need to start planning for these changes now by factoring climate into their stock assessments. Industry regulators will also need to reconsider who gets to fish where as species move.

Fish don’t carry passports. Their shifting habitats will challenge longstanding fishing agreements and quotas. Nations that once relied on particular species might lose access. Others may find new, unexpected opportunities.

With smart management and serious action on climate, seafood can thrive in the future. Doing nothing now isn’t an option — unless we want familiar favourites like cod to vanish from our plates.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Sevrine Sailley, Senior Scientist, Marine Ecosystem Modelling, Plymouth Marine Laboratory

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia, why are you still obsessed with freeways – when they’re driving us away from net zero?

Crystal LegacyThe University of MelbourneAnna HurlimannThe University of Melbourne, and Eric KeysRMIT University

From Melbourne’s proposed Outer Metropolitan Ring Road to Sydney’s recently completed Westconnex, Australia’s addiction to mega roads continues despite the spectre of climate change.

The stream of projects shows Australia’s approach to urban transport is stuck in the car-obsessed past. It’s an approach at odds with state planning policies that prioritise other less-polluting transport modes, such as train and tram extensions, bike lane infrastructure and better pedestrian footpaths.

As the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) has warned, roads hinder national efforts to meet climate targets. They “lock in” emissions, by establishing long-term infrastructure that commits societies to greenhouse gas emissions for decades to come.

Expanding freeway networks undermines efforts to reduce emissions and encourage cleaner transport. It points to a deep-seated flaw in Australia’s urban planning systems which must be solved.

Freeways in LA from the air.
The IPCC says roads hinder national efforts to meet climate targets. Pictured: a freeway network in LA. Visions of America/Joe Sohm/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

No road to net zero

Australia has committed to reach net zero greenhouse emissions by 2050.

Meeting the goal requires, among other measures, dealing with greenhouse gas emissions from transport – which is set to become the nation’s largest source of emissions by 2030.

Globally, roads account for 69% of transport emissions, and this is growing.

Despite this, a number of mega roads are planned or being built in Australian cities. They include:

Here, we examine the Melbourne project in more detail.

cars and trucks on multi-lane freeway
Globally, roads account for 69% of transport emissions. James Gourley/Getty Images

Melbourne’s mega ring road

The Outer Metropolitan Ring Road would involve a 100-kilometre freeway orbiting Melbourne’s north and west. With a current price tag of A$31 billion, it would be among the most expensive road projects in an Australian city.

In 2009, the Brumby Labor government in Victoria deemed the project could proceed without an “environmental effects statement” – including assessment of it climate impacts.

Rationales for the decision included that the project passes through land extensively disturbed in the past, and because sustainability implications had been considered in overarching state planning blueprints.

It is unclear whether, given the time that has lapsed, whether the project will be reconsidered for environmental approval – and if so, what level of scrutiny would be applied.

Given the project’s potential contribution to transport emissions, authorities should reverse the exemption and ensure it is subject to the highest environmental scrutiny. This is vital to ensure the public is fully aware of – and can object to – the project’s climate impacts.

Our research has previously identified such issues involving public consultation and major road projects. They include Melbourne’s East West Link and West Gate Tunnel, and Sydney’s Westconnex . In the case of Westconnex, the “public interest” was narrowly defined and inadequate in addressing climate change concerns.

2017 Victorian Auditor-General Report also found a power imbalance between project proponents and community participants. For instance, proponents usually had legal representation while community members did not.

What’s more, emissions reduction must be central to the policies governing Australia’s built environments, as we discuss below.

A map of Melbourne with a red band showing a proposed freeway route.
A map showing the proposed route of Melbourne’s Outer Metropolitan Ring Road. Infrastructure Australia

Climate must be key

Residents in Australia’s capital cities are largely car-dependent. More climate-friendly transport modes, such as walking and cycling, can be difficult due to long distances between destinations, and lack of supporting infrastructure such as bike paths.

The IPCC recommends minimising emissions generated in cities through:

  • infill development (building on unused land in urban areas)
  • increasing density (the number of people living in a certain area)
  • improving public transport
  • supporting walking, cycling and other “active” transport options.

State planning blueprints in Australia typically consider land use and transport together. Victoria, for example, wants more homes built in established areas, close to public transport, services and jobs. Transport plans in states such as NSW and Queensland have similar goals.

However, the need for climate action and emissions reduction is typically not fully integrated across these policies. And federal government guidelines on transport planning also give little regard to net zero targets.

This means major road projects can proceed without direct consideration of emissions reduction and net zero goals.

A different road

Urban planning policies are not the only government levers available to reduce vehicle emissions.

The federal government’s fuel efficiency standards, for example, began in January this year. But some experts say the policy – which is weaker than that initially proposed – does not go far enough to cut transport emissions.

Separately, the National Electric Vehicle Strategy is a positive step. But Australia is badly lagging in EV uptake, and much more work is needed.

As Australian cities continue to grow, the demand for travel will also increase. But new freeway projects are not the answer – they will only make climate change worse.

Reform is needed to ensure emissions reduction is at the heart of transport investment in our cities.The Conversation

Crystal Legacy, Associate Professor of Urban Planning, The University of MelbourneAnna Hurlimann, Associate Professor in Urban Planning, The University of Melbourne, and Eric Keys, PhD Candidate, Centre for Urban Research, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Botanical time machines: AI is unlocking a treasure trove of data held in herbarium collections

A herbarium specimen of Cheiranthera linearis (commonly known as finger-flower), collected in 1912 by Edwin James Semmens, former principal of the Victorian School of Forestry. University of Melbourne
Robert TurnbullThe University of Melbourne and Joanne BirchThe University of Melbourne

In 1770, after Captain Cook’s Endeavour struck the Great Barrier Reef and was held up for repairs, botanists Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander collected hundreds of plants.

One of those pressed plants is among 170,000 specimens in the herbarium at the University of Melbourne.

Worldwide, more than 395 million specimens are housed in herbaria. Together they comprise an unparalleled record of Earth’s plant and fungal life over time.

We wanted to find a better, faster way to tap into this wealth of information. Our new research describes the development and testing of a new AI-driven tool Hespi (short for “herbarium specimen sheet pipeline”). It has the potential to revolutionise access to biodiversity data and open up new avenues for research.

A composite image showing a pressed plant specimen collected by Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander in 1770 together with a scale and colour chart, alongside a closeup of the handwritten label
The specimen sheet for spreading nut-heads (Epaltes australis), collected by Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander in 1770. (Note, the collection date was historically incorrectly written as 1776 on the specimen label). University of Melbourne Herbarium Collection

The digitisation challenge

To unlock the full potential of herbaria, institutions worldwide are striving to digitise them. This means photographing each specimen at high resolution and converting the information on its label into searchable digital data.

Once digitised, specimen records can be made available to the public through online databases such as the University of Melbourne Herbarium Collection Online. They are also fed into large biodiversity portals such as the Australasian Virtual Herbarium, the Atlas of Living Australia, or the Global Biodiversity Information Facility. These platforms make centuries of botanical knowledge accessible to researchers everywhere.

But digitisation is a monumental task. Large herbaria, such as the National Herbarium of New South Wales and the Australian National Herbarium have used high-capacity conveyor belt systems to rapidly image millions of specimens. Even with this level of automation, digitising the 1.15 million specimens at the National Herbarium of NSW took more than three years.

For smaller institutions without industrial-scale setups, the process is far slower. Staff, volunteers and citizen scientists photograph specimens and painstakingly transcribe their labels by hand.

At the current pace, many collections won’t be fully digitised for decades. This delay keeps vast amounts of biodiversity data locked away. Researchers in ecology, evolution, climate science and conservation urgently need access to large-scale, accurate biodiversity datasets. A faster approach is essential.

A composite image showing a photo of a yam daisy, image of the specimen in the collection and map showing specimen collection locations across Australia.
Map of specimen collection locations for Yam daisy (Microseris lanceolata) from records in The Australasian Virtual Herbarium. Neville Walsh, VicFlora

How AI is speeding things up

To address this challenge, we created Hespi – open-source software for automatically extracting information from herbarium specimens.

Hespi combines advanced computer vision techniques with AI tools such as object detection, image classification and large language models.

First, it takes an image of the specimen sheet which comprises the pressed plant and identifying text. Then it recognises and extracts text, using a combination of optical character recognition and handwritten text recognition.

Deciphering handwriting is challenging for people and computers alike. So Hespi passes the extracted text through OpenAI’s GPT-4o Large Language Model to correct any errors. This substantially improves the results.

So in seconds, Hespi locates the main specimen label on a herbarium sheet and reads the information it contains. This includes taxonomic names, collector details, location, latitude and longitude, and collection dates. It captures the data and converts it into a digital format, ready for use in research.

For example, Hespi correctly detected and extracted all relevant components from the herbarium sheet below. This large brown algae specimen was collected in 1883 at St Kilda.

An image showing how Hespi reads the plant specimen sheet and tags information such as the genus, species, locality and year of collection.
Results from Hespi on a sample of large brown algae (MELUA002557a) from the University of Melbourne, identifying important details such as the genus, species, locality and year of collection. University of Melbourne Herbarium

We tested Hespi on thousands of specimen images from the University of Melbourne Herbarium and other collections worldwide. We created test datasets for different stages in the pipeline and assessed the various components.

It achieved a high degree of accuracy. So it has the potential to save a lot of time, compared to manual data extraction.

We are developing a graphical user interface for the software so herbarium curators will be able to manually check and correct the results.

Just the beginning

Herbaria already contribute to society in many ways: from species identification and taxonomy to ecological monitoring, conservation, education, and even forensic investigations.

By mobilising large volumes of specimen-associated data, AI systems such as Hespi are enabling new and innovative applications at a scale never before possible.

AI has been used to automatically extract detailed leaf measurements and other traits from digitised specimens, unlocking centuries of historical collections for rapid research into plant evolution and ecology.

And this is just the beginning — computer vision and AI could soon be applied in many other ways, further accelerating and expanding botanical research in the years ahead.

Photo of a well-lit pressed plant specimen sheet on black table with camera mounted above, looking down.
The digitisation pipeline at the University of Melbourne Herbarium begins with the generation of a high-resolution specimen image. University of Melbourne Herbarium

Beyond herbaria

AI pipelines such as Hespi have the potential to extract text from labels in any museum or archival collection where high-quality digital images exist.

Our next step is a collaboration with Museums Victoria to adapt Hespi to create an AI digitisation pipeline suitable for museum collections. The AI pipeline will mobilise biodiversity data for about 12,500 specimens in the museum’s globally-significant fossil graptolite collection.

An image showing a dark grey fossil graptolite specimen with numbers attached alongside handwritten labels with annotations from Hespi.
A fossil graptolite specimen from Museums Victoria annotated by Hespi during data digitsition. Museums Victoria

We are also starting a new project with the Australian Research Data Commons (ARDC) to make the software more flexible. This will allow curators in museums and other institutions to customise Hespi to extract data from all kinds of collections — not just plant specimens.

Tranformational technology

Just as AI is reshaping many aspects of daily life, these technologies can transform access to biodiversity data. Human-AI collaborations could help overcome one of the biggest bottlenecks in collection digitisation — the slow, manual transcription of label data.

Mobilising the information already locked in herbaria, museums, and archives worldwide is essential to make it available for the cross-disciplinary research needed to understand and address the biodiversity crisis.

We wish to acknowledge our colleagues at the Melbourne Data Analytics Platform, including Karen Thompson and Emily Fitzgerald, who contributed to this research.The Conversation

Robert Turnbull, Senior Research Data Specialist, The University of Melbourne and Joanne Birch, Senior Lecturer in the School of BioSciences, and Herbarium Curator, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How could we clean up the algal bloom?

The author inspects a restored native oyster reef at Coffin Bay, South Australia. Stefan Andrews
Dominic McAfeeUniversity of Adelaide and Sean ConnellUniversity of Adelaide

South Australia’s catastrophic harmful algal bloom now affects almost 30% of the state’s coastline, stretching from the Coorong in the state’s southeast to the seafood-rich Spencer Gulf to the west.

With no end in sight, many South Australians are searching for solutions.

Trials of physical, chemical and biological solutions have been run around the world at much smaller scale, usually in aquaculture fish pens and leases.

Unfortunately, the enormous Karenia mikimotoi bloom in SA is far too big for any of these technologies. But they could provide temporary relief at high-risk sites, such as vital breeding grounds for vulnerable species such as the giant Australian cuttlefish.

How can algae be managed at smaller scales?

This disaster arose from a triple threat: marine heatwaves linked to climate change, floodwaters and cold upwellings carrying nutrients algae need, and marine habitat loss leaving coasts extra vulnerable. Prevention is the best cure – so we need to tackle each of these threats.

In the meantime, the bloom’s persistence presents an opportunity to experiment with potential solutions.

Chemical

Anyone who has managed a pool knows how effective chemicals are in removing unwanted algae. But in the sea, chemicals can have unintended impacts. There’s more than one type of algae out there and we don’t want to kill the good guys.

In response to algal blooms at sea, researchers have even tried chemical crop-dusting by planes.

Clay has been used against marine algal blooms for more than 50 years in China and Japan. The clay particles bind to algal cells in surface waters, causing them to settle to the bottom where they stop growing or die. But to date, it has required a huge amount of clay to be effective.

Modified clay technology is a promising environmentally friendly solution. Released as a slurry, the clay binds and removes phosphorus, essentially removing the bloom’s fuel source.

Physical

Physical solutions often involve mixing the water column to break up the warm surface layers suitable for algal growth.

Other solutions physically block and disturb algae. Pumping air through tubes to create “bubble curtains” can stop algae from passing through.

This technology is useful in aquaculture pens. But bubble curtains can do little against intense algal blooms, forcing fish farmers to simply drag their pens out of harms’ way. So they’re never going to work at scale.

Biological

Natural systems have their own checks and balances. The oceans are full of microorganisms that naturally prey on algae – such as single-celled organisms (ciliates and flagellates) – or suppress it, including bacteria and viruses.

Such natural microbial warfare may help solve the SA bloom, with promising signs of bioluminescent “sea sparkle” algae dining on Karenia.

Scientists in the United States are working to extract natural algicides produced by algae-killing marine bacteria to combat Red Tide blooms in Florida.

Some bacterial algicides only kill specific harmful algae species, offering promise for low-risk application. To date, these solutions have largely been used at small, experimental scale.

By contrast, algicidal bacteria are found in abundance on common seagrasses around the world, providing healthy seagrass meadows with natural immunity. Conserving and restoring seagrass offers one way to tackle the problem longer term.

Underwater evidence of SA’s harmful algal bloom (Great Southern Reef)

Helping nature to help itself

SA was once home to 1,500km of shellfish reefs, formed by billions of native oysters. These ecosystems served as the natural kidneys of our coastline. A single oyster is capable of filtering a bathtub of water a day, removing excess nutrients and algae.

Within a century of European settlement, these natural reefs were all but destroyed by overharvesting. The good news: they can be restored. For example, restoring two hectares of shellfish reef at Adelaide’s Glenelg Beach saw oysters filtering over 12 million litres of water a day within 1.5 years of reef construction.

These figures suggest SA’s lost shellfish reefs would have been filtering over half a trillion litres of seawater daily. This natural wastewater treatment system could have removed nutrients washed into our coastal seas before they could feed a bloom.

Diving on the restored shellfish reef during the algal bloom has given us some hope. Despite the soupy green water, the native oysters appear to be doing well. Similarly, oysters on leases in the affected areas are thriving as they feed on the highly nutritious Karenia algae.

By contrast, many filter-feeding bivalves have been devastated by the bloom, notably the habitat-forming razorfish (pen shells) and cockles.

Earlier this month, Premier Peter Malinauskas announced plans to restore a total of 15 hectares of shellfish reef alongside community groups across 15 locations. This provides an opportunity to learn whether larger-scale oyster restoration can help future-proof SA seas against harmful algae.

Efforts to restore Coffin Bay’s lost oyster reefs through community-based restoration (eyrelab)

Rebuildling resilient ecosystems

This devastating algal bloom will eventually dissipate. Once the harmful algae have fallen back to normal levels, nature can rebuild.

But future blooms are likely as the climate warms and strengthens heavy downpours that flush nutrients out to sea. To prepare, we should explore ways of restoring ecosystems able to hasten recovery and rebuild natural resilience.

Investing in scaling up conservation and restoration of filter-feeding shellfish reefs and bacteria-harbouring seagrass meadows – the sea’s kidneys and immune system – will be necessary alongside long-term underwater monitoring.

If we continue with a reactive, fragmented approach to climate, nutrient pollution, and biodiversity loss, we’re guaranteed to face more costly catastrophes. We need to act to build long-term ecological and socio-economic resilience.The Conversation

Dominic McAfee, Postdoctoral researcher, marine ecology, University of Adelaide and Sean Connell, Professor, Sustainable Marine Futures, Environment Institute, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Data centers consume massive amounts of water – companies rarely tell the public exactly how much

The Columbia River running through The Dalles, Oregon, supplies water to cool data centers. AP Photo/Andrew Selsky
Peyton McCauleyUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and Melissa ScanlanUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee

As demand for artificial intelligence technology boosts construction and proposed construction of data centers around the world, those computers require not just electricity and land, but also a significant amount of water. Data centers use water directly, with cooling water pumped through pipes in and around the computer equipment. They also use water indirectly, through the water required to produce the electricity to power the facility. The amount of water used to produce electricity increases dramatically when the source is fossil fuels compared with solar or wind.

A 2024 report from the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimated that in 2023, U.S. data centers consumed 17 billion gallons (64 billion liters) of water directly through cooling, and projects that by 2028, those figures could double – or even quadruple. The same report estimated that in 2023, U.S. data centers consumed an additional 211 billion gallons (800 billion liters) of water indirectly through the electricity that powers them. But that is just an estimate in a fast-changing industry.

We are researchers in water law and policy based on the shores of Lake Michigan. Technology companies are eyeing the Great Lakes region to host data centers, including one proposed for Port Washington, Wisconsin, which could be one of the largest in the country. The Great Lakes region offers a relatively cool climate and an abundance of water, making the region an attractive location for hot and thirsty data centers.

The Great Lakes are an important, binational resource that more than 40 million people depend on for their drinking water and supports a US$6 trillion regional economy. Data centers compete with these existing uses and may deplete local groundwater aquifers.

Our analysis of public records, government documents and sustainability reports compiled by top data center companies has found that technology companies don’t always reveal how much water their data centers use. In a forthcoming Rutgers Computer and Technology Law Journal article, we walk through our methods and findings using these resources to uncover the water demands of data centers.

In general, corporate sustainability reports offered the most access and detail – including that in 2024, one data center in Iowa consumed 1 billion (3.8 billion liters) gallons of water – enough to supply all of Iowa’s residential water for five days.

The computer processors in data centers generate lots of heat while doing their work.

How do data centers use water?

The servers and routers in data centers work hard and generate a lot of heat. To cool them down, data centers use large amounts of water – in some cases over 25% of local community water supplies. In 2023, Google reported consuming over 6 billion gallons of water (nearly 23 billion liters) to cool all its data centers.

In some data centers, the water is used up in the cooling process. In an evaporative cooling system, pumps push cold water through pipes in the data center. The cold water absorbs the heat produced by the data center servers, turning into steam that is vented out of the facility. This system requires a constant supply of cold water.

In closed-loop cooling systems, the cooling process is similar, but rather than venting steam to the air, air-cooled chillers cool down the hot water. The cooled water is then recirculated to cool the facility again. This does not require constant addition of large volumes of water, but it uses a lot more energy to run the chillers. The actual numbers showing those differences, which likely vary by the facility, are not publicly available.

One key way to evaluate water use is the amount of water that is considered “consumed,” meaning it is withdrawn from the local water supply and used up – for instance, evaporated as steam – and not returned to its source.

For information, we first looked to government data, such as that kept by municipal water systems, but the process of getting all the necessary data can be onerous and time-consuming, with some denying data access due to confidentiality concerns. So we turned to other sources to uncover data center water use.

Sustainability reports provide insight

Many companies, especially those that prioritize sustainability, release publicly available reports about their environmental and sustainability practices, including water use. We focused on six top tech companies with data centers: Amazon, Google, Microsoft, Meta, Digital Realty and Equinix. Our findings revealed significant variability in both how much water the companies’ data centers used, and how much specific information the companies’ reports actually provided.

Sustainability reports offer a valuable glimpse into data center water use. But because the reports are voluntary, different companies report different statistics in ways that make them hard to combine or compare. Importantly, these disclosures do not consistently include the indirect water consumption from their electricity use, which the Lawrence Berkeley Lab estimated was 12 times greater than the direct use for cooling in 2023. Our estimates highlighting specific water consumption reports are all related to cooling.

Amazon releases annual sustainability reports, but those documents do not disclose how much water the company uses. Microsoft provides data on its water demands for its overall operations, but does not break down water use for its data centers. Meta does that breakdown, but only in a companywide aggregate figure. Google provides individual figures for each data center.

In general, the five companies we analyzed that do disclose water usage show a general trend of increasing direct water use each year. Researchers attribute this trend to data centers.

A closer look at Google and Meta

To take a deeper look, we focused on Google and Meta, as they provide some of the most detailed reports of data center water use.

Data centers make up significant proportions of both companies’ water use. In 2023, Meta consumed 813 million gallons of water globally (3.1 billion liters) – 95% of which, 776 million gallons (2.9 billion liters), was used by data centers.

For Google, the picture is similar, but with higher numbers. In 2023, Google operations worldwide consumed 6.4 billion gallons of water (24.2 billion liters), with 95%, 6.1 billion gallons (23.1 billion liters), used by data centers.

Google reports that in 2024, the company’s data center in Council Bluffs, Iowa, consumed 1 billion gallons of water (3.8 billion liters), the most of any of its data centers.

The Google data center using the least that year was in Pflugerville, Texas, which consumed 10,000 gallons (38,000 liters) – about as much as one Texas home would use in two months. That data center is air-cooled, not water-cooled, and consumes significantly less water than the 1.5 million gallons (5.7 million liters) at an air-cooled Google data center in Storey County, Nevada. Because Google’s disclosures do not pair water consumption data with the size of centers, technology used or indirect water consumption from power, these are simply partial views, with the big picture obscured.

Given society’s growing interest in AI, the data center industry will likely continue its rapid expansion. But without a consistent and transparent way to track water consumption over time, the public and government officials will be making decisions about locations, regulations and sustainability without complete information on how these massive companies’ hot and thirsty buildings will affect their communities and their environments.The Conversation

Peyton McCauley, Water Policy Specialist, Sea Grant UW Water Science-Policy Fellow, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and Melissa Scanlan, Professor and Director of the Center for Water Policy, School of Freshwater Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian farmland values are at lofty heights. Research reveals this could be hurting some farmers

Pixabay/Pexels
Amir ArjomandiUniversity of WollongongHassan F. GholipourWestern Sydney UniversityMohammad Reza FarzaneganUniversity of Marburg, and Sharon YamWestern Sydney University

Over recent decades, farmland values in Australia have soared. Nationally, the price of broadacre farmland – used for cropping or sheep and beef grazing – has increased by more than eightfold since 1992.

It might seem like this could only be good news for those who own and operate farms. But this boom carries surprising downsides for the profitability of the farming industry.

Our new study examined the dynamic relationship between farmland prices and the profitability of Australia’s farming sector. To do this, we used national and state-level data from 1992 to 2022.

We found when farm profits rise, farmland prices tend to increase as well, with a lag of two to five years. But there’s a catch: higher land values push up production costs, which can erode profits over time.

This feedback loop – where higher profits lifts farmland prices but those higher prices eventually squeeze profitability – has some serious implications for farm business viability.

What’s driven farmland’s surge?

Several factors have contributed to the rapid growth in Australia’s farmland prices in recent years. These include strong commodity prices and good seasonal conditions, periods of low interest rates and increased demand for land.

While some of these forces have rewarded existing landholders, they have also increased barriers to entry for younger or less wealthy farmers to enter the industry.

This isn’t just an Australian phenomenon. Between 2002 and 2023, global farmland values grew at an average annual rate of 10%.

Analysts argue the major drivers of this surge include “growing concerns about food and land scarcity” and the increasing practice of valuing farmland for its environmental benefits, such as carbon storage, water rights, or biodiversity credits. They also note its appeal as a desirable investment, offering stable long-term returns with relatively low risk.

High land values can make it hard to farm

Rising land values can create a complex situation. For one, they mean farmers need more fund to buy new land or to improve existing operations, particularly those looking to expand or who are newcomers to the industry.

Farm expansion is important for farmers, because farm size has proven a key factor driving productivity gains.

Many Australian broadacre farms have benefited from what are called “economies of scale”. By spreading fixed costs such as machinery and management expenses over larger operations, they’re able to lower their average costs and gain a competitive advantage.

Other hurdles

Rising land prices also raise costs in less obvious ways. In recent years, a significant proportion of farmers have grown to rely on leasing additional land to run their operations.

A 2020 report from Rabobank found 45% of farmers in South Australia and 38% in Western Australia lease a portion of the land they operate.

But leasing rates tend to rise in line with land values, which in turn erodes the profitability of those who lease land for farms for farming operations.

The rise in farmland values may also lead to significant borrowing costs for new farmers and existing farmers expanding their businesses if they finance their farmland purchases with debt.

This is because higher property prices require larger loans, which lead to higher interest repayments and ultimately diminish profitability.

For those who do own land outright, there is a potential upside. Higher land prices boost farmer wealth and equity levels. This increases borrowing capacity and supports productivity growth by making it easier for farmers to access capital for further investments, such as upgrading machinery or adopting new technology.

But even for this group, rising land values can inflate property taxes and insurance premiums, eroding profits.

Headed for the exit

This trend has real consequences for farmers and rural communities.

When farmland prices rise sharply, many long-time farmers see an opportunity to sell up and leave the industry. But when they go, their years of knowledge about how to run farms efficiently and productively go with them, leaving a gap that’s hard to replace.

High land prices also push some farmers, especially younger ones, out of the market altogether. In parts of Australia, it’s becoming harder to afford land to buy or lease, which threatens their ability to make a decent living from farming.

If fewer people can make a living on the land, that puts pressure on Australia’s food supply. It also affects the towns and communities built around farming. Fewer farmers mean fewer families in the region, which can lead to schools and local businesses closing and a weakening of the community fabric.

At the same time, when farmland becomes very expensive, there’s more pressure to squeeze every dollar out of it. That can encourage farming practices that put short-term profit ahead of long-term environmental care.

Policymakers, farmers and the public can’t afford to ignore these hidden costs.


The authors would like to acknowledge the contributions of Florian Gerth, who co-authored the research discussed in this article.The Conversation

Amir Arjomandi, Associate Professor of Economics, School of Business, University of WollongongHassan F. Gholipour, Associate Professor of Property, Western Sydney UniversityMohammad Reza Farzanegan, Professor of Economics of the Middle East, University of Marburg, and Sharon Yam, Associate Professor of Property, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Soft plastics recycling looks set to return to supermarkets. Cutting back on plastic would be even better

Julia M Cameron/PexelsCC BY
Louise GrimmerUniversity of TasmaniaRobert HoffmannUniversity of Tasmania, and Swee-Hoon ChuahUniversity of Tasmania

Imagine the weight of three Sydney Harbour Bridges. Between 2022 and 2023, product manufacturers were responsible for 540,000 tonnes (or three Sydney Harbour Bridges) of soft plastic packaging in Australia. Even worse, only 6% was recovered for recycling.

Following the spectacular collapse of REDcycle’s recycling program a few years ago, Australians discovered that instead of being recycled as promised, huge stockpiles of soft plastics had been secretly stockpiled in warehouses.

The consumer watchdog, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, is proposing a new voluntary scheme where supermarkets and manufacturers work together to collect and recycle soft plastics. Public submissions on the scheme are due by next Monday, August 25.

So what’s being proposed? And how could buying more food without plastic packaging potentially save you money?

A man in a high-ves vest saying EPA, standing surrounded by giant bags of unrecycled plastic.
Just some of the huge plastic stockpiles discovered when Australia’s last soft plastics recycling scheme collapsed. Victorian Environment Protection Authority staff/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

How the new recycling scheme would work

The commission’s proposed industry-led scheme aims to collect and recycle more soft plastic packaging from consumers, such as shopping bags and food packaging. Once approved, the program is proposed to run for eight years, with an initial review after three.

Australia’s three largest supermarket chains – Woolworths, Coles and Aldi – are all involved, along with multinational food manufacturers Nestle, Mars and McCormick Foods. It would be run by Soft Plastics Stewardship Australia, a not-for-profit industry body overseen by a board of senior supermarket and manufacturing executives.

It would be funded through a levy on the companies involved. For example, when a manufacturer sells its product to a supermarket, the manufacturer will have “placed” the soft plastic on the market – so they would pay.

The levy would start at A$160 per tonne of soft plastic and is expected to increase over time.

The companies involved may decide to pass on the cost of the levy through the supply chain, including to consumers. So it remains to be seen who’ll end up paying.

Other countries have taken a different approach. For example, in Germany producers have to take back and recycle any packaging from consumers free of charge.

Why soft plastics are hard to recycle

“Soft” plastics are used by manufacturers, suppliers and supermarkets to package everything from fresh produce, frozen foods, chip packets, muesli bar wrappers and deli counter film, to the inner and outer packaging on countless other supermarket items.

Soft plastics are made up of multiple layered and flexible materials, making them difficult to recycle.

They are often contaminated with food, and their “soft” nature tends to jam conventional sorting and processing machinery. They also take up a lot of space without yielding much usable material, making the whole process uneconomical for recycling organisations.

Why is so much supermarket food pre-packed?

For stores, it keeps things moving: pre-weighed packs speed up checkouts, cut staff time, and prolong shelf life for some products. That thin film on a cucumber can stretch its life from 3 days to 14.

Packaging also standardises portions, allows for company branding and promotion, and makes stock easier to store, stack and transport.

For shoppers, the appeal is convenience and familiarity.

When you’re in a hurry, it’s often simpler to grab what’s ready to go than to think about how much food you actually need, and the extra plastic you’ll bring home.

Buying unpackaged food could save you money

Commendable as it is, on its own the proposal for a new recycling scheme is not a long-term fix. Technical solutions to environmental problems – such as recycling soft plastics – can stop us dealing with the ultimate cause: our own behaviour.

Economists call this “moral hazard”. A classic example is drivers who are insured take greater risks when driving. Or in this case, knowing the plastic will be recycled means many of us could feel we don’t need to reduce our plastic use.

But while systematic change is clearly needed, as shoppers we can do our bit – and there can be payoffs for doing so.

Selecting loose fresh fruit and vegetables allows you to check for ripeness and avoid hidden spoilage.

It’s often also cheaper. Last year, Choice compared supermarket unit prices of a range of foods sold both loose and pre-packed. They found loose produce was cheaper 50% of the time, while prepackaged was cheaper 35% of the time (15% it was about the same).

Thinking beyond recycling

We need more profound changes to tackle our local and global packaging waste crisis.

One example is zero-waste shops that sell everything loose, from fresh food to dry goods and liquids.

We can start by changing our behaviour from the bottom up, avoiding pre-packaged goods as much as practical.

But manufacturers and supermarkets need to do their part too, giving shoppers more choice with more loose products and less plastic.

A sustainable solution to too much plastic has to go beyond recycling, otherwise our Harbour Bridge-sized stockpiles will continue to grow.The Conversation

Louise Grimmer, Associate Professor of Marketing, Tasmanian School of Business and Economics, University of TasmaniaRobert Hoffmann, Professor of Economics, Tasmanian Behavioural Lab, University of Tasmania, and Swee-Hoon Chuah, Professor of Behavioural Economics, Tasmanian Behavioural Lab, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Want to see Australia’s rare and remarkable species for yourself? Here are 10 standout spots

Uwe-Bergwitz/Getty
Patrick FinnertyUniversity of SydneyEuan RitchieDeakin University, and Rhys CairncrossUniversity of Sydney

Australia is home to an extraordinary variety of wildlife, ranging from striking palm cockatoos to elusive mountain pygmy-possums and remarkable rat-kangaroos.

Most of us never get to see these creatures in real life – and that’s a real shame. Spending time in nature looking for wildlife is more than just a hobby – it’s a way to reconnect with the natural world and remember why it matters.

But how do you actually see these creatures for yourself? It’s often easier than you think.

As wildlife researchers, we’ve spent a long time in the field looking for wildlife. Here are ten standout locations where you have a good chance of seeing some genuinely remarkable Australian creatures – and tips on doing so without causing them stress or harming the environment.

1. Kutini-Payamu/Iron Range National Park, Queensland

Located in far north Queensland, Iron Range is renowned for lush rainforests and rich wildlife. Here, you can spot majestic palm cockatoos, secretive green pythons, the striking green, red and blue hues of eclectus parrots and the adorable common spotted cuscus, a species of possum. These species also occur in Papua New Guinea, but the Cape York region is the only place to spot them in Australia.

Spotting tips: Walk the trails with binoculars during peak times for bird activity, early morning or late afternoon. At night, use a head torch to spot pythons, frogs, death adders, geckoes, rufous owls, cuscus and other nocturnal fauna.

The shy spotted cuscus (Spilocuscus maculatus) lives in Australia’s far north. John Giustina/Getty

2. Atherton Tablelands, Queensland

Inland from Cairns lies the Atherton Tablelands, an elevated region with a cooler climate and abundant and diverse wildlife. Here, you can spot vibrant Ulysses butterflies, shy platypuses and rare marsupials. Australia’s largest snake, the scrub python, can block entire roads as it warms itself up before the night’s hunt. Rare waterfall frogs can be spotted in fast-flowing falls.

Lumholtz’s tree kangaroos can be spotted hopping along limbs at Curtain Fig National Park and Mount Hypipamee National Park, alongside green ringtail possums and striped possums with elongated fingers to ferret out grubs.

Meanwhile, musky rat-kangaroos can be seen “gardening” on the forest floor at Lake Eacham and Lake Barrine. These are the smallest kangaroos and the only non-hopping species. Your best chance of sighting an elusive northern quoll or northern bettong is at Davies Creek National Park.

Spotting tips: Take guided night walks to glimpse nocturnal wildlife. Use a head torch with a red filter. Move quietly and regularly stop to listen for movement and animal calls. Binoculars are a must for spotting creatures high in the canopy.

3. Western Treatment Plant, Victoria

Surprisingly, Melbourne’s Western Treatment Plant is a mecca for birdwatchers. The huge wastewater facility is recognised as a wetland of international importance. Migratory birds such as sharp-tailed sandpipers and red-necked stints can be seen, while well-hidden bitterns, rare orange-bellied parrots and Australia’s dancing crane, the brolga, can be glimpsed feeding in dense heath during cooler months. Almost 300 species have been recorded here.

Spotting tips: Visit during migration seasons (spring and autumn) for the best birdwatching opportunities. Use binoculars, telescopes, or telephoto lenses for close-up views without disturbance. Visitors need a permit.

4. Lunawanna-allonah/Bruny Island and Wukaluwikiwayna/Maria Island, Tasmania

South of Hobart lies Bruny Island, a sanctuary for endangered species such as eastern and spotted-tailed quolls. Most of Tasmania’s endemic bird species are found here, such as green rosellas and forty-spotted pardalotes. Rare swift parrots can also be seen.

North of Hobart is Maria Island, an island national park where no cars are allowed – and where Tasmanian devils, bandicoots and wombats can readily be seen.

Spotting tips: Join guided tours to see nocturnal wildlife or birds in Bruny Island’s tall forests. Eastern quolls can often be seen at night on the main road when heading north from the island’s isthmus. Tasmanian devils and bandicoots can be seen around campsites at Maria Island at night.

5. Flinders, Portsea and Blairgowrie piers, Victoria

Snorkelling the cool waters beneath Flinders, Portsea and Blairgowrie piers is a revelation. Here live spectacular weedy sea dragons, sand octopuses, big-belly seahorses, ornate cowfish, smooth and eagle rays, Port Jackson and banjo sharks and vividly coloured nudibranchs.

Spotting tips: Snorkel or dive during calm weather for best visibility. Keep your distance from marine life for their safety (and yours).

6. Sydney Harbour and cliff tops, New South Wales

Sydney’s iconic harbour and surrounding cliffs are well suited for marine life enthusiasts. Every winter, humpback and southern right whales migrate past the headlands, while pods of bottlenose dolphins can be seen year-round. White-bellied sea eagles, Australasian gannets and short-tailed shearwaters add to the spectacle in the skies.

Spotting tips: Join whale-watching cruises between May and November for the best chance. Clifftop spotting is best done with binoculars from Royal National Park, North Head, Clovelly and The Gap.

7. Binybara/Lee Point, Northern Territory

Just north of Darwin is Lee Point, one of the best places to glimpse the elusive black-footed tree-rat. Weighing almost a kilo, this threatened native rodent is an expert climber and lives in tree hollows.

Around 200 bird species have also been recorded here. Flocks of great knots, eastern curlews and grey-tailed tattlers feed on the mudflats, while the woodlands are home to the dazzling colour of Gouldian finches and the charismatic blue-winged kookaburra.

Spotting tips: Visit at night to see the tree-rat moving between trees, or come at low tide to watch thousands of shorebirds feeding. Binoculars will be invaluable.

The black-footed tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii) is a clever native rodent with a knack for life in the trees. François BrassardCC BY-NC-ND

8. Wadjemup/Rottnest Island, Western Australia

Offshore from Perth, Rottnest Island is rightly famous for its smiling quokkas. But other unique species such as King’s skink and venomous dugites can be seen here too, while osprey nests occupied for decades can be seen on rock stacks. The reefs around the island have WA’s southernmost coral.

Spotting tips: Cycling is the best way to explore different habitats on the largely car-free island. Keep your distance from quokkas and other wildlife to ensure they stay wild.

The ‘smiling’ quokkas (Setonix brachyurus) on Rottnest Island have become globally famous. Posnov/Getty

9. Kunama Namadgi/Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales

Australia’s highest peaks are home to the nation’s most remarkable alpine wildlife. Birdwatchers can spot gang-gang cockatoos feeding in eucalypts, while lucky hikers might glimpse an alpine dingo crossing a snow-dusted plain, or see a strikingly coloured Corroborree frog in a bog or fen.

This is the only place in the world where you can encounter a critically endangered mountain pygmy-possum. These tiny marsupials hibernate under winter snow and emerge to feed on bogong moths in spring.

Kosciuszko is also home to the native smoky mouse and – remarkably – to Leadbeater’s possum, long thought to be confined to Victoria’s Central Highlands.

Spotting tips: For the best chance of spotting a mountain pygmy-possum, visit between late spring and early summer when the snow has melted. Stick to alpine boulder fields such as those around Charlotte Pass and Mount Kosciuszko. You may need to camp overnight to see nocturnal possums and the smoky mouse. Binoculars and patience are essential to glimpse these shy species.

Mountain pygmy possums (Burramys parvus) are hard to spot – but the thrill of seeing these tiny, secretive marsupials is hard to beat. Jason Edwards/Getty

10. Karta Pintingga/Kangaroo Island, South Australia

Southwest of Adelaide lies the large Kangaroo Island, home to echidnas, tammar wallabies, a rare subspecies of the glossy black-cockatoo and Kangaroo Island dunnarts. Koalas are common. While the island’s isolation has protected these species, the 2020 megafires caused much damage. Wildlife is now bouncing back.

Spotting tips: Explore national parks and conservation areas with a local guide. Observe from a distance.

Take care of wildlife

Wildlife spotting has to be done with care. Think of yourself as a guest in someone else’s home.

Keep a respectful distance, don’t touch wildlife, move quietly and use binoculars or a zoom lens for a closer look rather than creeping closer.

If you’re out after dark, make sure your head torch has a red light option. This light is vastly less damaging to animal eyes optimised for the dark.

When snorkelling or diving, avoid hitting corals and sponges with your fins.

It can be tempting to use playback of calls to attract birds such as owls. But this is very disruptive and can do real damage.

Avoid moving logs, bark, stones and other habitat in your effort to see animals. This is disruptive and risks bites from venomous creatures.

Clean and disinfect your boots before moving between areas to avoid spreading soil-borne pathogens such as cinnamon fungus and chytrid fungus.

Whatever you do, don’t feed wildlife. It might seem harmless, but it can change their natural behaviour, make them ill and even make them dependent on people.

Posting sightings on citizen science apps such as iNaturalist and FrogID can help scientists learn more about these species and aid their conservation.

Enjoy the journey

As wildlife researchers, we often seek out species in their natural habitat. These moments never lose their impact.

It’s a remarkable thing to see a creature in its natural habitat. A successful sighting gives a sense of awe and joy. At a time when many people are cut off from nature, deliberately seeking out these species is a powerful and rewarding act.The Conversation

Patrick Finnerty, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Conservation and Wildlife Management, University of SydneyEuan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University, and Rhys Cairncross, Ecologist and PhD Researcher, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Going with the flow: how penguins use tides to travel and hunt

Magellanic penguins in the surf. Ondrej Prosicky/Shutterstock
Rory WilsonSwansea University and Richard Michael GunnerMax Planck Institute of Animal Behavior

Poohsticks, the game in which Piglet and Winnie the Pooh throw sticks into the river from one side of a bridge, and then rush over to the other side to see whose stick appears first, is all about current flow. Disappointingly, neither Piglet nor Pooh mention fluid dynamics despite its pivotal importance in determining who won.

Unlike sticks, though, animals can respond to those flows. The movement of water and air – with their winds and currents – can affect flying and swimming animals profoundly. And as we recently discovered, penguins are far more tuned in to these dynamics than anyone realised.

Anyone who’s ever swum in the sea will know how cross-currents can drag you along the coast, even when you’re trying to swim straight in. Magellanic penguins, a South American penguin, face this challenge daily, but they appear to have found a clever solution.

Penguins can swim far from land but seem to know exactly where they are. More importantly, they seem to know how to get back to their breeding colonies, whether currents are confounding them or not.

A group of Magellanic penguins going to sea from some rocks.
Masters of navigation. Jeremy Richards/Shutterstock

To understand how they do this, our team – which included researchers from Argentina, Germany, Japan and the UK – fitted high-tech tracking tags to Magellanic penguins breeding in Argentina. These birds often forage up to 43 miles offshore, far beyond the range of visual landmarks. And it’s unlikely they’re using the seafloor as a map, as Magellanics rarely dive that deep.

The tech we placed on the penguins recorded some pivotal information. Global positioning systems (GPS) gave the birds’ positions when they were at the surface between dives. And trajectories underwater could be calculated using dead reckoning. This is what a car navigation system does when it goes into a tunnel – it starts with the last GPS position and uses vectors on the car heading and speed to work out the path.

Our team did this with the penguins’ data, calculating the underwater pathways for every second of their one to three day trips. We then integrated this with the currents. This was no simple undertaking because currents change dramatically over the tidal cycle and vary with position.

So what could the penguins do in such a dynamic environment? One option (assuming they somehow knew both where they were and where home was) would be to head straight for the colony. But doing this would often have meant swimming against strong currents, sometimes of up to 2 metres per second (around 4.5mph). That’s about the same speed as an Olympic swimmer.

Although penguins can cruise at that speed, going faster to beat the current would cost them a lot of extra energy.

Interestingly, we found that during slack water, when the currents were trivial, the penguins headed directly home. So, somehow they knew where they were in relation to the colony. Theories about how animals might do this include them using magnetic field sensing, celestial cues, or even using smell to find their way but it’s a mysterious and hotly debated topic among experts.

When the current was strong, the penguins generally aimed in the right direction to return home. But they often combined this with swimming in the same general direction as the current, which typically flowed across the direct line to the nest. So, some birds appeared set to overshoot the colony, probably landing further down the coast.

However, the yin and yang of tidal currents means that what flows one way on the rising tide reverses on the ebb. The penguins seemed to understand this. They swam roughly equivalent, but mirror-imaged, trajectories on both incoming and outgoing tides, according to the direction of the current.

This strategy effectively cancels out potential overshoots over the course of a tidal cycle. Once they were close enough to the colony, the penguins launched into a final burst of power and made a direct line for home. This strategy increases the length of the path to get home. But it’s easy travelling since much of the work to move is done by the current and the increased distance gives the penguins opportunities to find prey.

Navigational experts

This suggests that Magellanic penguins can detect both the direction and speed of ocean currents. While some theories propose that animals sense small-scale turbulence to gauge flow, the mechanisms remain poorly understood.

Still, what these penguins manage is remarkable. It’s a kind of navigational party trick that helps ensure they return reliably to feed their chicks, seemingly untroubled by shifting currents.

Ocean and air circulation patterns are becoming more chaotic with climate change. If penguins, and other marine animals, can keep navigating our waters with skill and instinct, it’s one small piece of good news in a rapidly changing world.The Conversation

Rory Wilson, Professor of Aquatic Biology and Sustainable Aquaculture, Swansea University and Richard Michael Gunner, Postdoctoral Researcher in Wildlife Biology, Max Planck Institute of Animal Behavior

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why the Arthur’s Seat burn is a cautionary tale for the UK’s wildfire management strategy

Elliot Convery-FisherRoyal Botanic Garden Edinburgh

For the tenth time this year, a wildfire warning covers most of Scotland. The latest alert came after a recent, and not the first, gorse fire on Arthur’s Seat, Edinburgh’s iconic ancient volcano that draws millions of visitors every year. Fire crews think human activity caused the fire. This is exactly the kind of incident that triggers our instinct to find someone to blame.

But with over 41,000 hectares already burned across Britain in 2025 (an area larger than the Isle of Wight) pointing the finger misses the point. News reports focus on who lit the spark, but Arthur’s Seat was primed to burn: flammable gorse has flourished since sheep stopped grazing the slopes. The real question isn’t who started this fire, but why we are caught off guard when fires happen in the wrong places.

This isn’t just an Edinburgh problem. Millions of Britons live near fire-prone landscapes, from Dorset heathlands to the Scottish Highlands.

My colleagues and I work with national parks in southern Africa to understand how they manage this challenge. The challenges I see in South Africa mirror what Britain now faces because of climate change: how to keep people and infrastructure safe when fire an unavoidable part of our reality.

Research shows that climate change has made the UK’s risk of ideal conditions for wildfires six times higher. While ignition sources haven’t changed much – most UK fires still start from human activity like discarded cigarettes or campfires – the conditions that allow fires to spread have transformed. Warmer, wetter winters create more plant growth and therefore fuel, which turns bone-dry during hot, dry spells.

bonfire remains in empty field
So many wildfires start as a result of discarded cigarettes or smoking remains of campfires. Simon Collins/Shutterstock

Fire is a natural and vital feature of many landscapes globally. In fire-adapted ecosystems it can clear invasive species while promoting native grasses, reduce the buildup of dead vegetation that fuels dangerous blazes and create some of our most iconic places where plants and animals thrive.

The problem isn’t fire itself, but where, when and how it happens. Over 1.8 million British homes now sit within 100m of countryside edges – exactly where most wildfires occur. During one of Britain’s biggest wildfires on a North Yorkshire moor in 2018, flames nearly reached homes and critical infrastructure: the trans-Pennine railway, M62 motorway, major power lines and drinking water reservoirs. Another recent fire in the same area was close to a ballistic missile base.

I have interviewed fire managers in South Africa, where humans have worked with fire for millennia. Their approach suggests a fundamentally different relationship with fire, understanding fire as part of a landscape’s natural processes. Instead of treating every fire as a crisis, they study how fire behaves – when it helps ecosystems, when it threatens communities, and how to work with these patterns rather than against them.

Take Cape Town as an example, where fire authorities publish daily risk ratings that residents check like weather forecasts. High-risk days mean banned barbecues and closed trails. When safe, fire crews deliberately burn mountain slopes in small sections – having the right fires at the right times to prevent catastrophic ones. Property owners in Cape Town form neighbourhood fire protection associations to support each other and the emergency services during unplanned fires, creating a coordinated response network.

The UK is catching on

The UK government is reviewing its wildfire management strategy, focusing on prevention, collaboration and risk reduction. Landowners are also taking a more proactive approach. The Cairngorms national park in Scotland approved the UK’s first comprehensive wildfire management plan in June 2025, introducing seasonal fire management plans and setting up community groups to communicate fire risk and response. Fire services in the Cairngorms now use drones for real-time aerial mapping and off-road vehicles to fight fires in tough terrain.

However, we are still playing catch up. Fire services recorded 286 wildfires between January and April 2025. That’s over 100 more than the same period in 2022’s record year. Yet services receive little dedicated wildfire funding.

Britain could learn from South Africa’s holistic approach. Starting with the need to understand our own landscapes first. What role does fire play in our landscapes? How can we safely manage fire risk in different landscape types? Which of our ecosystems and places might actually benefit from carefully managed fire?

Edinburgh could start by studying Arthur’s Seat as Cape Town studies Table Mountain – not to implement identical solutions, but to understand how fire behaves in this specific landscape. This means researching how gorse burns, whether controlled burns could reduce dangerous fuel loads, and how visitors can safely coexist with proactive fire management.

The lesson isn’t to transplant South African methods to British soil, but to embrace their comprehensive approach to understanding fire. Every landscape is different. What works on Cape Town’s fynbos shrubland won’t necessarily work on Scottish moors. But the principle of studying fire as a part of the landscape rather than simply an emergency to suppress could transform how Britain manages its growing fire risk.

Fire isn’t the enemy. Poorly understood, unmanaged fire is. Climate change guarantees greater fire risk. Britain’s choice is clear: continue reacting with shock to each blaze, or develop our own integrated understanding of how fire works in British landscapes. The Arthur’s Seat fire was a warning shot. The question is whether we’ll heed it.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Elliot Convery-Fisher, Research Fellow in the Socio-Ecology of Fire Management, Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cultivating for Colour: The hidden trade-offs between garden aesthetics and pollinator preferences

Colorful gardens can be pollinator-friendly with native flowering plants. Borchee/E+ via Getty Images
Claire Therese HemingwayUniversity of Tennessee

People often prioritize aesthetics when choosing plants for their gardens. They may pick flowers based on colors that create visually appealing combinations and varieties that have bigger and brighter displays or more fragrant and pleasant-smelling flowers. Some may also choose species that bloom at different times in order to maintain a colorful display throughout the growing season.

Many gardeners also strive for ecological harmony, seeking to maintain pollinator-friendly gardens that support bees, butterflies, hummingbirds and other pollinators. But there are some notable ways in which the preferences of humans and pollinators have the potential to diverge, with negative consequences for pollinators.

As a cognitive ecologist who studies animal decision-making, I find that understanding how pollinators learn about and choose between flowers can add a helpful perspective to garden aesthetics.

Pollinator preferences and rewards

Over millions of years, plants have evolved suites of floral traits to attract specific types of pollinators.

A hummingbird with its beak inside a small, bright red flower with a narrow tube-like shape
Hummingbirds are attracted to and pollinate red, tubular flowers. AGAMI stock/iStock via Getty Images Plus

Pollinators can be attracted to flowers based on color, pattern, scent and texture. For instance, hummingbirds typically visit bright red and orange flowers with narrow openings and a tubular shape. The striking red cardinal flower is one that is primarily pollinated by hummingbirds, for example.

Bees are often attracted to blue, yellow and white flowers that can be either narrow and tubular or open. Lavender, sage and sunflower plants all bear flowers that attract bee pollinators.

A bee perching on a lavender sprig with many small, purple flowers
Bees pollinate blue, purple, white and yellow flowers, such as the lavender flowers here. Leila Coker/iStock via Getty Images Plus

Flowers offer rewards to visiting pollinators. Nectar is a sugar-rich solution that flowers produce to attract pollinators, which use it to meet their energy needs.

Flowers have an ulterior motive for providing this energy source. While drinking the nectar, pollen can get stuck on the pollinator and transferred to the next flower it visits. This process is essential for the plant’s reproductive success. Pollen contains the plants’ male gametes, which, when deposited onto another flower in the right place, can fertilize the female gametes and produce seeds that grow into new plants. Pollen is also nutrient-rich, containing proteins, lipids and amino acids. Many species, such as bees, collect pollen to feed their developing young.

A battle for resources

Pollinators visit flowers in search of floral rewards. But modifying the features of flowers for aesthetics can be a hindrance to pollinators trying to get these rewards. For example, popular garden plants such as roses and peonies are often bred to have more petals and larger flower heads, making them more visually striking and appealing to humans. But these extra petals may block a pollinator’s access to the center of the flower, where floral rewards are located.

Further, plants have limited resources. Spending them on building aesthetically pleasing but energetically expensive features can mean there’s less left to invest in signals and rewards essential for attracting pollinators. In extreme cases, breeding for aesthetics has led to plants with what scientists and gardeners call “double flowers.” In these varieties, extra petals replace reproductive parts entirely. These plants are often altogether unrewarding for pollinators, since the flowers no longer produce nectar or pollen. Double flowers occur from mutations that convert the pollen-producing stamens and other reproductive organs into petals. They can occur naturally but are rare in wild populations.

Since these double flowers cannot spread pollen or produce seeds effectively, they are unable to reproduce in the wild and pass these mutations on. To cultivate them as garden varieties, people propagate these plants through cuttings – small sections cut from the stem that can be rooted to grow clones of the parent plant. Many common garden plants have popular double-flowered varieties, including roses, peonies, camellias, marigolds, tulips, dahlias and chrysanthemums.

Roses, for example, have become synonymous with having many densely-packed petals. But these popular garden varieties are usually double-flowered or have many extra petals blocking access to the center of the rose and provide no rewards to pollinators.

Consider making your gardens friendlier to pollinators by avoiding these double-flowered plants, and ask your local garden center for recommended varieties if you need help.

Two pink flowers side by side, the left one has five petals, visible and accessible stamens in the center. The right one has many more petals packed densely, and no stamens visible
The five-petaled wild rose, left, is much better for pollinators than garden roses with double flowers and many more petals but no reproductive parts. (L) Clara Nila/iStock and (R) Alex Manders/iStock via Getty Images Plus

Sometimes gardeners intentionally prevent plants from flowering, which limits or eliminates their value to pollinators.

For example, herbs such as thyme, oregano, mint and basil are generally most flavorful and tender before the plant begins to flower. Once it flowers, the plant diverts energy to reproductive structures, and leaves become tougher and lose flavor. As a result, gardeners often pinch off flower buds and harvest leaves frequently to promote continued growth and delay flowering. Letting some of your herbs flower occasionally can help pollinators without affecting your kitchen supplies too much.

Stems of a flowering basil plant with green leaves and tiny white flowers
Letting garden herbs such as basil flower can be beneficial to pollinators. Rafael Goes/iStock via Getty Images Plus

Finding the right flowers

Flowers with unusual colors and stronger fragrances can be difficult for pollinators to detect and recognize.

People might favor bright and unusual flower colors in their gardens over naturally occurring shades. But this preference might not align with what the pollinators have evolved to favor in nature. For example, planting human-preferred colors, such as white or pink morphs of hummingbird-pollinated flowers that are typically red, can reduce a flower’s visibility and attractiveness. Even when cultivated varieties have a similar enough color to natural ones to attract pollinators, they may lack other important visual components, such as ultraviolet floral patterns that can guide pollinators to nectar sources.

Breeding plant varieties to accentuate particular aesthetic traits may have unintended consequences for other traits. Changes in flower color through selective breeding can also affect leaf color, as genes involved in pigment production can affect multiple plant tissues. Besides changing the overall appearance of the plant, changing leaf color may alter background contrast between flowers and the leaves, which can make flowers less conspicuous to pollinators.

Many pollinators use a combination of color and scent to detect and discriminate between flowers. But breeding for traits such as color and brightness can alter floral scents due to unintended genetic changes or energetic trade-offs.

Scent helps pollinators locate flowers from farther distances, so unfamiliar or reduced fragrance may make flowers harder to find in the first place. Disruption in either color or scent can make flowers less noticeable to pollinators expecting a familiar pairing and can hinder a pollinator’s ability to learn which flowers are suitable for them in the first place.

A balanced approach for healthy gardens

When flowers are harder to find, pollinators are less likely to visit them. When they offer poor or no rewards, pollinators quickly abandon them for better options. This disruption in plant-pollinator interactions has implications not only for pollinator health but also for garden vitality. Many plants rely on animal pollinators to reproduce and make mature seeds. These are either collected by gardeners or allowed to drop to the ground and sprout on their own to grow new flowering plants the following year.

A close-up of a bee covered in pollen on top of a yellow flower
Pollinators not only transfer pollen from flower to flower, they also gather pollen to feed their young. John Kimbler/500px via Getty Images

When selecting plants for a garden, gardeners who want to support pollinators might consider choosing native varieties that have evolved alongside local pollinators.

In most areas of the country, there are native plants with colorful and interesting flowers that bloom at different times, from early spring to late fall. These plants tend to produce reliable floral signals and offer the nectar and pollen needed to support pollinator nutrition and development.

Sterile varieties and double flowers offer little or no rewards for pollinators, and gardens with them may not attract as many pollinators. Letting herbs flower after some harvesting is another simple way to support beneficial insects.

With choices informed by not just your aesthetic preferences but also those of pollinators, you can create colorful gardens that support wildlife and stay in bloom across various seasons.The Conversation

Claire Therese Hemingway, Assistant Professor of Ecology & Evolutionary Biology, University of Tennessee

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Three August 2025 (August 11 - 17)

Avalon Dunes - can you help?

On Sunday September 7  there will be a big planting morning of beach plants to help stabilise the sand on the blowout on the northern end of Avalon Dunes. Starting about 8.30 we will put in about 1000 plants. 



But before that, on August 25-29 the westward moving sand will be moved back to the beach from Des Creagh Reserve  and stabilised with 100+ coir logs and jute matting. This is a joint project of Northern Beaches Council and the NSW Government.

This blowout happened because dune fencing broke and people trampled on fragile dune vegetation, trying to get a high view of the beach,  just where the strong south-east winds blast up from the beach. 

All help very welcome.

Avalon Preservation Association

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works to commence: August Update

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

''Construction will begin this month and is expected to run until December. With landscaping works, to complete the Masterplan, commencing in February 2026. 

Works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

 

Wildlife Hungry: Moving to road Edges to feed - Please Slow down

A Sydney Wildlife Carer has stated this week: ''We've  been getting a lot of calls to Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) lately. 

Please slow down and be aware that food through winter is scarce and many animals are moving closer to the edges of the road in search of winter grass. 

If you see any sick or injured animal please call Sydney Wildlife Rescue 9413 4300.''

 

Seals Hauling Out Along Our Beaches: Register these on the NSW Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey

Residents have reported seals hauling out during recent storm activities, with the latest being monitored at Newport beach by ORRCA volunteers. Others have seen another at Dee Why.

ORRCA states:

''We’re currently receiving a high number of calls regarding seal haul-outs, a normal and natural behaviour for these beautiful marine mammals. Along our east coast, it’s common to see Australian Fur Seals and Long-Nosed Fur Seals at this time of year.

Seals come ashore to rest, recover, or simply soak up some sun. While it might be tempting to get closer, it’s important to give them plenty of space. They don’t need to be encouraged back into the water. In fact, coming ashore is a healthy part of their routine.

While they might look like “sea puppies”, seals are wild animals - unpredictable, reactive, and capable of carrying zoonotic diseases.

In most cases, they just need time and space to rest. But if a seal appears unwell, injured, or is in a high-traffic area (like a place where dogs are allowed on a beach), please call our 24/7 Rescue Hotline on (02) 9415 3333. Our trained responders will assess the situation and provide support as required.''

Approach distances in NSW for seals are based on where the seal is located and if a pup is present. A seal is considered a pup if it is up to half the length of the adult.

The NSW Department of Planning and Environment states that if a seal comes towards you, you must move back to the minimum approach distance.

The Department's rules are:

Approaching a seal when it is in the water

Seals are agile swimmers with strong flippers. When a seal is in the water you must keep at least:

  • 10 metres away from the seal
  • 80 metres from a seal pup
  • 100 metres for a drone 

Approaching a seal when it is hauled out on land

Seals haul out to rest after foraging at sea. If a seal feels threatened, it may show aggression by yawning, waving its front flipper or head, or calling out. Seals are very agile and can move fast on land, using all 4 limbs to run. When a seal is hauled out on the land you must keep at least:

  • 40 metres away from the seal
  • 80 metres from a seal pup
  • 100 metres away from the seal for a drone.

Vessels watching seals resting on the rocky shore must also keep back 40 metres or 80 metres if a pup is present. Limit the time you spend watching because it can be stressful for them. It is likely you are not the only vessel to approach them that day.

The news service would also suggest you contact council as they will want to monitor what's going on and work in concert with any registered carers to ensure the safety of any of the seals that live here and residents or visitors.

Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey

The NSW Department of the Environment is interested in understanding where Australian and New Zealand fur seals are hauling out along the NSW coastline.

Haul-out, Call-out is a place to report your fur seal sightings as part of the Seabirds to Seascapes Project.

How you can help

As a citizen scientist, your participation in the survey to identify key hotspot locations for these fur seals is crucial. Here’s why:

  1. Conservation efforts: Australian fur seals are listed as vulnerable under the Biodiversity Conservation Act. By getting involved, you directly contribute to safeguarding their habitats and populations.
  2. Data collection: your sightings will complement drone surveys along the NSW coastline. This data provides insights into fur seal population densities and their preferred breeding habitats, informing marine conservation initiatives in New South Wales.
  3. Long-term survival: understanding fur seals’ health and breeding behaviours is critical. Your reports help researchers develop targeted conservation measures to support their populations.
  4. Mitigating conflicts: by understanding their habitat preferences and behaviours, we can reduce disturbances and minimise negative interactions between humans and seals, promoting coexistence in shared environments.

Your role matters. As a citizen scientist, your contributions directly protect and conserve Australian and New Zealand fur seals and their marine habitats. Join the Dept. of Environment in making a difference for these vulnerable species and the marine ecosystems they inhabit.

Seals are vital to healthy marine ecosystems, but they face growing pressures from human activity. The survey helps inform critical marine conservation initiatives in New South Wales by learning more about where seals gather and how they live. This information is crucial for effectively managing fur seal populations, including mitigating risks of human and seal interactions.

Go to the Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey to record the seals you see on our beaches.

Australian Fur seal resting at Bilgola Saturday afternoon (29.6.2013). Photo by Tamara Sloper Harding. 

On Whale Beach Rock Shelf September 2013. Photo: Michael Mannington

Seal resting on North Avalon Rocks, Thursday September 29, 2016, after a shark attack. Photo: A J Guesdon

Leopard Seal on Bungan Beach, August 2017. Photo: David Jenkins 


Dog attacking formerly resting seal at Long Reef Aquatic Reserve in November 2020 - a No Dogs area. Photos supplied

 

Turimetta Beach Boulders Falling: 2m of Erosion

Regular contributing photographer Joe Mills visited Turimetta Beach on Tuesday August 5 and Friday August 8 this past week, and has recorded some rockfalls along the cliff faces.

Joe said on Saturday:

''Due to all the recent rains and heavy swells the beach at the northern end was severely eroded at the end of this week, for about 2m of sand.  This is mostly at the northern half of the beach near the steps.  It was very noticeable.

As well, there were a lot more big boulders (some up to 1.5m size) scattered along the beach, which fell from the moist cliff tops.''

In recent storm events, and smaller rockfalls, Joe has been concerned for the safety of a gentleman he calls 'the hermit' who camps under and against the shelter of the rockface - you can see the blue of his tent in some of Joe's photos from Friday:

mid-beach erosion - August 8 2025

mid-beach erosion - August 8 2025

Turimetta beach erosion from storms - August 8 2025

Turimetta erosion - August 8 2025

Council currently has the beach listed as 'closed' due to storm swells and the absence of patrols of lifesavers on this beach.

screenshot from council's Turimetta beach webpage, Saturday August 9 2025

Coastal erosion is the loss of land along the shoreline due to the natural removal of sand, vegetation and other features associated with changing wave and water conditions. During severe storms, coastal erosion can happen rapidly, potentially putting people, properties, and infrastructure in danger.  

Climate change is likely to increase coastal erosion over time, as the intensity of storms increase and sea levels rise. Infrastructure like roads, access to beaches and connection to utilities are likely to be impacted during these events. 

Weather conditions leading to coastal erosion in NSW are typically associated with intense low pressure systems off the coast which generate large waves and higher sea levels. These low pressure systems include tropical cyclones, ex-tropical cyclones and east coast lows. The impacts in NSW of winds, flooding and coastal erosion associated with Cyclone Alfred earlier this year are likely to increase in frequency in the future.

The extent of coastal erosion can be influenced by a range of factors, both natural and unnatural, including:  

  • Tides
  • Waves
  • Water currents
  • Runoff
  • Headlands
  • Storms
  • Vegetation
  • Building and development
  • Coastal management activities 

However, what's been happening at Turimetta in recent months warrants closer scrutiny.

On Friday August 8, another long-term regular at the news service, John Illingsworth, released 'Teetering Turimetta', a film focussed on the cliffs of this beach between North Narrabeen and Warriewood.

John states in 'Teetering Turimetta':

''Turrimetta Headland in NSW in 2015 is a towering heap of faulted, fractured Newport Formation sandstones and shales, capped at its highest point with a tiny remnant of Hawkesbury Sandstone, all of which rests upon the purplish Bald Hill Claystone unit that you can see at low tide.

In 2021 Turimetta Headland’s cliffs were videoed from a drone, part of a record of the coastline from North Narrabeen to Barrenjoey. This publicly available footage is a baseline against which future geomorphic events - rockfalls in particular - can be identified and measured. 

In this 2021 screen capture near where Mitchell showed us the piece of coal, we can see 2 joint blocks missing, plucked from the basement rock by wave action. But by 2025 five blocks are missing, so 3 more were removed in just 3 years, a rate of around one block per year and a steady undercutting of the cliff above.

If we freeze Michell as he walks by this boulder, we can see in the middle distance a pile of rocks, an early rockfall, indicated by the arrow. Remember, this is 2012. In this 2025 picture we see that same fall, pretty well unchanged. We can clearly see that the edges of the boulders are all sharp, unworn by time. We cannot be specific other than to say this fall is also quite recent, though before our record. But when the camera pans left it shows something that wasn’t there in 2012 – a very large rotational rockfall of perhaps 200m3. Now, this fall is also visible in the 2015 drone footage here. So this rockfall dates between August 2012 and December 2015. Rockfalls are most likely to occur during inclement weather when rainfall is heavy and seas high. Good times to stay away!

Which brings us to the sewer outfall where fishermen and women congregate. Construction of the outfall was completed by about 1973. So, the rocks you can see here in 2021 must have fallen later than 1973 because they rest on the concrete covering the sewer. It’s also pretty clear that all these rocks and boulders comprise a multi-fall event which is, perhaps, ongoing.

The May 2021 reference flight shows the precarious position adopted by fishermen. Since this footage was taken two fishermen have drowned here, swept from the platform by waves in January and December 2022. Indeed, this footage may show them, but we don’t know.

This is the earlier 2015 flight (19 December). As the drone rises to return home, just as it sets out, if we freeze the frame we can get a good look at the point and the rock platform. Note there are four boulders on the platform that have obviously fallen from the point. DJI 0042 But the reference flight of 22 May 2021 shows an additional fall: there are now many boulders. And just 3 weeks later, by 13 June 2021, we’ve had a huge fall on top of the previous two. This fall has completely removed Turimetta’s nose.

The view from this angle shows just how unstable Turimetta headland is, not surprising seeing that it aligns with, and is almost certainly part of, the Luna Park Fault Zone.

And this is where this gets interesting. As the camera goes around the point the rock platform comes into wider view. If we freeze the frame here, that crack you can see running across the rock platform toward the cliff is a slickensided fault where rock has moved against rock, polishing the faces and leaving lines that indicate the direction of movement. The line of strike. is xxx degrees, the dip about 75 degrees north, some of the fault plane is curved, and there is a wide crush zone at the base.  And if we reverse the camera we can see how the cliff is intersected by the fault and how the southern face has already partially collapsed. We can also project a likely fracture line upwards at least half way up the cliff where it appears to become horizontal and merges with bedding planes.

So on Turimetta’s south face we have serious undercutting along the inclined fault-line; and on its eastern nose massive random fracturing that is opening up, simultaneous with extreme undercutting of the north face. These opposing undercutting processes must eventually intersect. Shot through with cracks, faults and fractures, and undercut on this north face in particular, Turimetta appears to be teetering on the verge of a major collapse.''

See John's 2021 film: Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability - Turimetta: Narrabeen Lagoon entrance to Bungan Beach

John's earlier film and August 2025's 'Teetering Turimetta' run below:

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay 2025 AGM + Free Screening of Ocean with David Attenborough 

Date: Tuesday, 20 August 2025

‍Location: Mona Vale Surf Club

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay warmly invites you to our Annual General Meeting, an evening of reflection, storytelling, and shared vision for the future of our bay.

We’ll begin with welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP for Pittwater, followed by a free screening of Ocean with David Attenborough — a stirring film that captures the beauty and fragility of our marine world.

This screening is free, but spaces are limited. Please register online to secure your seat here.

Event Schedule

  • 6:00 PM – Doors open
  • 6:15 PM – Welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP
  • 6:30 – 8:00 PM – Screening of Ocean
  • 8:00 PM – Annual General Meeting (open to questions)
  • 9:00 PM – Close

Steering Committee Nominations Now Open

FoBBB members have the opportunity to nominate individuals for our Steering Committee. If you'd like to nominate a member, please download and complete the nomination form and email it to info@bonginbonginbay.org.au by 13 August 2025.

As outlined in our constitution, nominations must:

  • Be submitted in writing
  • Be signed by two members
  • Include the nominee’s signed consent

Not a Member Yet?

We welcome all members of the community to join Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay and support our mission to protect the bay and secure marine sanctuary status by 2027. Together, we can make a lasting difference for our ocean and future generations.

We look forward to seeing you on August 20th!

Permaculture with the Legendary Rosemary Morrow


Where: North Curl Curl Community Centre
(Corner of Abbott Rd and Griffin Rd, North Curl Curl)
When: Thursday August 28th
Doors Open at 7:30pm

We're so thrilled to have the ever-inspiring Rosemary Morrow visiting PNB at our August Education Evening to talk about taking Permaculture everywhere and adapting Permaculture in today's world.

Rosemary Morrow is one of the pioneering women in permaculture across the world. For almost 50 years she has extensively worked with farmers and villagers in Africa, Asia, and Eastern Europe often in war-torn nations such as Afghanistan, Bosnia, and Cambodia. The Australia PermaFund is set up to support work some of these projects.

She has also developed her own rural properties in Australia as models of sustainable living and is the author of many books such as “The Earth User’s Guide to Permaculture,” “The Earth User’s Guide to Restoring Permaculture” and the “Seed Savers Manual”.
Rosemary teaches permaculture to permaculture teachers in an interactive and thought-provoking way. She has inspired many to take up and teach permaculture including our own PNB Introduction to Permaculture (ITP) courses, and is often referred to as the “Permaculture teachers’ teacher”.
Rosemary lives in the Blue Mountains and started the Blue Mountains Permaculture Institute.

Be sure not to miss this very special evening.

Entry is free for members and by donation for non-members (from $5 is recommended)

To book and help us to plan ahead, use the below link:
Or you may just turn up on the night!

Attendees are warmly invited to bring along a small plate of food to share if you wish.

National Climate Risk Assessment Report Being Kept under wraps

The National Climate Risk Assessment, yet to be released to the public, includes important forecasts, modelling and information for consumers and investors about the severity and cost of weather extremes and natural disasters.

Developed by the Australian Department of Climate Change, Energy, Environment and Water, its release was delayed until after the Federal election along with other Labor climate documents, including a 2035 emissions reduction target and a climate adaptation plan. The government is expected to release them soon – the 2035 target is due by September – but dates have not been confirmed.

“Australians should see the truth of the climate risks we face before the government locks in a 2035 emissions reduction target,” said David Pocock, Independent Senator for the ACT.

“Setting an emissions reduction target without knowing the extent of climate risk would be like planning a road trip without having access to a map.

“This kind of assessment isn’t an optional extra; it’s at the core of helping us protect the people and places we love.”

“Climate change is going to drive down productivity in all sorts of Australian industries. Extreme weather events will drive up costs and reduce output in industries ranging from agriculture and construction to tourism and the health sector,” said Richard Denniss, Executive Director at The Australia Institute.

“As South Australians know well, warm waters don’t just mean better swimming, they can mean destruction of fisheries, tourism and entire ecosystems.

“The simple fact is that parts of Australia are going to become uninsurable and that will have dire consequences, not just for the people who live in those regions, but for the insurance and banking industries as well.

“Discussing long-run economic reform without putting all the climate facts on the table is like discussing interest rate policy with no data on inflation or budgetary policy with no data on government spending.”

The Greens leader, Larissa Waters, called on the government to release the risk assessment as a prelude to setting a “strong, science-based” emissions reduction target for 2035, describing it as “an explosive document that they’ve been burying for over a year”.

“The Australian public have a right to know what’s in store for us,” she said. “We need the release of that climate report so that everyone can see what potential future lies [ahead] if our government keeps kissing the hand of coal and gas companies.”

The Australian Conservation Foundation’s climate program manager, Gavan McFadzean, said the assessment was a “critical ingredient” in determining a 2035 emissions target and should be released “well in advance” of that decision. 

“It would be wrong for the Albanese government to delay its release to avoid scrutiny over whether the looming 2035 target is ambitious enough to protect people and nature in Australia,” Mr. McFadzean said.

A spokesperson for Minister Chris Bowen, said the government was “close to finalising” the report, describing it as Australia’s “first-ever comprehensive assessment of the risks posed by climate change across the country, and a plan for how we can adapt”.

Hesitation to release the assessment is related to the budgetary implications of the associated adaptation measures required by the government, which are expected to be severe, sources have said.

The report contains “extremely concerning” mapping of the impacts of coastal inundation within five kilometres of the shoreline, especially in areas of North Queensland, as well as major drought risks in the south-west of the continent, deaths though heatstroke and a mapping tool that forecasts flooding risk in suburbs across the continent.

It also outlines “extremely shocking” implications for major industries, including agriculture and fisheries. 

NSW SES 'Roo Rescue

Two young kangaroos had fallen into a deep hole and were stuck - in desperate need of a roo-scue! 

After being activated by NSW Police Force rescue operators from the NSW SES Batemans Bay Unit made their way to the scene, joining WIRES volunteers at the site.

The hole, approximately 2.5 metres deep, was located more than 200 metres through thick scrub, making access and transport of rescue equipment especially challenging.

Despite the tough terrain, the team safely reached the stranded joeys.

The kangaroos were carefully secured, sedated, and lifted from the hole without incident.

They were then monitored until the sedation wore off and, once fully recovered, released back into the wild where they belong.

A tricky mission with a hoppy ending!

Photos; NSW SES

Albanese government Rules for Salmon Farms: greenlights extinction of the Maugean Skate

On Thursday August 14 the Albanese Government announced it is investing up to $18.3 million to address low oxygen levels in Macquarie Harbour, and support recovery efforts for the endangered Maugean skate.

''The Oxygenation Offset Program in Macquarie Harbour will be delivered by the FRDC, which will work closely with the Tasmanian Government, the Tasmanian salmon industry, and independent scientific and technical experts.'' the government aid in a released statement

Minister for the Environment and Water, Murray Watt stated:

“Securing the future of the Maugean skate and improving oxygen levels in Macquarie Harbour is a priority for the Albanese Government.

“The long-term recovery of the Maugean skate requires coordinated action and I encourage industry to continue to work with government to ensure the future of the Maugean skate and a sustainable salmon industry.

“Macquarie Harbour is important to Tasmania’s $1 billion aquaculture industry and this program builds on existing environmental and conservation action for the Maugean skate.”

However, the Bob Brown Foundation stated:

''After two years of stalling, Environment Minister Murray Watt has just given the green light for industrial salmon farming to keep polluting Tasmania’s Macquarie Harbour, knowing full well it’s driving the ancient Maugean Skate to extinction.

The science could not be clearer: fish farms are having a catastrophic impact on the skate.''

''And yet, the Albanese Government has chosen the profits of foreign-owned salmon corporations over the survival of a species found nowhere else on Earth

In July 2023, we called on the government to review its disastrous 2012 decision to expand salmon farming in the harbour, given the devastating impact on the Maugean Skate.

They agreed, then spent two years stalling, before gutting national environmental laws to protect the toxic salmon industry from future review. 

Their controversial and outrageous new law, rushed through parliament just before the federal election, exempts environment approvals made more than five years ago from being reconsidered.

Now, in a shameless display of contempt, the Minister has invoked this law to ram through an approval for salmon farming to continue, just one week before our Federal Court case challenging the matter. '' the foundation stated.

''We will challenge the minister’s decision on the basis that the new law does not apply to industrial fish farm operations in Macquarie Harbour and the government cannot escape their duty to protect Australia’s environment, no matter how hard they try.''

The Maugean skate or Port Davey skate (Dipturus maugeanus, alternatively Zearaja maugeana) is an endangered species of fish in the family Rajidae. Also known as the ‘thylacine of the sea’, it is endemic to Tasmania, only found in the brackish estuarine waters of Macquarie Harbour and Bathurst Harbour. 

The species was discovered in 1988 by Dr Graham Edgar. It was named in honour of René Maugé, a zoologist on the Baudin expedition to Australia, who died in Tasmania in 1802.

The skate is recognised as one of the Gondwana-era natural values of Tasmania’s Wilderness World Heritage Area (TWWHA) . Its potential extinction carries global significance.

Research by The Australia Institute indicates that 58 percent of Australians are in favour of stopping the farming of salmon in Macquarie Harbour, which, if it continues, will cause the extinction of the Maugean skate. 

The Australia Institute has written an open letter to UNESCO and the IUCN encouraging appropriate action to protect the Maugean skate and ensure the heritage values of the TWWHA are preserved.

In previous submissions, the Australia Institute recommended a significant increase in fully protected areas, greater state government accountability, and full implementation of the proposed Macquarie Island Marine Park expansion.

More than 80 organisations worldwide have called for an end to greenwashing practices linked to farmed salmon certifications, citing the role of the industry in the potential extinction of the critically endangered Maugean skate.

February 2025 Study released: Maugean skate return to levels not seen for a decade – but not out of the woods yet

In February 2025 Scientists at the University of Tasmania’s Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies (IMAS) who have been conducting dedicated monitoring of the Maugean skate in Macquarie Harbour using research netting since 2021, building on previous monitoring programs from 2012 to 2019, stated they had seen a recent upward trend in the relative abundance of Maugean skate in Macquarie Harbour and it’s a potential sign that the wild population of this iconic endangered species has improved.

''The new study released today (February15, 2025) has assessed the entire monitoring data set and confirmed that, while the number of skate caught per unit of netting effort (CPUE)* showed a substantial decline in relative abundance between 2014 and 2022, recent surveys indicate a significant increase from 2022. ''

“We are pleased to report that these current estimates are similar to 2014, with the timing of this trend aligning with improved environmental conditions in the harbour, particularly an increase in dissolved oxygen levels,” said IMAS researcher and lead author, Dr David Moreno.

“We found that the progression of juveniles to the adult population has shown a trend of year-on-year improvements up to at least 2019. Meanwhile, the capture of young individuals in 2022 and 2023 suggests there was some hatching success until at least 2020/21.

But these levels have not yet returned to the pre-2009 rate of juveniles contributing to the population,” he said.

IMAS Maugean Skate Research Program leader and co-author, Professor Jayson Semmens said the recent upward trend in the relative abundance and capture of young individuals following a prolonged period of decline is a positive sign for the Maugean skate population.

While we are cautiously optimistic, there is still a long way to go. Only continued monitoring of the Maugean skate population in Macquarie Harbour will allow us to know the long-term trajectory of recovery of this endangered species,” he said.

However, the very next day after Minister Murray's announcement, on Friday August 15 it was revealed that the same disease, Piscirickettsia salmonis, responsible for the deaths of over 3 million salmon last Summer, has broken out in a Huon Aquaculture pen in Southern Tasmania. It was also reported that the disease had now become resistant to the antibiotics used over the Summer, and a new, unused, and yet-to-be-approved antibiotic would be required.

The news meant the Bob Brown Foundation reiterated its call for all fish farms to be removed from Tasmania’s waters immediately.

“This disease killed millions of fish in a horrible manner, to the outrage of the Australian public. With it now present in Winter, industrial fish farms will be faced with an unmitigated catastrophe as the waters warm over the next few months,” said Alistair Allan, Antarctic and Marine campaigner at Bob Brown Foundation.

“These factory farms of the sea are hives of cruelty, disease and pollution. Fish farms must be removed completely from Tasmania’s waterways before it is too late for our marine environment.”

“The solution is clear. It’s not unapproved antibiotics, it’s stopping this form of factory farming that has reached a crisis point. Industrial salmon farms must go,” said Alistair Allan.

Photo: supplied by the Bob Brown Foundation

IPART Draft Report on the review of Water prices for Greater Sydney from 1 October 2025: Have your say

On Thursday July 31 IPART has released draft prices for WaterNSW bulk water services in the Greater Sydney region, from 1 October 2025 to 30 June 2028.

Tribunal Chair Carmel Donnelly said WaterNSW is responsible for owning, operating and maintaining dams in NSW, and capturing, storing and supplying bulk water to Sydney Water, a small number of local councils and about 60 business customers in the Greater Sydney region.

“Bulk water customers such as Sydney Water then treat and distribute that water to residential and business customers in Greater Sydney,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Bulk water pricing can therefore affect the price residential and business customers pay for the water they buy from Sydney Water and Wingecarribee, Shoalhaven and Goulburn Mulwaree councils.”

Under IPART’s draft decisions, over the 3 years to 2027-28, WaterNSW’s Greater Sydney bulk water prices would increase by around 10.4% per year before inflation. For a typical Sydney Water residential customer, IPART states this would add about $7 to bills in 2025-26, $20 to bills in 2026-27 and $31 to bills in 2027-28 before inflation.

Ms Donnelly said the Tribunal’s draft decisions are based on careful consideration of a range of factors including the need to support safe, reliable and efficient water catchment, storage and supply services in the Greater Sydney region.

“The Tribunal also considered stakeholder submissions received during a public hearing and in response to a November 2024 Issues Paper and a May 2025 Information Paper,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Our aim is to set prices that mean customers of WaterNSW only pay what is required to efficiently deliver bulk water services.”

“The draft prices we have set in this report are lower than WaterNSW’s September 2024 proposal to increase prices by around 14% per year. However, some increases in prices are necessary to allow WaterNSW to maintain its assets and continue to deliver reliable services that the community expects.”

Stakeholders can download a copy of the report from IPART’s website and provide feedback on the proposed prices for WaterNSW until Monday 25 August 2025.

Chapter 9 (Draft Prices) of the IPART Draft Report states:

Fixed charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s fixed charges would increase to around $203.7 million in 2025-26, which is a 11.6% nominal increase. The fixed charge in 2027-28 would be around $248.7 million ($2025-26), which is around a 36.2% increase from current prices.

For other customers the fixed charge would increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then increase by around 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ fixed charges would increase by around 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Fixed charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to around $131 in 2025-26 which is a 13.1% increase. The fixed charge would be approximately $160 ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.8% increase from current prices.

Usage charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s non-drought usage charge would increase to $100.50/ML in 2025-26, which is a 19.6% nominal increase. The same usage charge in 2027-28 would be $121.70/ML ($2025-26), which is around a 44.8% increase from current prices.

For other customers the non-drought usage charge would generally increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then generally increase by 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ non-drought usage charges would increase by 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Non-drought usage charges for raw water customers would increase to $0.86/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 13.2% increase. The same charge would be $1.05/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 38.2% increase from current prices.

• Non-drought usage charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to $1.49/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 12.9% increase. The same charge would be $1.82/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.9% increase from current prices.

 Overall, when comparing current prices (2024-25) to 2027-28 prices, our draft decisions for Sydney Water are that the:

• Fixed charge would be approximately 11.6% higher in 2025-26 from 1 October, including inflation. This is then followed by increases of around 10.4% plus inflation on 1 July 2026 then by around 10.6% plus inflation on 1 July 2027. In 2027-28 the fixed charge would be $248.70 million. The average price per annum from 2025-26 to 2027-28 would be around $225.76 million per year. 

''Your feedback will help us make our final decisions for the maximum prices WaterNSW can charge for its services in Greater Sydney. We will release our final decisions in September 2025 with prices to take effect from 1 October 2025.'' IPART states

Sydney Water has proposed the increase in water charges, now drafted in the latest IPART Draft Report, to fund infrastructure upgrades to address the city's growing population. 

IPART states in its report that the proposed bill increases under its draft decisions are lower than the 14% real increase per year put forward by WaterNSW in its June 2025 submission to our Information Paper (its alternative revenue request). 

''Our proposed prices are lower because our review of efficient expenditure has indicated that not all of the increases in expenditure that WaterNSW proposed are necessary or efficient for this next 3-year period.

We propose to set WaterNSW’s notional revenue requirement (NRR) for Greater Sydney to $824.8 million for the 3-year determination period.''

Read the Draft Report

Make a Submission

Previously:

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - This Sun September 7 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

EPA tackling greenhouse gas emissions with new licensee requirements: Have your say

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) is seeking feedback on requirements to help industry cut emissions and drive NSW towards achieving net zero by 2050. 

The proposed Climate Change Licensee Requirements and Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptions Plans: Mitigation Requirements released July 29 aim to strengthen the transparency of greenhouse gas reporting and businesses’ emission reduction plans. 

To support the shift to a decarbonised economy, the proposed measures will be phased in across industry sectors, firstly applying to very large greenhouse gas emitters that hold environment protection licences.

NSW EPA CEO, Tony Chappel said this is a significant step forward in setting new standards for climate action, providing certainty to industry and the community as we transition to net zero.

“Climate change is not a problem for the future. We are already facing its escalating consequences, from unprecedented fires to recent devastating flood events across regional NSW,” said Mr Chappel. 

“We need to treat greenhouse gases like any other pollutant we regulate. EPA licensees currently contribute half of NSW’s total greenhouse gas emissions. 

“Introducing new requirements and guidance for industry is essential as we move towards a climate resilient future. 

“This will be a complex journey, and we are committed to developing specific approaches for different industries and sectors, rather than a one size fits all solution.”

To build our evidence base, the EPA commissioned the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) to conduct an independent expert review of methane measurement technologies for fugitive methane emissions.

The EPA is also developing sector specific guides on emissions reductions. The first of these, the Proposed Greenhouse Gas Mitigation Guide for NSW Coal Mines, outlines tailored climate actions for the coal industry, targeting methane, a potent greenhouse gas. 

The draft requirements will apply to about 200 premises and are set to include:

  • Annual climate change emissions reporting 
  • Climate change mitigation and adaptation plans
  • Specific mitigation actions 
  • Emissions measurement 

To help meet the proposed requirements, eligible licensees will be able to access grants from the High Emitting Industries Fund

The requirements, mitigation guidance and guide for NSW coal mines are key initiatives set in the Government's Climate Change Policy and Action Plan 2023-26

For more information and to have your say by 5pm Tuesday 7 October 2025, visit: https://yoursay.epa.nsw.gov.au

$1.2 million on offer to crack down on illegal dumping

Councils, public land managers and regional waste groups across NSW can now apply for a share of more than $1.2 million to prevent illegal dumping and protect local environments and communities.

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) has opened Round 3 of the Illegal Dumping Prevention Program, which supports targeted, on-the-ground projects to address the problem at its source. 

Funding is available for a wide range of initiatives, including deterrents such as fencing and barriers, site clean-ups, education and behaviour change campaigns, surveillance and enforcement tools.

EPA Executive Director of Programs and Innovation, Alexandra Geddes said $2.83 million awarded to 36 successful recipients across the first two rounds has had a meaningful impact.

“These grants help organisations take action, making a real difference by preventing illegal dumping before it occurs,” Ms Geddes said.

“We’ve seen great results in places like Bathurst and the Shoalhaven, where previous funding improved monitoring and helped deter repeat offenders through innovative design and technology.

“In this Round, we’re looking to back more projects that reduce the volume of waste being dumped illegally, because it is more than just an eyesore – it’s a threat to our environment, wildlife and public safety.” 

Dumping incidents in the Bathurst local government area are estimated to have halved after Bathurst Regional Council received more than $117,000 under Round 1 of the program. The council installed solar-powered mobile cameras and community signage across known hotspots, allowing it to monitor activity in real time, catch perpetrators in the act, and clean up dumped materials more efficiently.

Meanwhile, Shoalhaven City Council was awarded more than $76,000 in funding under Round 2 of the program. Approximately 450 tonnes of illegally dumped waste was recovered from public land in the local government area during the past two years. This investment will enable the council to collaborate with NSW Government agencies, such as National Parks and Wildlife Service and Crown Lands, to run a community awareness campaign, and install gates, bollards, signage and CCTV cameras in high-risk dumping zones. 

Expressions of Interest for Streams 3 & 4 closes on 30 September 2025.

Grants range from $20,000 to $200,000. For more information and to apply, visit:

www.epa.nsw.gov.au/Working-together/Grants/Illegal-dumping/Illegal-Dumping-Prevention 

$1 million to establish independent NSW recreational fishing peak body

The Minns Government states it is delivering on another election commitment by commencing consultation on an independent peak body to represent the interests of the State’s more than one million recreational fishers.

This is part of the NSW Government’s plan to build a better NSW and to boost economic activity in regional NSW.

More than $1 million has been earmarked to fund the new body and to assist it drive on ground outcomes for the State’s recreational fishers.

The recreational fishing industry is major contributor to our coastal and inland communities and generates about $3.4 billion of economic activity in NSW each year. The industry also creates the equivalent of about 14,000 fulltime jobs.

The NSW Government made an election commitment to establish a peak body for the State’s recreational fishers and has worked with the fishing representatives to develop their vision for a peak body that is:

  • a viable and respected professional body: to deliver representation that effectively champions the future of recreational fishing
  • representative of all NSW recreational fishers: including affiliated and unaffiliated fishers from diverse backgrounds
  • independent of Government: to enable apolitical representation to advance the priorities and needs of recreational fishers
  • collaborative and solutions-oriented: to work constructively with Government and other bodies to deliver solutions for recreational fishers.

The people of NSW are now encouraged to have their say on this important process. Public consultation is open from 6 August 2025 to 1 October 2025.

To learn more and provide your feedback, visit the NSW Government’s Have Your Say website.

Our culturally and linguistically diverse fishing community are encouraged to use the translate feature on the Have Your Say website, which offers access in multiple languages and provides a contact for support with submissions.

Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“Recreational fishing is a vital part of life for many people in NSW.

“The NSW Government is committed to supporting a thriving, inclusive and sustainable recreational fishing sector that encourages participation across all communities.

“This peak body will work closely with the NSW Government to effectively represent the interests of for all NSW recreational fishers.

“The recreational fishing industry is vital to the NSW economy and one the NSW Government is committed to supporting in a cohesive, productive and positive way.”

Peak Body Working Group member, Karl Mathers said:

“The model for this peak body has been designed to ensure an inclusive and collaborative organisation to help advance the priorities and needs of NSW’s recreational fishers.

“Your feedback is important to ensure the final model reflects the needs and perspectives of recreational fishers from all corners of the state.”

Experts slam “ecological disaster” Redbank biomass plan  

At the Monday August 11 Independent Planning Commission meeting, leading health, climate scientist and biodiversity experts lined up to condemn the flawed science, destructive land-clearing impacts, and false “green” credentials of a project proposal to restart Singleton’s Redbank Power Station.

The project is proposing to burn native vegetation from land clearing to produce energy, before switching to  purpose-grown crops. In its first year – the project would source 500,000 tonnes of biomass from the clearing of regrowth forests and scrub in central west and western NSW that have been controversially classified as “invasive native species”.

Experts at the meeting warned the Commission that, if approved, the current proposal would accelerate wildlife extinctions, drive up emissions, and devastate western NSW woodlands.  

A biodiversity time bomb  

Lis Ashby, Policy and Innovation Lead at the Biodiversity Council, warned the plant’s demand for woody biomass would unleash a wave of unregulated habitat destruction.  

“If Redbank is approved, there is a significant risk native vegetation clearing will substantially increase to meet the demand for biomass, leading to very poor outcomes for biodiversity,” Ms Ashby said.

“Clearing of [the targeted] native species can be done without formal assessment or approval under the Native Vegetation Code by Local Land Services, so it is not subject to significant amounts of scrutiny.”   

University of Queensland PhD researcher Hannah Thomas revealed her research shows regrowth vegetation, which is often referred to as “invasive native species” is critical habitat for threatened wildlife.  

“Many threatened species can use regrowth vegetation as habitat, even when the regrowth is quite young,”  Ms Thomas said.  

“Iconic species like the koala, who everyone is familiar with, could benefit from regrowth as young as nine years of age.”  

Professor Donald Butler, ecological expert from the Australian National University, likened the proposal to clear cohorts of regenerating woody native plants as  “taking out all the juveniles of any  population” – an act that is not good for species survival and the native animals that depend on dense vegetation.  

Destroying one of the planet’s great woodlands  

David Watson, Professor of Ecology from Charles Sturt University described the vast semi-arid woodlands of western NSW as globally significant.  

“Almost 300 species of bird live in this region” along with “over 100 species of flora and fauna that's either threatened, vulnerable, or endangered  that lives in this district. Red-tailed black cockatoos, western blue tongues, great big lizards. This is their heartland.” he said.

“Industrial scale land clearing required to supply feed stock for Redbank power station will push already marginal populations toward extinction. It will carve up one of the largest and most continuous semi-arid woodlands in the world, reducing connectivity, hastening soil loss, and hollowing out the heartland of so many threatened species."  

Professor Hugh Possingham FAA FNAS FRS, Biodiversity Council Co-Chief Councillor and Vice-Chancellors Senior Research Fellow at The University of Queensland, warned that once you create a biomass market, you can’t control it.  

“Markets are very difficult to control after you create them,” Professor Possingham said.  

“There are major assumptions implicit in Redbank’s application that required peer-reviewed scientific evidence before this project can proceed.” 

Climate claims built on “fiction”  

Professor Andrew Macintosh, environmental law and policy scholar from the Australian National University stated that the proponent had discarded the emissions from harvesting native vegetation altogether.  

“The proponent seems to have applied a quasi attributional life cycle assessment approach that has effectively discarded the emissions associated with the harvesting of biomass from native plants,” Professor Macintosh said.   

“They appear to have substantially underestimated the greenhouse gas implications of the project,”  

Leading climate scientist Professor Brendan Mackay from Griffith University tore apart the company’s emissions modelling further.  

“Their analysis is simply based on the assumption that burning woody biomass for energy is carbon neutral,” Professor Mackay said, stating that such a model is “designed not to see or represent the power plant’s CO2 emissions from burning woody biomass” instead “the emissions are simply ignored and not reported.”  

Professor Mackay explained that emissions from burning biomass are immediate, but the regrowth needed to reabsorb that carbon “can take decades to centuries.”  

Dr Heath Keith from Griffith University concurred, stating “The assumption made in the Red Bank proposal that emissions of CO2 from burning biomass have an emissions factor of zero is false.”  

Unacceptable health risks  

Dr Ben Ewald from Doctors for the Environment Australia said:   

“Our greatest concern with the proposal to run Redbank on biomass is the inclusion of waste wood from construction and demolition.”  

“This material could contain prohibited materials like arsenic treated timber.

“When burned this would spread highly toxic arsenic over the surrounding landscape. 

“There is no good way to protect against this. Burning such material is prohibited but there is no way to enforce this.”  

The project was referred to the Independent Planning Commission on 18 July 2025 . The Independent Planning Commission aim to make a determination on the project within 50 days of being referred the project. 

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Have your say on changes gas and pipeline regulations and guidelines for NSW

The community is invited to face-to-face information sessions and an online webinar to have your say on proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for landholders and companies to negotiate land access for pipeline projects.

The Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is modernising the regulation of pipelines and creating new guidelines to clarify:

  • the roles and responsibilities for seeking land access for surveys clearer so everyone understands what is involved; and
  • what needs to be done to get agreements with landholders before compulsory acquisition can be considered by the Minister for Energy.

The government is also proposing to strengthen the requirements for operators under the Pipelines Act 1967 and Gas Supply Act 1996 including stronger penalties.

Consultation focuses on ensuring landowners and communities are fully informed and consulted on the authority to survey and compulsory acquisition procedures, so everyone is on the same page and knows what is required.

The NSW Government states it is committed to making the process for land surveys and compulsory acquisition respectful, open and transparent.

Putting clear steps in place will support better communication between parties and set minimum standards for what applicants must do.

It will also provide information on how the Minister for Energy and DCCEEW assess authority to survey and compulsory acquisition applications.

Face to face information sessions will be held at:

  • Quirindi – Tuesday 19 August, 1–2:30pm
  • Muswellbrook – Wednesday 20 August, 9:30–11am
  • Maitland – Wednesday 20 August, 2–3:30pm

Registration is required at: www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/pipelines-and-gas-supply-regulations

A webinar will be held on Wednesday, 13 August from 6–8 pm for those who can't attend in person.

Liam Ryan, Executive Director, Energy Infrastructure, DCCEEW stated:

"We have listened carefully to stakeholders who have said the processes around surveying land for pipeline routes and compulsory acquisition need to be clearer – which is why we are putting new guidelines in place to ensure landowners are fully informed and consulted.

"It is critical the community knows what steps need to be taken when the NSW Government is assessing applications for pipeline surveys and at what stage compulsory acquisition can be considered.

"I encourage landowners and interested parties in Quirindi, Muswellbrook, Maitland and surrounding areas to register and come along and meet the team in-person so we can discuss these important reforms together."

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater

Ringtail Posses 2023

When a beach walk feels like grief: disasters like SA’s algal bloom cut us off from nature when we need it most

John White Photos/Getty
Brianna Le BusqueUniversity of South Australia

In March 2025, surfers and swimmers were the first to notice the harmful algal bloom taking hold in South Australian waters. People catching waves at a popular break on the Fleurieu Peninsula later reported feeling sick with flu-like symptoms.

Over the five months since, an “unprecedented” environmental disaster has unfolded, devastating marine ecosystems and the South Australian economy. It has also fundamentally changed the way people connect to the ocean.

This particular bloom – caused by Karenia mikimotoi – is deadly to various marine species, while in humans it can cause milder illness and irritation.

But the impact on mental health and wellbeing is profound.

When people can no longer use “blue spaces” such as the ocean to surf, swim, fish and walk on the beach, they are losing activities that calm and relax them – exactly when they’re most sick with worry about their beloved coastline.

A perfect storm

South Australia’s algal bloom is the result of a “perfect storm” – a marine heatwave, nutrient rich water from previous flooding, and a rare cold-water upwelling.

Current public health advice tells surfers and swimmers to stay out of water if it looks “discoloured, foamy, or where there’s dead marine life”.

Given that dead marine life is washing up across many South Australian beaches, this means it’s hard to find any place to surf or swim.

Recreational fishers are advised that catching fish (and other marine species) is safe if it’s cleaned thoroughly before eating. But many are not throwing their lines in due to concerns about depleting the surviving marine life.

Blue spaces and health

Activities such as swimming, surfing and fishing are not only enjoyable, they have a range of health benefits.

There is mounting empirical evidence about the range of benefits from spending time in “green spaces”, such as parks and bushland.

In 2020, a review of evidence about “blue spaces” – meaning oceans, rivers and lakes – found similar benefits.

For example, swimming outdoors in nature – sometimes known as “wild swimming” – can reduce fatigue and improve mental health. There is also early evidence that it can promote immune functioning.

Surfing also has physical and mental health benefits, and increases community connections. One study of recreational fishers found three in four (75.5%) fish for stress relief.

But these are benefits people in areas affected by the algal bloom are no longer getting.

Grief and anxiety

The algal bloom means people can’t access blue spaces and their health benefits. In fact, the devastation can mean engaging with blue spaces actually makes people’s mental health worse, through worry and grief about the environment.

Eco-anxiety describes the extreme fear, worry, sadness or a generally heightened emotional state we may feel in response to changes in the climate or environment. When people experience grief and other negative emotions about changes to a place they love, this is sometimes called “solastalgia”.

Both eco-anxiety and solastalgia can be responses to global changes, such as warming temperatures and rising sea levels. But they are felt most acutely among those affected directly by a disaster.

Research after Australia’s 2019–20 bushfires found high levels of eco-anxiety and solastalgia among those who survived, with the environment becoming a source of pain and grief.

Given this harmful algal bloom is being referred to as an “underwater bushfire”, it is unsurprising we are seeing people describe similar concern, worry, sadness and loss.

I am part of a team from the University of South Australia currently researching this impact, by surveying people who live near and use the beach to better understand their experience.

Are there any silver linings?

Grief about the destruction of a place we love is the sign of how much we care about it – and this can be galvanising.

Research shows eco-anxiety can be a form of practical anxiety. This means unlike other forms of worry it is more likely to also drive behaviour change.

We are already seeing this in South Australia. Over 12,000 recordings on iNaturalist – a website where members of the community upload photos and help identify species – provide shocking visual evidence of the loss and devastation.

Distressed beachgoers who are participating in citizen science programs such as these help keep the spotlight on the disaster, as well as rescuing stranded sea animals and protesting for action from government and industry.

Amid the grief, it’s important to try and still maintain our connection to our environment. When we can’t spend time in our usual natural spots, we can still benefit from connecting with nature beyond blue spaces – even if it’s simply visiting a park or planting something new.The Conversation

Brianna Le Busque, Lecturer in Environmental Science, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

70 years of data show extreme heat is already wiping out tropical bird populations

DeAgostini/Getty Images
James WatsonThe University of QueenslandMaximilian KotzBarcelona Supercomputing Center-Centro Nacional de Supercomputación (BSC-CNS), and Tatsuya AmanoThe University of Queensland

Human-driven climate change threatens many species, including birds. Most studies on this topic focus on long-term climate trends, such as gradual rises in average temperatures or shifts in rainfall patterns. But extreme weather events are becoming more common and intense, so they warrant further attention.

Our new research shows extreme heat is having a particularly severe effect on tropical birds. We found increased exposure to extreme heat has reduced bird populations in tropical regions by 25–38% since 1950.

This is not just a temporary dip – it’s a long-term, cumulative effect that continues to build as the planet warms.

Our research helps explain why bird numbers are falling even in wild places relatively untouched by humans, such as some very remote protected tropical forests. It underscores the urgent need to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, to conserve the remaining biodiversity.

Digging into huge global datasets

We analysed data from long-term monitoring of more than 3,000 bird populations worldwide between 1950 and 2020. This dataset captures more than 90,000 scientific observations.

Although there are some gaps, the dataset offers an unmatched view of how bird populations have changed over time. Some parts of the world such as western Europe and North America were better represented than others, but all continents were covered.

We matched this bird data with detailed daily weather records from a global climate database that stretches back to 1940. This allowed us to track how bird populations responded to specific changes in daily temperatures and rainfall, including extreme heat.

We also looked at average yearly temperatures, total annual rainfall, and episodes of unusually heavy rainfall.

Using another dataset that reflects human industrial activity over time, we accounted for human pressures such as land development and human population density.

By combining all these sources of data, we created computer models to evaluate how climate factors and human impacts influence bird population growth.

Our research confirmed the work of other climate scientists showing extreme heat events have increased dramatically over the past 70 years, especially near the equator.

Birds in tropical regions are now experiencing dangerously hot days about ten times more often than they did in the past.

A chart showing the number of very hot days per year over time for the tropics (steep increase), subtropics and extratropics
Tropical birds have experienced a 10-fold increase in exposure to extreme heat over the past 60 years. Kotz, M. et al. (2025) Nature Ecology & Evolution

What we found: extreme heat is the biggest climate threat to birds

While changes in average temperature and rainfall do affect birds, we found the increasing number of dangerously hot days had the greatest effect – especially in tropical regions.

This is a major concern because tropical birds often have small home ranges and are highly specialised in terms of the habitats and climates they persist in. In many cases tropical birds exist within a small range of heat tolerance.

At temperatures beyond a bird’s limit of endurance, they go into hyperthermia, where their body temperature rises uncontrollably. In this state, birds may adopt a drooped-wing posture to expose more skin for heat loss, hold their beaks open and pant rapidly, spread their feathers, and become lethargic or disoriented. In severe cases, they lose coordination, fall from perches, or even collapse unconscious.

Side profile of a black-collared barbet (_Lybius torquatus_) resting on a branch, The Panhandle, Okavango Delta, Botswana.
A black-collared barbet (Lybius torquatus) from Botswana. Sergey Dereliev

If they survive the experience, they can suffer long-term damage such as heat-induced organ failure and reduced reproductive capacity. Heat exposure reduces breeding success by lowering adult body condition and reducing time spent foraging – because the birds must rest or seek shade during the hottest hours.

It also causes heat stress in eggs and nestlings. In extreme events, nestlings may die from hyperthermia, or parents may abandon nests to save themselves.

Heat also increases a bird’s demand for water — not because they sweat (birds lack sweat glands) but because they lose water rapidly through evaporative cooling. This happens mainly via panting (respiratory evaporation) and, in some species, gular fluttering (rapid vibration of throat skin to increase airflow), as well as evaporation through the skin. As temperatures climb, these processes accelerate, causing significant dehydration unless birds can drink more frequently or access moister food.

Our study found that across tropical areas, the impact of climate change on birds is perhaps even greater now than the impact of direct human activities such as logging, mining or farming. This is not to say habitat destruction due to these activities is not a serious issue – it clearly is a major concern to tropical biodiversity. But our study highlights the challenges climate change is already bringing to birds in tropical regions.

Infographic describing how birds are impacted by heat extremes
Extreme heat is bad for birds in more than one way. James Watson, Maximilian Kotz and Tatsuya Amano with icons from Flaticon, design by Canva.

A clear warning

Our research highlights the importance of focusing not just on average climate trends, but also on extreme events. Heatwaves are no longer rare, isolated incidents – they are becoming a regular part of life in many parts of the world.

If climate change continues unchecked, tropical birds – and likely many other animals and plants – will face increasing threats to their survival. Change may be too fast and too extreme for many species to adapt.

And as tropical regions host a huge share of the world’s biodiversity, including nearly half of all bird species, the ripple effects could be far-reaching.

Conservation strategies must take this into account. Protecting habitats from human industrial development remains important, but it’s no longer enough on its own. Proactive action to help species adapt to climate change needs to be part of wildlife protection plans – especially in the tropics.

Ultimately if we are to preserve global biodiversity, slowing down and eventually reversing climate change is essential. That means cutting greenhouse gas emissions, investing in ways to draw down existing carbon dioxide levels, and supporting policies that reduce our impact on the planet. The fate of tropical birds – and countless other species – depends on it.The Conversation

James Watson, Professor in Conservation Science, School of the Environment, The University of QueenslandMaximilian Kotz, Marie Curie Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Barcelona Supercomputing Center-Centro Nacional de Supercomputación (BSC-CNS), and Tatsuya Amano, Associate Professor, School of the Environment, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Whales and dolphins regularly hang out with each other – new study

drewsulockcreations/Getty
Olaf MeyneckeGriffith University

As the annual humpback whale migration is underway with thousands of whales passing by the Australian coast, there are reports of dolphins joining the mass movement.

But this isn’t a one off. In fact, our new study, published today in Discover Animals, shows interspecies interactions between dolphins and whales are widespread and frequent around the world.

An astonishing interaction

There have been several reports of whale and dolphin interaction in the past.

One that astonished the public back in 2004 featured a humpback whale in Hawaii repeatedly lifting a bottlenose dolphin on its head.

Researchers suggested such close contact between whales and dolphins is likely very rare – and maybe related to care giving.

But other forms of interactions resembling joint feeding, play and harassment are now being frequently documented thanks to drone technology. Many are also featured on social media.

A ‘whale’s-eye view’ of the world

For our new study, we undertook an analysis of 199 independent whale-dolphin interaction events involving 19 different species. These interactions spanned two decades and occurred across 17 countries.

We drew from social media platforms – such as Facebook, YouTube and Instagram – and footage contributed by citizens to get a variety of observations.

Each entry was carefully reviewed to identify the species involved, validate the interaction and categorise behaviours. Two additional cases came from camera tags attached to humpback whales. These offered an underwater “whale’s-eye view” of their encounters with dolphins.

We categorised behaviours such as rolling, tail slaps, bow riding, and rubbing, and classified dolphin positions relative to whale body parts such as head, flank and tail fluke.

Having fun or fighting?

The study contradicted earlier assumptions that interspecies interactions between dolphins and whales are very rare.

The most common interaction was dolphins swimming near the whale’s head (akin to bow riding). This accounted for 80% of observed dolphin positions. Humpback whales were the most involved whale species, while bottlenose dolphins led the dolphin side.

Based on videos we analysed, dolphins initiated most interactions through bow riding, swimming in formation, or even touching whales.

In more than one-quarter of the events, the whales responded in seemingly similar ways. For example, humpback whales often rolled, exposed their bellies, or gently turned toward dolphins.

Tail slaps and other signs of distress or aggression were rare (roughly 5% of cases).

As a result of this, we classified more than one-third of all interactions between humpback whales and dolphins as positive or possible social play.

The two camera-tag videos revealed previously undocumented interaction. Dolphins were observed following humpback whales not only at the surface but down to the ocean floor. They maintained eye contact or even touched the whales’ head – suggesting intentional, possibly social, engagement.

Reflecting advanced emotional capabilities

The findings reshape our understanding of how social marine mammals interact across species. They suggest interspecies interaction among marine mammals may be far more prevalent and complex than previously believed.

Dolphins may seek out whales as companions for stimulation, play or even courtship-like behaviour. Meanwhile, certain whale species, particularly humpback whales, may not only tolerate but also engage with dolphins in a social capacity.

This interspecies dynamic adds a new dimension to marine mammal social ecology and could point to cultural elements in whale and dolphin societies. The playfulness, cooperation and apparent enjoyment observed in many interactions reflect advanced cognitive and emotional capabilities.

The study also demonstrates the power of new technologies and community science. Social media and drones proved invaluable for collecting a range of diverse behavioural data that traditional surveys might miss.

Social media data has limitations, such as geographic and observer bias caused by different angles, heights, equipment and frequency of use of social media. But it does complement other data and helps uncover previously unknown behaviours.

Whales and dolphins don’t just coexist but also seek each other out. Future studies incorporating acoustic recordings and longer observation periods could further unravel the motivations and meanings behind these fascinating encounters.The Conversation

Olaf Meynecke, Research Fellow in Marine Science and Manager Whales & Climate Program, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Safe no more: off-the-charts marine heat has severely damaged Ningaloo and other pristine coral reefs

James Paton GilmourAustralian Institute of Marine Science

Until now, many of Western Australia’s most pristine coral reefs have avoided the worst bleaching brought by marine heatwaves. But their luck has now run out. The state’s longest lasting, largest and most intense underwater heatwave has hammered them.

The unusual heat began late last year off the northwest coast, before spreading south, eventually affecting seas along more than 1,500km of coastline. Surface temperatures hit up to 4°C above average in places.

For coral, sustained heat stress is measured using degree heating weeks (DHW). At 4 DHW, coral bleaching is likely. At 8 DHW, many corals are at risk of bleaching and dying.

The data so far suggests heat stress on most reefs was more than double that. Central Ningaloo hit 20 DHW. Off some parts of the Pilbara coast, heat stress hit an almost unthinkable 30 DHW.

My colleagues and I have recorded the result: intense bleaching at iconic Ningaloo reef, as well as across the spots we hoped would be more resilient, such as the Rowley Shoals well offshore, and the vast but little-known reefs of the northern Kimberley.

It’s undoubtedly the most widespread coral bleaching event yet recorded in WA. For the worst-hit reefs, it’s hard to see how recovery to their previous glory is possible, given temperatures will continue to rise in the coming years.

Sustained heat over a huge area

The heat started building towards the end of 2024. In the absence of monsoonal storms and cyclones, the unprecedented heat stress continued to rise throughout December 2024 and January 2025. Soon, reefs and other ecosystems off the Kimberley coast began to suffer. Ningaloo was feeling the heat by February.

A late monsoon gave a slight reprieve, but the heat was back on in March and April. By then, the underwater heatwave had swept across the northwest coast between Ningaloo and remote offshore reefs such as Ashmore and the Rowley Shoals. It took until May for the heat to begin to dissipate.

figure showing devastating marine heatwave Western Australia
This figure shows the maximum degree heating from January 1 May 31 2025. The dark purple running from the central Pilbara coast down the south coast of WA is used for 20 DHW – the maximum threshold used by the NOAA Coral Reef Watch. During this marine heatwave, many WA reefs went well past 20, such as the central Pilbara reefs where DHW hit a maximum of 30. NOAA Coral Reef WatchCC BY-NC-ND

Because unusually warm water sat in place for months in some regions, corals had no reprieve. Worse, the heat spread far down into the ocean. Our surveys of coral 20–30 metres below the surface found similar levels of heat stress and bleaching as those in shallower water, while higher temperatures were documented hundreds of metres deep in some places. While cyclones and other storms often offer temporary cooling by churning up the sea and mixing warm water with cooler, there was very little reprieve this time. The seas were simply too hot.

It will take months for scientists to understand the full extent of what’s happened underwater. Many of these reefs are remote. What we do know is coral reefs over a 1,500km span of ocean are bleaching at levels ranging from medium (11–30% of all corals) up to extreme (more than 90%).

map of Western Australia's coral reefs.
Intense underwater heatwaves hit many of Western Australia’s coral reefs this year, from Ashmore Reef to the Rowley Shoals to Ningaloo. AIMSCC BY-NC-ND

At the Rowley Shoals’ Mermaid and Clerke Reefs, field surveys in April found very high (61–90%) death rates across most coral types. Bleaching had hit every type of habitat, from sheltered lagoons to the 30m-deep outer reef slope.

At Ningaloo, coral bleaching and death was at high levels (31–60% of corals) in the northern and central regions in May, with southern Ningaloo less affected, while reefs across the vast Kimberley ranged from high (31–60%) to very high levels.

One way to measure marine heatwaves is by using satellites to monitor sea surface temperatures. But when our researchers arrived at the remote Ashmore Reef, they found the temperatures in shallow lagoons were even hotter in real life than they were in satellite data.

It’s often said coral reefs are the tropical jungles of the sea due to their wealth of species. When the coral bleaches or dies, it threatens many other species. Our scientists saw this clearly. The most obvious change was a drop in the numbers of colourful coral-eating butterflyfish.

There are some small silver linings to the event. WA coral reefs still remain among the world’s healthiest. Bleaching damage can be patchy. Some coral species are less susceptible, and some parts of the reef can escape the worst of the heat. Bleaching hasn’t been spotted this year at Shark Bay, the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, or WA’s southernmost reefs at Rottnest Island.

Will coral have a future?

Witnessing this silent devastation has taken a toll on our scientists and everyone in the reef community in WA. It is very hard to see these natural marvels suffering.

What makes it worse is that we know this isn’t a single event. On the contrary: climate change gets steadily worse, year after year. As ocean temperatures rise and rise, the destruction underwater can only increase.

The bleaching in WA is only a small part of the spate of underwater heatwaves that has swept through coral reefs globally since 2023 – the fourth event of its kind to affect all the world’s coral reefs. More than 80% of the world’s reefs have suffered bleaching, including the Great Barrier Reef.

It’s not the end of WA’s coral reefs. Reefs can recover, given enough time. Not all reefs, sites on a reef or types of coral are affected equally. While some will be devastated, others will escape the worst damage and others still may prove resistant to future conditions or adapt faster. Only time will tell what their path to recovery might look like.

But giving these these hard-hit coral reefs a chance will require rapid, meaningful action to cut greenhouse gas emissions.

Good management of local issues and trialling ways of helping coral reefs cope with the heat will also be essential.The Conversation

James Paton Gilmour, Research Scientist: Coral Ecology, Australian Institute of Marine Science

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We tracked one of Australia’s most endangered birds into strange new habitat

A female plains-wanderer in open shrublands dominated by the low-growing woody herb SclerolaenaSaskia Gerhardy
Saskia GerhardyUniversity of Adelaide and Steven DeleanUniversity of Adelaide

In the vast, arid landscapes of South Australia’s northeast, on the lands of the Adnyamathanha and Wilyakali, a surprising discovery is changing our understanding of one of Australia’s most endangered birds.

The plains-wanderer (Pedionomus torquatus) has long hovered on the brink of extinction. Conservation efforts focus on protecting its known grassland habitats, mainly in Victoria and and New South Wales. But our new research shows more than 250 of these birds are thriving in habitats previously considered unsuitable, on the western edge of its range.

We used tracking devices – attached to a harness resembling a tiny backpack – to discover that this new population prefers open shrublands to grasslands. This could change how we conserve one of Australia’s most unique birds.

A female plains-wanderer at night.
Nocturnal surveys detected plains-wanderers and nest sites in Boolcoomatta Station Reserve, South Australia. Saskia Gerhardy

Studying the Goldilocks bird

Most people agree Australia is home to some pretty special birds, but the plains-wanderer often goes unnoticed. This small, mottled brown, ground-dwelling bird is the sole surviving member of an ancient lineage. It’s often called a “living fossil” because its closest relatives died out long ago.

It’s so unique that in 2018 the Zoological Society of London put the plains-wanderer on top of its “evolutionarily distinct and globally endangered” bird list. Fewer than 2,000 plains-wanderers remain in the wild.

Known as a habitat specialist, the plains-wanderer has been nicknamed the “Goldilocks bird” because its survival depends on conditions being just right.

Historically, this included well-managed native grasslands in Victoria and NSW, while habitat in SA was considered too degraded or unsuitable.

Our new research challenges this view, uncovering a population thriving in habitat nobody expected the species to use.

Aerial image of plains-wanderer habitat in the South Australian semi-arid rangeland
Semi-arid rangeland in South Australia was not previously considered preferred habitat for plains-wanderers. Saskia Gerhardy

Strap on the birdie backpacks

Against all expectations we found 272 plains-wanderers living in Boolcoomatta Station Reserve, 100km west of Broken Hill in semi-arid rangeland.

To learn more about this new population, we used miniature GPS data loggers to track their movements for a month. Then we used VHF (very high frequency) devices to locate the birds, so we could retrieve and download the information.

Both devices are lightweight and designed to sit comfortably between the birds’ wings, like a tiny hiking pack. Researchers conducted extensive testing with captive birds to ensure the fit was safe and comfortable.

Once we had ethics approval in place, we fitted 29 plains-wanderers with these miniature backpacks. Then, like following breadcrumbs through the bush, we traced the steps of our tracked birds to find the habitats they selected.

A female plains-wanderer wearing a GPS backpack crouching on the red earth
The tracking device fits neatly between the birds’ wings, like a little hiking pack. Saskia Gerhardy

Choosing shrublands over grasslands

We found this new population of plains-wanderers consistently selected open shrublands dominated by a low-growing woody herb, Sclerolaena.

This prickly, hardy, drought-tolerant plant does not seem like particularly hospitable habitat. It’s more often associated with grazed rangelands than endangered birds. But time and again, our GPS-tracked birds chose these sparse, open areas. Their preferred habitat featured about 55% plant cover with large patches of bare ground. The plants were an average 11cm tall.

The arid landscape in South Australia where plains-wanderers were found has large patches of bare ground.
Typical plains-wanderer habitat in South Australian arid-rangeland has large patches of bare ground. Saskia Gerhardy

Grassy places could also be found in the landscape. But these areas were particularly dense, providing the wrong kind of cover for plains-wanderers. The birds’ consistent avoidance of these denser grasslands suggests vegetation structure, rather than just plant species, is key.

This challenges decades of ecological thought. The plains-wanderer, long considered a “grassland specialist”, may actually be more selective about vegetation structure than species composition. In other words, habitat use is not solely about grass cover but the right mix of plant height, density and bare ground.

A female plains-wanderer in open shrublands dominated by the low-growing woody herb _Sclerolaena_.
A female plains-wanderer in open shrublands dominated by the low-growing woody herb Sclerolaena. Saskia Gerhardy

Unanswered questions

Our discovery of more than 250 so-called grassland specialists in shrubland raises important questions about the management of this threatened species.

For decades, conservation efforts have focused on protecting core habitat of the plains-wanderer in NSW and Victoria. While these areas remain crucial, our findings suggest the species lives in a broader range of habitats than previously thought. Interestingly, the habitat we found is widespread in SA’s arid interior, opening up new possibilities for conservation in areas often dismissed as unsuitable.

Peripheral populations of threatened species are often overlooked, but they remain vital for survival of a species. These populations may have unique traits, behave differently, or buffer declining core habitats.

Our findings show conservation shouldn’t focus solely on assumptions about habitat. If we only search where we expect to find a species, we risk missing important parts of the bigger picture — or, in this case, vital parts of the population.

Yet, there is much we still do not know about this population. Where did it originate? How far does its range extend? How will it cope with droughts and climate change? Our discovery raises more questions than answers.

To better understand this population, we are now conducting genetic analyses to explore how it interacts with the core population. The results should tell us more about how closely they are connected.

We are also incorporating this new data into computer models to identify other possible hidden populations, refine the species’ range, and aid in population discovery.

Perhaps most importantly, this research allows us to protect not just the places we’ve always looked — but the places we’ve overlooked.

Keep searching for more surprises

It’s uncommon to write a positive story about a species listed as critically endangered, especially when they’re in better condition than expected.

Even as biodiversity loss accelerates, discoveries like this remind us nature still holds surprises.

This find serves as a strong reminder to keep searching, not just in the usual spots, but in the misunderstood areas at the edges of a species’ range. Because sometimes, hope can be found in the most unexpected places.The Conversation

Saskia Gerhardy, PhD Candidate, School of Biological Sciences, University of Adelaide and Steven Delean, Lecturer in Biostatistics and Ecology, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The canary in the concrete jungle: how polluted towns make sparrows frail, anxious and old before their time

Carlos Quintero, unsplashCC BY
Simon GriffithMacquarie UniversityMark Patrick TaylorMacquarie University, and Max M GillingsMacquarie University

Living in cities exposes people to all sorts of chemical pollutants. Many are harmful even at low concentrations. But it is hard to know what the risks and consequences might be.

The animals we share our cities with can indicate potential sources and effects of such pollution. In this way, they act as sentinels — just like the canary in the coalmine, used to alert underground miners to the presence of dangerous levels of toxic gases in the 19th century.

Our research on house sparrows in three Australian towns revealed subtle but disturbing effects of pollution on these birds.

In the mining town of Broken Hill, New South Wales, sparrows suffered from exposure to lead in areas where thousands of people live. Similarly, in Portland, Victoria and George Town, Tasmania, sparrows living near aluminium smelters were affected by the smelting byproduct fluoride. The results suggest the health and wellbeing of city people may also be at risk.

Anxiety: aversion to the human gaze

Sparrows have lived alongside people for thousands of years. In that time they have picked up useful skills, such as feeding off food scraps, while avoiding harm.

Most people are familiar with the sight of a sparrow boldly feeding from leftover food at a café, even indoors. If the birds are ignored they often feed within arm’s length. But as soon as someone looks directly at them, they fly away and become very wary.

This is one of the sparrow’s super skills, allowing them to thrive in the urban environment. People mostly ignore them and cause them no harm. But if a person is focused on them, they respond as if they suspect something bad might happen.

Sensitivity to the human gaze is well studied in human psychology. It has also been shown in urban gulls that steal food in Europe.

Three sparrows sit on a rail facing diners at a café, waiting for scraps
People all over the world are familiar with the sight of bold sparrows hoping for crumbs at cafés. Burak, pexelsCC BY

We explored the effects of lead pollution on sparrow gaze sensitivity in Broken Hill.

Sparrows have small home ranges (about 300 metres). We established enclosed feeding stations at four sites across the city. We also tagged each bird and measured the amount of lead in their blood.

Then we erected boards with a photograph of a man either looking directly at the feeding station, or to the side. We presented different pictures over several days. Our results showed a clear distinction between responses to the images.

Sparrows flocked to the feeding stations. But they took much longer to visit the feeder when the man in the picture appeared to be looking at them. Those living in areas with high lead levels were especially sensitive to the direction of gaze.

Video recordings of sparrows revealed those with high levels of lead in their blood were more anxious. They spent more time looking up and checking for predators than sparrows in areas where lead pollution levels were relatively low.

Anxiety is a common symptom of lead poisoning in people. It is caused by damage to the nervous system during development.

Our research showed sparrows living in contaminated areas of Broken Hill were more anxious. This would help reduce the risk of being caught by a predator. But there are downsides to being an anxious sparrow, not least because less time is spent feeding.

Another common consequence of lead poisoning is impaired mobility. When we analysed video recordings of sparrow escape flight, we found sparrows with high blood lead levels were slower to take off. Every second counts when being attacked by a sparrowhawk or cat.

Experimental set-up for the gaze aversion test, showing the bird feeder 1.2m from a board showing the image of a man either looking at the feeder or off to one side and what was displayed on different days.
In the gaze sensitivity experiment, sparrows were more scared of the picture of the man looking straight at them than the one looking away. Chik, H. et. al. (2025) Animal BehaviourCC BY

Longevity: checking chromosomes for ageing

The length of the “telomeres” — caps that prevent chromosomes from damage — has proven to be a good marker of how long an individual will live.

When we measured telomere length in the sparrows across Broken Hill, we discovered sparrows with higher levels of lead in their blood had shorter telomeres. Generally, birds with shorter telomeres die at a younger age.

Previous studies of humans exposed to lead through industrial occupations also found telomere shortening.

A chart showing the negative relationship between telomere length and blood lead concentration in Broken Hill house sparrows.
Telomere length decreased as blood lead levels increased in this study of sparrows in Broken Hill. Chik, H., et. al. (2025) Environmental ResearchCC BY

Brittle bones and pitted teeth

We also studied sparrows in two towns near aluminium smelters: Portland, Victoria and George Town, Tasmania.

Fluoride is a major byproduct of aluminium smelting. After fluoride is emitted into the air it falls back to Earth where it can contaminate land, water and plants. So animals may breathe it in, drink contaminated water or eat contaminated food. Fluoride then accumulates in the animal’s bones and teeth.

Earlier studies found high exposure to fluoride deposited around the Portland aluminium smelter caused bone lesions in nearby kangaroos and dental problems in koalas.

We found sparrows living up to 10km from these smelters had unnaturally high fluoride levels in their bones.

Excess fluoride uptake changes the balance of the essential bone minerals, calcium and phosphorus. These minerals play an important role in bone structure. Changes in their composition could compromise bone strength, with implications for activities such as flight.

Three sparrows on a wooden structure scavenging for food near people outdoors
Sparrows are living alongside people in urban environments all over the world. Hoyoun Lee, UnsplashCC BY

Heed the lessons

Pollution affects virtually all aspects of life — from how organisms behave to how they age and grow. The health of the environment, animals and people are tightly intertwined.

Further, in light of strengthening evidence that even low levels of lead and fluoride exposure might be harmful at times, reviewing environmental management controls and pollution limits is warranted.

We should heed the lessons of sentinels such as the sparrow, and reduce pollution at the source. This will benefit urban ecosystems and, in turn, the health and wellbeing of humans.The Conversation

Simon Griffith, Professor of Avian Behavioural Ecology, Macquarie UniversityMark Patrick Taylor, Honorary Professor, School of Natural Sciences, Macquarie University, and Max M Gillings, PhD Candidate, School of Natural Sciences, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What’s the cheapest way to charge your EV?

SimonSkafar/Getty
Hussein DiaSwinburne University of Technology

You’ll pay substantially less to charge an electric vehicle (EV) than if you were refuelling a petrol car to go the same distance.

But what often surprises new EV owners is how much the cost of a charge can vary. Using a smart charger to draw from rooftop solar at home can cost as little as 10 cents per kilowatt-hour — or almost nothing if you use “excess” solar that would otherwise be exported for a low feed-in tariff or not paid for at all. Charging from the grid off-peak might cost around 20 cents per kWh.

For an EV with a 60kWh battery, paying 10 cents per kWH means it would cost about A$6 for a full charge – enough to drive 300–400 kilometres. But if you’re on a road trip and want to charge quickly at an ultra-fast public charger, it might cost up to 60c per kWh – or about $36 for a 60kWh battery. By contrast, driving the same 350km in a new petrol car would cost almost $50 at Sydney’s recent average of 203.5c per litre – and likely more, given petrol cars often burn more fuel than their manufacturers claim.

It makes sense to charge your EV as cheaply as possible, given many drivers are switching to save on running costs and help tight household budgets. Here’s how.

How does EV charging work?

Charging an EV is like charging your phone, but on a larger scale.

How much driving range you gain per hour depends on the charging speed (measured in kilowatts) and the battery’s total capacity (measured in kilowatt-hours). On average, EVs use about 18kWh per 100km of driving, and most EVs have battery capacities between 40kWh and 120kWh.

There are three main charger levels. Each offers different speeds of charging and are designed for different situations.

EV drivers in Australia will come across three different charger speeds. Here’s how they work.

Level 1: Trickle chargers (1.4–2.4kWh)

Trickle chargers are essentially slow portable chargers plugged into a standard home power point. They add 10–15km of range per hour, making them best suited to overnight charging or emergency top-ups. On the plus side, these chargers come with the car and typically only need access to a standard plug.

Level 2: Top-up chargers (7–22kWh)

Level 2 chargers include home wallbox chargers and destination chargers at hotels, car parks and shopping centres. These AC chargers are faster, adding about 40–120km of range per hour – great for when your car is parked for a while.

Level 3: Rapid chargers (25–350kWh)

You’ll find these fast and ultra-fast DC chargers at motorway rest stops and along major travel routes. They can add 150–300km of range per hour. They’re ideal for long trips and short breaks with quick turnarounds, but they usually cost more.

Home charging is cheapest – if it’s available

If you live in a standalone house with off-street parking, home charging is generally the cheapest option. You can easily use Level 1 or 2 chargers at home, although Level 2 speeds require a wallbox charger. These can cost $1,000–2,000, plus installation.

If you have solar power, it makes sense to plug in your car on sunny days. Over the past 15 years, the value of home solar power exports has fallen 99% as the market hits saturation point. It’s now much more useful to just use the power at home.

Alternatively, charge from the grid overnight on off-peak rates. With the right electricity plan, charging at 20c per kWh is possible.

Not everyone can access cheap charging

Making the EV transition fair will mean ensuring broad access to affordable charging. Apartment residents and regional drivers may be forced to rely on more expensive public options due to a lack of access to dedicated chargers or the need for strata approval.

Community chargers, standardised pricing and smart grid incentives can help here. New South Wales is now offering grants to help apartment residents get EV-ready.

Public charging is fast and convenient – but watch the fees

Public charging stations often offer Level 2 destination chargers for longer stops and Level 3 rapid chargers for quick top-ups. There’s a wide range of pricing models and fees.

Australia’s major public charging networks include ChargefoxEvieBP Pulse and Tesla Superchargers.

These networks may charge by kilowatt-hour or by time. Many apply idle or congestion fees to encourage drivers not to leave their cars plugged in after charging – especially at busy highway sites.

Level 3 fast chargers are great for topping up quickly, but speed usually means they cost more.

Apps such as PlugShare and NextCharge offer useful ways to find available chargers in real time and check the price.

It’s smart to limit charging to between 20% and 80% of your battery capacity. Charging slows down substantially when almost full, meaning more time and cost for relatively little gain.

Charging on the cheap

It’s hard to give definitive answers on the cheapest way to charge your EV, as costs can vary by charger type, location, electricity tariff, EV efficiency and driving habits. But it is possible to offer general estimates.

Timing, planning and avoiding unnecessary fees will help too, such as:

  • charging overnight at home using off-peak or time-of-use electricity tariffs. If you have solar, charge up while solar generation is highest

  • consider installing a smart charger so you can schedule and automate charging via an app

  • plan your longer trips carefully to avoid expensive or busy chargers.

Cheaper than petrol – and cheaper still with planning

Overall, EVs are more affordable to drive than petrol cars. But you can make the most of the technology by charging smartly.

Charging at home on solar or off-peak electricity offers the best value by far. Public charging adds flexibility but comes at a cost, especially at ultra-fast motorway sites. With a little planning, most drivers can avoid expensive options most of the time.

Making the EV transition fair will mean expanding access to affordable, reliable charging for everyone – not just those with off-street parking or rooftop solar.The Conversation

Hussein Dia, Professor of Transport Technology and Sustainability, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Stop the free ride: all motorists should pay their way, whatever vehicle they drive

John QuigginThe University of Queensland

new road charge is looming for electric vehicle drivers, amid reports Treasurer Jim Chalmers is accelerating the policy as part of a broader tax-reform push.

At a forum in Sydney this week, state and federal Treasury officials are reportedly meeting with industry figures and others to progress design of the policy, ahead of next week’s economic reform summit.

Much discussion in favour of the charge assumes drivers of electric and hybrid vehicles don’t “pay their way”, because they are not subject to the fuel excise tax.

This view is based on an economic misconception: that fuel taxes are justified by the need to pay for the construction and maintenance of roads.

This is incorrect. In a properly functioning economic system, fuel taxes should be considered a charge on motorists for the harmful pollution their vehicles generate.

That leaves the problem of paying for roads. To that end, a road-user charge should be applied to all motorists – regardless of the vehicle they drive – so no-one gets a free ride.

What is the fuel excise?

The fuel excise in Australia is currently about 51 cents a litre and is rolled into the cost of fuel at the bowser.

Some, such as the Australian Automobile Association claim revenue from the excise pays for roads. But it actually goes into the federal government’s general revenue.

The primary economic function of the fuel tax is that of a charge on motorists for the harmful pollution their vehicles generate.

Paying the cost of pollution

Vehicles with internal combustion engines – that is, those that run on petrol or diesel – create several types of pollution.

The first is carbon dioxide emissions, which contribute to human-caused climate change. Others include local air pollution from particulates and exhaust pollution as well as noise pollution.

In economic terms, these effects are known as “negative externalities”. They arise when one party makes another party worse off, but doesn’t pay the costs of doing so.

How big are the costs to society imposed by polluting vehicles? Estimates vary widely. But they are almost certainly as large as, or larger than, the revenue generated from fuel excise.

Let’s tease that out.

A litre of petrol weighs about 0.74 kg. But when burned, it generates 2.3 kg of CO₂. That’s because when the fuel is combusted, the carbon combines with heavier oxygen atoms.

Before the re-election of United States President Donald Trump, the nation’s Environmental Protection Agency estimated the social cost of carbon dioxide emissions at about US$190 (A$292) per metric tonne.

So in Australian terms, that means CO₂ emissions from burning petrol costs about 67 cents a litre, more than the current excise of 51 cents per litre.

Even using a more conservative estimate of US$80 a metric tonne, CO₂ emissions generate costs of around 28 cents a litre, more than half the fuel excise.

A spotlight on health impacts

Motor vehicles are a major cause of air pollution. Air pollution is causally linked to six diseases:

  • coronary heart disease
  • chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
  • stroke
  • type 2 diabetes
  • lung cancer
  • lower respiratory infections.

Estimates of the deaths associated with air pollution in Australia range from 3,200 to more than 4,200 a year.

Even the lower end of that range is far more than the roughly 1,200 lives lost in car crashes annually.

University of Melbourne analysis in 2023 landed at an even higher figure. It suggested vehicle emissions alone may be responsible for more than 11,000 premature deaths in adults in Australia a year.

Putting a dollar value on life and health is difficult – but necessary for good policy making.

The usual approach is to examine the “statistical” reduction in deaths for a given policy measure. For example, a policy measure that eliminates a hazard faced by 1,000 people, reducing death risk by 1 percentage point, would save ten statistical lives.

The Australian government ascribes a value of $5.7 million per (statistical) life lost or saved. So, hypothetically, a saving of 2,000 lives a year would yield a benefit of more than $10 billion.

This is more than half the revenue collected in fuel excise each year.

The best road forward

Given the harms caused by traditional vehicles, society should welcome the decline in fuel excise revenue caused by the transition to EVs – in the same way we should welcome declining revenue from cigarette taxes.

If we assume fuel excise pays for pollution costs, then who is paying for roads?

The cost of roads goes far beyond construction and maintenance. The capital and land allocated to roads represents a huge investment, on which the public, as a whole, receives zero return.

Vehicle registration fees make only a modest contribution to road costs. That’s why all motorists should pay a road-user charge. Such a system will soon be introduced in Aotearoa New Zealand.

The payment should be based on a combination of vehicle mass and distance travelled. That’s because damage to roads is overwhelmingly caused by heavy vehicles.

Then comes the question of Australia’s emissions reduction. The switch to electric vehicles in Australia is going much too slowly. A road user charge targeting only electric and hybrid vehicles would be a grave mistake, slowing the uptake further.The Conversation

John Quiggin, Professor, School of Economics, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

My research team used 18 years of sea wave records to learn how destructive ‘rogue waves’ form – here’s what we found

Francesco FedeleGeorgia Institute of Technology

Rogue waves have captivated the attention of both seafarers and scientists for decades. These are giant, isolated waves that appear suddenly in the open ocean.

These puzzling giants are brief, typically lasting less than a minute before disappearing. They can reach heights of 65 feet (20 meters) or greater and often more than twice the height of surrounding waves. Once a nautical myth, rogue waves have now been observed around the world. Because they’re so tall and powerful, they can pose a danger to ships and offshore structures.

To rethink what rogue waves are and what causes them, I gathered an international team of researchers. Our study, published in Nature Scientific Reports, sheds light on these oceanic giants using the most comprehensive dataset of its kind.

By analyzing 18 years of high-frequency laser measurements from the Ekofisk oil platform in the central North Sea, we reached the surprising conclusion that rogue waves aren’t just freak occurrences. They arise under the natural laws of the sea. They are not mysterious, but somewhat simple.

27,500 sea states

We analyzed nearly 27,500 half-hour wave records, or sea states, collected between 2003 and 2020 in the central North Sea. These records, taken every 30 minutes, describe how elevated the sea surface was compared to the average sea level. They include major storms, such as the Andrea wave event in 2007.

Several structures standing in the sea.
A complex of platforms on the Ekofisk oil field in the North Sea. BoH/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

Under normal conditions, waves arise from wind blowing over the sea surface. It’s like when you blow over your cup of coffee and form small ripples on the surface. At sea, with enough time and space, those ripples can turn into large waves.

We focused on understanding what causes waves to suddenly go rogue and rise far above their neighboring waves. One proposed theory is based on modulational instability, a phenomenon described by complex mathematical models. I’ve revised these models in the past, as my work suggests that this theory doesn’t fully explain what causes rogue waves in the open ocean.

A diagram showing the height of waves in different sea states, with the tallest reaching about half the height of a large commercial boat.
Sea states record the height of waves and show when some waves rise high above sea level. U.S. Government Accountability Office

When waves are trapped within a narrow channel, the modulational instability theory describes their rippling movement well. However, it starts to fall apart when you look at the real ocean. In open environments such as the North Sea, waves are free to propagate from multiple directions.

To understand the difference, imagine a crowd of spectators leaving a stadium after a football game. If the exit is a long, narrow hallway with tall walls, people are forced to move in a single direction. Those at the back push forward, and some may even climb over others, piling up between the confining walls. This catastrophic pileup would resemble a rogue wave, caused by their confinement.

In contrast, if the stadium’s exit opens onto a wide field, spectators can disperse freely in all directions. They don’t push on each other, and they avoid pileups.

Similarly, researchers can generate rogue waves in a confined channel in the lab, where they obey modulational instability. But without the confinement of a channel, rogue waves usually won’t follow those physics or form the same way in the open sea.

Our team knew we had to study the open sea directly to figure out what was really going on. The real-world data my team examined from the North Sea doesn’t line up with modulational instability – it tells a different story.

A sailboat caught in the swell of a tall wave, under a cloudy sky
Rogue waves are much taller than the others around them. John Lund/Stone via Getty Images

It’s just a bad day at sea

We analyzed the sea state records using statistical techniques to uncover patterns behind these rare events. Our findings show that instead of modulational instability, the extreme waves observed more likely formed through a process called constructive interference.

Constructive interference happens when two or more waves line up and combine into one big wave. This effect is amplified by the natural asymmetry of sea waves – their crests are typically sharper and steeper than their flatter troughs.

Rogue waves form when lots of smaller waves line up and their steeper crests begin to stack, building up into a single, massive wave that briefly rises far above its surroundings. All it takes for a peaceful boat ride to turn into a bad day at sea is a moment when many ordinary waves converge and stack.

These rogue waves rise and fall in less than a minute, following what’s called a quasi-deterministic pattern in space and time. This type of pattern is recognizable and repeatable, but with touches of randomness. In an idealized ocean, that randomness would almost vanish, allowing rogue waves to grow to nearly infinite heights. But it would also take an eternity to witness one of these waves, since so many would have to line up perfectly. Like waiting for Fortuna, the goddess of chance, to roll a trillion dice and have nearly all of them land on the same number.

In the real ocean, nature limits how large a rogue wave can grow thanks to wave breaking. As the wave rises in height and energy, it can’t hold itself beyond a certain point of no return. The tip of the wave spills over and breaks into foam, or whitecap, releasing the excess energy.

The quasi-deterministic pattern behind rogue waves

Rogue waves aren’t limited to the sea. Constructive interference can happen to many types of waves. A general theory called the quasi-determinism of waves, developed by oceanographer Paolo Boccotti, explains how rogue waves form, both in the ocean and in other wave systems.

For example, for turbulent water flowing through a confined channel, a rogue wave manifests in the form of an intense, short-lived spike in vortices – patterns of spinning swirls in the water that momentarily grow larger as they move downstream.

While ocean waves seem unpredictable, Boccotti’s theory shows that extreme waves are not completely random. When a really big wave forms, the waves in the sea around it follow a recognizable pattern formed through constructive interference.

We applied Boccotti’s theory to identify and characterize these patterns in the measured North Sea wave records.

The giant waves observed in these records carry a kind of signature or fingerprint, in the form of a wave group, which can reveal how the rogue wave came to life. Think of a wave group like a small package of waves moving together. They rise, peak and then fade away through constructive interference. Tracking these wave groups allows researchers to understand the bigger picture of a rogue event as it unfolds.

As one example, a powerful storm hit the North Sea on Nov. 24, 2023. A camera at the Ekofisk platform captured a massive 55 foot (17 meter) rogue wave. I applied the theory of quasi-determinism and an AI model to investigate the origin of this extreme wave. My analysis revealed that the rogue event followed these theories – quasi-determinism and constructive interference – and came from multiple smaller waves repeatedly stacking together.

Left: Stereo video footage of a powerful storm in the North Sea on Nov. 24, 2023, recorded at the Ekofisk platform. Right: The wave group signature of the recorded rogue wave.

Recognizing how rogue waves form can help engineers and designers build safer ships and offshore platforms – and better predict risks.The Conversation

Francesco Fedele, Associate Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Triple whammy: how 3 types of drought crippled southern Australia this year

Tim CowanUniversity of Southern Queensland and Thong Nguyen-HuyUniversity of Southern Queensland

Soaking mid-winter rains have brought some relief to drought-stricken farms and rural towns across southern Australia, but the crisis is not over yet.

And there’s more to this challenging episode than you might think. As climate scientists, we see more than a single drought. Rather, it’s a trilogy of droughts.

Across southern Australia over the past six months, three interconnected phases have unfolded in rapid succession: flash drought, green drought and fodder drought.

Each phase brings its own challenges. Together, they reveal the complex and cascading nature of climate stress in southern Australia.

A photo showing green pasture in the foreground, with dry fields and sunset in the background.
Green pastures near Corryong in northeast Victoria mask dry soils. Jessica Bhardwaj/Bureau of Meteorology

Flash drought: the sudden onset

To state the obvious, drought in Australia happens when there’s a severe lack of rain.

Unlike traditional droughts that develop over months, flash droughts intensify within weeks. They can come out of nowhere and hit hard.

In early 2025, flash droughts struck Australia in waves:

  • January in parts of South Australia

  • February along the SA-Victoria border and western Tasmania

  • March in the Otway Ranges in southern Victoria

  • April in northern Tasmania and southern Mallee in Victoria

  • May in central Victoria and southern New South Wales.

The May event was the most intense — short-lived but severe — catching many people by surprise.

A map of southeastern Australia showing the various onset of flash drought in the first half of 2025
Flash drought hit various parts of southeastern Australia month throughout early 2025. Hanh Nguyen/Bureau of Meteorology

Flash droughts are marked by a rapid increase in the “thirstiness” of the atmosphere, as measured by the “Evaporative Stress Index”. When the index drops quickly, farmers often have little time to respond — whether through destocking, securing feed or adjusting plans for sowing crops.

Within four to eight weeks of flash drought onset, the health of pasture in open grasslands declines.

Pasture recovery is slow, often taking more than 12 weeks depending on the amount of sunlight, temperature and soil moisture. The impact on growth can linger for months. This delayed response sets the stage for the next phase: green drought.

Two maps, side by side, compare flash drought length (in days) to intensity
The duration and intensity of the 2025 flash drought episodes varied. The Evaporative Stress Index provides a measure of intensity (values less than -1 indicate intense events). Hanh Nguyen/Bureau of Meteorology

Green drought: a deceptive recovery

Many southern regions received winter rain, but not enough to break the drought.

Fields turned green, but these plants lacked the nutritional value needed to support livestock. This phenomenon – known as “green drought” – gives the appearance of drought recovery, but the deeper soils remain stubbornly dry and plants stressed.

Satellite data tracking the greenness of vegetation shows that even after soil moisture briefly improved in June, plant health continued to decline. This is due to ongoing dry soils and high evaporation rates (think thirsty atmosphere), which limit plant growth.

Green droughts are particularly challenging because they mask the true extent of agricultural stress. People see green fields but farmers continue to face shortages of feed for livestock, leading to the next phase: fodder drought.

A map of vegetation health in southeastern Australia, averaged from January to July, based on satellite data.
Satellite data shows much of the vegetation is stressed. (Vegetation is considered stressed when the vegetation health index is less than 30%. Dots indicate regions where the modelled pasture growth is less than 50% of the long-term average.) NOAA, AussieGRASS

Fodder drought: the hidden crisis

Fodder drought is the third phase of the drought trilogy — a less visible but deeply distressing condition. It’s about whether there’s sufficient feed to keep livestock alive.

Pasture growth across southern Australia has remained well below average since late January, even though this period typically coincides with the off-peak season. With the late autumn break and soils remaining dry, the winter growing season is faring poorly.

Fodder droughts often go unnoticed by city people, but they have serious implications for rural communities. Farmers become increasingly reliant on imported feed, driving up costs and straining supply chains.

What lies ahead?

As we approach the end of winter, the outlook for rainfall in the drought-stricken communities of SA and Victoria’s Mallee is looking more promising.

The Bureau of Meteorology’s long-range forecast for spring shows a high chance of unusually wetter conditions for much of the southeast. In turn, soil moisture is likely to improve in these regions.

Climate and water long-range forecast, issued 31 July 2025 (Bureau of Meteorology)

The changing climate

This trilogy of droughts — flash, green and fodder — highlights the complexity of climate extremes. These events are occurring against the backdrop of declining cool season rainfall, which is projected to continue.

It’s not just about rainfall totals; it’s about timing, temperature, soil health and vegetation response. Understanding how these drought types evolve and interact is crucial for building resilience in agriculture.

There’s still much to learn. What triggers the transition from one phase of drought to the next? How long do the impacts last? And what strategies can help farmers adapt?

The current drought emerged as a prolonged dry spell coincided with unusually high temperatures. This placed immense pressure on farms.

A call to action

The trilogy of droughts in 2025 is a wake-up call. As climate variability increases, so does the need for better forecasting, adaptive farming strategies, and policy support. Agricultural drought definitions may need to be updated to reflect the new realities of drought.

Farmers are on the frontline of climate change, so the experiences of those in southern Australia this year offer valuable insights into how communities can prepare for future extremes. By investing in research, improving early warning systems, and supporting rural communities, we can build a more resilient agricultural sector — one that’s ready for whatever the climate throws at us next.

This article includes scientific contributions from Hanh Nguyen and Jessica Bhardwaj from the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.The Conversation

Tim Cowan, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Applied Climate Sciences, University of Southern Queensland and Thong Nguyen-Huy, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Applied Climate Sciences, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

56 million years ago, Earth underwent rapid global warming. Here’s what it did to pollinators

Vera KorasidisThe University of Melbourne and Scott L. WingSmithsonian Institution

Pollinators play a vital role in fertilising flowers, which grow into seeds and fruits and underpin our agriculture. But climate change can cause a mismatch between plants and their pollinators, affecting where they live and what time of year they’re active. This has happened before.

When Earth went through rapid global warming 56 million years ago, plants from dry tropical areas expanded to new areas – and so did their animal pollinators. Our new study, published in Paleobiology today, shows this major change happened in a remarkably short timespan of just thousands of years.

Can we turn to the past to learn more about how interactions between plants and pollinators changed during climate change? That’s what we set out to learn.

A major warming event 56 million years ago

In the last 150 years, humans have raised atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations by more than 40%. This increase in carbon dioxide has already warmed the planet by more than 1.3°C.

Current greenhouse gas concentrations and global temperature are not only unprecedented in human history but exceed anything known in the last 2.5 million years.

To understand how giant carbon emission events like ours could affect climate and life on Earth, we’ve had to go deeper into our planet’s history.

Fifty-six million years ago there was a major, sudden warming event caused by the release of a gigantic amount of carbon into the atmosphere and ocean. This event is known as the Paleocene-Eocene Thermal Maximum.

For about 5,000 years, huge amounts of carbon entered the atmosphere, likely from a combination of volcanic activity and methane release from ocean sediments. This caused Earth’s global temperature to rise by about 6°C and it stayed elevated for more than 100,000 years.

Although the initial carbon release and climate change were perhaps ten times slower than what’s happening today, they had enormous effects on Earth.

Earlier studies have shown plants and animals changed a lot during this time, especially through major shifts in where they lived. We wanted to know if pollination might also have changed during this rapid climate change.

Paleobotanist Scott Wing, palynologist Vera Korasidis and colleagues searching for new pollen samples in Wyoming from 56 million-year-old rocks. Richard Barclay

Hunting for pollen fossils in the badlands

We looked at fossil pollen from the Bighorn Basin, Wyoming – a deep and wide valley in the northern Rocky Mountains in the United States, full of sedimentary rocks deposited 50 to 60 million years ago.

The widespread badlands of the modern Bighorn Basin expose remarkably fossil-rich sediments. These were laid down by ancient rivers eroding the surrounding mountains.

We studied fossil pollen because we wanted to understand changes in pollination. Pollen is invaluable for this because it is abundant, widely dispersed in air and water, and resistant to decay – easily preserved in ancient rocks.

We used three lines of evidence to investigate pollination in the fossil record:

  • fossil pollen preserved in clumps
  • how living plants related to the fossils are pollinated today, and
  • the total variety of pollen shapes.
56 million-year-old fossil pollen clumps collected from Wyoming and photographed on the National Museum of Natural History’s scanning electron microscope. Vera Korasidis

What did we discover?

Our findings show pollination by animals became more common during this interval of elevated temperature and carbon dioxide. Meanwhile, pollination by wind decreased.

The wind-pollinated plants included many related to deciduous broad-leaved trees still common in moist northern hemisphere temperate regions today.

By contrast, the plants pollinated by animals were related to subtropical palms, silk-cotton trees and other plants that typically grow in dry tropical climates.

The decline in wind pollination was likely due to the local extinction of populations of wind-pollinated plants that grew in the Bighorn Basin.

Distant photo of a tall tree with a symmetrical canopy and amber trunk.
A silk-cotton tree (Ceiba pentandra) relies on the wind for pollination. Klaus Schönitzer/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

The increase in animal-pollinated plants means that plants from regions with warmer, drier climates had spread poleward and moved into the Bighorn Basin.

Earlier studies have shown these changes in the plants of the Bighorn Basin were related to the climate being hotter and more seasonally dry than before – or after – this interval of rapid climate change.

Pollinating insects and other animals likely moved 56 million years ago along with the plants they pollinated. Their presence in the landscape helped new plant communities establish in the hot, dry climate. It may have provided invaluable resources to animals such as the earliest primates, small marsupials, and other small mammals.

A lesson for our future

What lessons does this ancient climate change event have to offer when we think about our own future?

The large carbon release at the beginning of the Paleocene-Eocene Thermal Maximum clearly resulted in major global warming. It dramatically altered ecosystems on land and in the sea.

In spite of these dramatic changes, most land species and ecological interactions seem to have survived. This is likely because the event occurred at about one-tenth the rate of current anthropogenic climate change.

The forests that returned to the region after more than 100,000 years of hot, dry climate were very similar to those that existed before. This suggests that in the absence of major extinction, forest ecosystems and their pollinators could reestablish into very similar communities even after a very long period of altered climate.

The key for the future may be keeping rates of environmental change slow enough to avoid extinctions.The Conversation

Vera Korasidis, Lecturer in Environmental Geoscience, The University of Melbourne and Scott L. Wing, Curator of Fossil Plants, Department of Paleobiology, Smithsonian Institution

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Want to know how far your new EV can actually go? Take 10–20% off its claimed range

Alexwise/Getty
Hussein DiaSwinburne University of Technology

Many electric vehicles (EVs) now come with range estimates of 400–500 kilometres, while some premium models claim ranges of more than 600km.

Drivers new to EVs may look at the range figures given by the manufacturer and think that’s how far their new car will go on a single battery charge.

But this isn’t quite accurate. In reality, an EV’s actual range is usually less. Recent real-world testing of five popular EV models by the Australian Automobile Association showed the real range was an average of 11.6% less than the official figures. There was wide variation: BYD’s Atto 3 had 23% less range, while the Smart #3 had just 5% less.

This is because official figures come from a standardised laboratory test done in idealised conditions different to the way people actually drive.

The problem is not confined to EVs. When the same testing was done on popular petrol cars, some were found to use up to 35% more fuel than official figures claim.

Real-world testing is an important public service. Drivers looking for a new EV could knock off 10–20% from official ranges as a rule of thumb. But it’s worth looking for testing of the exact model to see what the true difference is.

How are official range figures produced?

To produce official range estimates, new EVs are run through a standardised test.

This test, the Worldwide Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure, is used to estimate the distance an EV can drive on a full battery as well as a combustion engine car’s fuel consumption.

Vehicles are tested on a dynamometer – a treadmill for cars – in a controlled laboratory environment on a 30-minute driving cycle. During the cycle, the cars are driven at four levels of intensity: low (up to 60km per hour), medium (up to 80km/h), high (up to 100km/h) and extra high (above 130km/h), with a set sequence of accelerations, steady speeds and decelerations.

Testing is done at an ambient temperature of 23°C, with no passengers, accessories, or use of heating or air conditioning. The EV is driven by computer through repeats of the 30‑minute cycle until the battery is fully depleted. The total distance covered becomes the official range used by the manufacturer.

This testing regime is very useful, as it offers a single consistent way to compare cars worldwide. But the test doesn’t take conditions such as congestion, driving style and weather variations into account.

That means drivers should take the official range figures as a benchmark, not a guarantee.

How EVs perform in real-world driving

Testing the realistic range of EVs requires real-world testing. To get these figures, testers drove the EVs on a 93km circuit in and around Geelong, including a mix of urban, rural and highway driving conditions.

Their findings are similar to international results. European testing suggests everyday use cuts between 10% and 30% off the official range. If an EV is driven hard during winter, the range can drop as much as 40%.

Under Australian conditions, drivers can reasonably expect the real range to be 10–20% less.

What real world conditions affect range?

Real-world ranges can be less for several reasons, such as driving style, weather and extra weight.

Driving style is important. High speeds increase wind resistance and energy use. Driving in hilly terrain uses more energy, though some of this is returned to the battery through regenerative braking, where EVs convert the kinetic energy of braking back into electricity.

Temperature and weather can also have an impact. Very cold conditions can temporarily reduce range, while very hot conditions force the car to use some power to keep battery packs cool. Using air conditioning and heating can also reduce range, particularly in extreme temperatures.

How temperature and weather impact electric vehicle range.

Adding weight (passengers, cargo) can reduce range, as can roof racks or roof boxes.

Trip planning is key

The average Australian commute is around 35km per day – well within the capabilities of even the shortest-range EVs.

But range becomes important when doing longer trips.

Most EVs display real-time consumption and estimated remaining range, which adjusts as you drive. This makes it easier to plan ahead, especially on longer trips.

Some EV owners use route planning tools such as A Better Route. These tools estimate how much energy you’ll use on a given journey, taking into account elevation, speed and temperature.

Setting EVs to eco-driving mode and reducing the use of energy hungry air-conditioning will help get more range. Keeping tyres properly inflated and avoiding unnecessary weight or roof racks where possible will also help.

Cooling or heating your EV before departure — known as preconditioning — can be done while plugged in or running off the battery. Doing it while plugged in is preferable, as it uses grid power rather than draining the battery, helping preserve range.

EV preconditioning explained.

Petrol and diesel cars use more fuel in the real world

There’s nothing new about the gap between lab-testing and real-world performance.

Combustion engine cars are sold with official figures for their fuel consumption. But they can use significantly more fuel in the real world.

Real-world tests in Europe found fuel consumption and carbon dioxide emissions from diesel and petrol vehicles were around 20% higher than under lab testing.

Range doesn’t have to be a guessing game

While countries such as Norway and China have streaked ahead in taking up EVs, Australia is still at the early stages. Clear, independent information is essential to help people make informed choices and encourage EV uptake.

Real-world testing helps bridge the gap between marketing promises and the reality on the road, giving drivers the confidence to plan their trips.

Lower real world ranges aren’t a deal breaker. Savvy drivers can use this data together with trip planning and an understanding of conditions to travel with confidence.The Conversation

Hussein Dia, Professor of Transport Technology and Sustainability, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three reasons plastic pollution treaty talks ended in disagreement and deadlock (but not collapse)

New Africa/Shutterstock
Steve FletcherUniversity of Portsmouth and Antaya MarchUniversity of Portsmouth

The latest round of negotiations for a UN global plastics treaty has ended without a deal. After more than three years of talks, deep divisions remain. Agreement is only marginally closer than before talks began. For many countries, campaigners and observer organisations, the outcome is deeply disappointing.

After the final intense meetings which went through the night in Geneva, the chair of the intergovernmental negotiating committee that governs the treaty discussions formally closed the session on August 15 without agreement on the treaty text. This is not the end. The process has not collapsed.

However, there is no confirmed date or venue for the next round of negotiations and no mandate for formal intersessional activities. Many delegates called for a period of reflection and even a reset of the process to allow for a refreshed approach.

As in previous negotiation rounds, progress was slow. Talks were hampered by procedural ambiguity, deliberate delay tactics from fossil fuel and petrochemical countries opposing an ambitious treaty, and the sheer complexity of the issues on the table. Time ran out before a consensus could be reached.

As the talks wrap up, we reflect on three aspects that contributed to this ongoing deadlock:

1. Chair’s efforts fell short

Ambassador Luis Vayas Valdivieso took a more active role than in earlier sessions, pushing the pace and producing two draft treaty texts to focus debate. The first draft omitted key provisions, including limits on plastic production, global rules for regulating plastic products, controls on harmful chemicals and strong financing arrangements.

Many high-ambition countries pushing for strong measures and outcomes, rejected the first draft as imbalanced, unambitious and unfit for further discussion. A second draft, issued just before 1am on the final night after intense consultations, included some improvements but still left out these core elements. Many nations again saw it as one-sided, tilted towards the demands of lower-ambition countries and petrostates.

2. Entrenched positions remain

Throughout the negotiations, lower-ambition states gave little ground. They refused to compromise on their “red lines” while expecting others to give up on theirs.

This repeated familiar arguments over the purpose and scope of the treaty, despite these having been outlined in the UN mandate to deliver the treaty three years ago. Many believe a different approach is needed that focuses more time on points of disagreement, rigorously tests opposing arguments, and actively seeks areas of compromise.

microplastics in sand, with metal spoon
Plastic pollution is ubiquitous. chayanuphol/Shutterstock

3. Reluctance to vote

The process still relies on consensus for decision-making. In the final plenary, many delegates, particularly those with economic interests in plastics, stressed that consensus is essential. Yet over the past three years, some delegations have urged the chair to break deadlocks by moving to a vote – a rule of UN negotiations that must be applied when consensus cannot be reached.

Voting is seen as politically explosive, with serious implications for multilateralism. So far, the chair has resisted calling a vote, and higher-ambition countries have not pressed for it either, despite their repeated statements about urgency and ambition. Beyond rejecting treaty texts they considered weak, many did not use the tools available to them to push for a stronger outcome. As a result, stalemates have persisted.

The road ahead

The intersessional period – the time between now and the next formal meeting – is critical. Without a fixed date for the next stage of the process, this is the time to reset and prepare for decisive progress. One key focus must be to bridge political divides. High-ambition countries need to build broader alliances and find shared ground with those who may not fully back their vision but are open to stronger action.

Key details such as financing mechanisms, monitoring and reporting systems, and legal models for compliance should be developed now, outside formal negotiations, to save time later. And higher-ambition nations such as those in the EU, Panama, Colombia, Australia, the UK and small island states should coordinate more closely and be willing to use procedural tools such as voting when needed, even if politically uncomfortable.

The goal set by the UN in 2022 to end plastic pollution across its full life cycle is still achievable. But it will require governments to use the coming months to regroup, have frank political discussions and commit to a more decisive approach when they next meet.

The world cannot afford another round lost to procedural deadlock. The plastics crisis is worsening. The science is clear. The solutions are well known. What is missing is not knowledge, but the will to match words with binding action.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Steve Fletcher, Professor of Ocean Policy and Economy, University of Portsmouth and Antaya March, Director - Global Plastics Policy Centre, University of Portsmouth

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How microbes could help solve the world’s plastic pollution crisis

Julianne MegawQueen's University Belfast

With conventional waste management systems falling short, many scientists are turning to nature for innovative solutions to the issue of plastic waste. One promising avenue is microbial degradation: harnessing the natural abilities of certain bacteria and fungi to break down plastics in ways that current technologies cannot.

These microbes produce specialised enzymes (proteins that carry out chemical reactions) capable of breaking the long, carbon-rich chains of molecules that form the backbones of many plastic polymers. They effectively use plastic as a food source.

Historically, scientists looking for plastic-degrading microbes have focused on plastic-polluted environments such as landfills and contaminated soils. These are logical starting points, as prolonged exposure to synthetic polymers may encourage the growth of organisms that are capable of using these materials as a food source. This trend has also been observed with other environmental pollutants including oil and pesticides.

This approach has led to the discovery of several promising candidate microbes that can degrade plastic. Among the most famous examples is Ideonella sakaiensis, a bacterium identified near a plastic bottle recycling facility in Japan.

It can completely degrade polyethylene terephthalate (PET), the plastic most commonly used in bottles and food packaging. It breaks PET into its (environmentally benign) building blocks. These can then be used as food by I. sakaiensis and other organisms.

But plastic-degrading microbes haven’t evolved this capability in response to plastic pollution. Instead, scientists are discovering and repurposing metabolic functions that already exist in nature. The potential for microbes to break down plastic long predates the invention of plastics themselves.

Many microbes already have the ability to decompose natural polymers such as cellulose (plant fibres), chitin (found in fungi and insects) and cutin (found on the surfaces of leaves). These naturally occurring materials share structural and chemical similarities with synthetic plastics. This overlap allows microbes to repurpose existing enzymes to tackle synthetic substances.

My team’s recent research, published in the journal Polymer Degradation and Stability, supports this idea. From unpolluted environments rich in natural polymers (a peat bog and domestic compost), we identified two bacterial strains, Gordonia and Arthrobacter, that degraded polypropylene and polystyrene by nearly 23% and 19.5%, respectively, in just 28 days. Crucially, this occurred without any pretreatment, which is often required to make plastics more susceptible to microbial attack.

While these numbers may seem modest, they are among the highest biodegradation rates ever recorded for these plastics. This suggests that we don’t have to stick to polluted sites. It’s possible that we could find microbes with excellent plastic-degrading potential anywhere.

This aligns with another fascinating study showing that waxworms (Galleria mellonella) can eat plastic bags, thanks to specific gut microbes. Waxworms do not naturally consume plastic, they are common pests in beehives where they feed on honeycomb. But, structurally, honeycomb is similar to polyethylene, the main component of plastic bags.

Drowning in plastic?

These advances are exciting because they show how nature can offer us tools to deal with the plastic problem we’ve created.

Plastic is one of the most pervasive materials on Earth. Lightweight, durable, cheap to produce and infinitely versatile, it permeates nearly every aspect of modern life. In critical applications such as medical devices and equipment, its presence is not just convenient but essential. Lives often depend on it.

But in the wrong context, the qualities that make plastics so useful and durable become their greatest flaw. Most plastics do not readily biodegrade, instead accumulating in natural environments, gradually fragmenting into microplastics that can persist for centuries. This poses a long-term threat to nature and human health.

Global plastic production now exceeds 460 million tonnes annually. Up to half of this is estimated to be single-use items, often used for only a few moments before being discarded.

While diligent users of recycling facilities might assume that most of our plastic is indeed recycled, the reality is sobering: the global recycling rate for plastics is only 9%.

Around half ends up in landfills, while around one-fifth is incinerated, and another fifth is mismanaged so it’s not recycled, incinerated or securely contained. That means it can end up in rivers, lakes and oceans. The result: a planet drowning in synthetic waste.

As plastic production and disposal continue to outpace our ability to manage it, the need for innovative, sustainable solutions is urgent. Recognising this, the UN’s ongoing negotiations for a global plastics treaty aims to build a more circular economy for plastics and end plastic pollution by 2040.

While challenges remain in enhancing the biodegradation capabilities of microorganisms to make them a viable solution for large-scale waste management and environmental remediation, progress is steadily being made.

Advances in microbial engineering, enzyme discovery and environmental microbiology are paving the way towards more efficient and scalable plastic biodegradation systems. With continued research and investment, what was once a distant possibility is now a realistic and promising component of a broader strategy to combat plastic pollution.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Julianne Megaw, Lecturer in Microbiology, Queen's University Belfast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Inside an urban heat island, one street can be much hotter than its neighbor – new tech makes it easier to target cooling projects

A tree canopy can make a big difference in temperature for people on the street below. The challenge is getting trees where they’re needed most. Andrey Denisyuk/Moment via Getty Images
Dan O'BrienNortheastern University

It’s summer, and it’s been hot, even in northern cities such as Boston. But not everyone is hit with the heat in the same way, even within the same neighborhood.

Take two streets in Boston at 4:30 p.m. on a recent day, as an example. Standing in the sun on Lewis Place, the temperature was 94 degrees Fahrenheit (34.6 degrees Celsius). On Dudley Common, it was 103 F (39.2 C). Both streets were hot, but the temperature on one was much more dangerous for people’s health and well-being.

The kicker is that those two streets are only a few blocks apart. The difference epitomizes the urban heat island effect, created as pavement and buildings absorb and trap heat, making some parts of the city hotter.

A clement-and-brick open space with a few trees to one side, but mostly open to the sun and surrounded by dark, paved streets.
The shade of a few nearby trees doesn’t keep Dudley Common from heating up several degrees more than neighboring streets. Dan O'Brien

A closer look at the two streets shows some key differences:

  • Dudley Common is public open space sandwiched between two thoroughfares that create a wide expanse of pavement lined with storefronts. There aren’t many trees to be found.

  • Lewis Place is a residential cul-de-sac with two-story homes accompanied by lots of trees.

This comparison of two places within a few minutes’ walk of each other puts the urban heat island effect under a microscope. It also shows the limits of today’s strategies for managing and responding to heat and its effects on public health, which are generally attuned to neighborhood or citywide conditions.

A map showing part of Roxbury, Mass., with circles around two blocks
The top circle is Dudley Common. The bottom is Lewis Place, where trees keep the cul-de-sac several degrees cooler. Imagery ©2025 Airbus Maxar Technologies, map data Google ©2025

Even within the same neighborhood, some places are much hotter than others owing to their design and infrastructure. You could think of these as urban heat islets in the broader landscape of a community.

Sensing urban heat islets

Emerging technologies are making it easier to find urban heat islets, opening the door to new strategies for improving health in our communities.

While the idea of reducing heat across an entire city or neighborhood is daunting, targeting specific blocks that need assistance the most can be faster and a much more efficient use of resources.

Doing that starts with making urban heat islets visible.

In Boston, I’m part of a team that has installed more than three dozen sensors across the Roxbury neighborhood to measure temperature every minute for a better picture of the community’s heat risks, and we’re in the process of installing 25 more. The Common SENSES project is a collaboration of community-based organizations, including the Dudley Street Neighborhood Initiative and Project Right Inc.; university researchers like me who are affiliated with Northeastern University’s Boston Area Research Initiative; and Boston city officials. It was created to pursue data-driven, community-led solutions for improving the local environment.

Data from those sensors generate a real-time map of the conditions in the neighborhood, from urban heat islets like Dudley Common to cooler urban oases, such as Lewis Place.

A map showing temperatures in different neighborhoods
Temperature varied substantially in Boston’s Roxbury neighborhood at 4:30 p.m. on July 25, 2025. These are some of the readings captured by the Common SENSES heat sensors. Common SENSES

These technologies are becoming increasingly affordable and are being deployed in communities around the world to pinpoint heat risks, including MiamiBaltimoreSingapore and Barcelona. There are also alternatives when long-term installations prove too expensive, such as the U.S.’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration volunteer science campaign, which has used mobile sensors to generate one-time heat maps for more than 50 cities.

Making cooler communities, block by block

Although detailed knowledge of urban heat islets is becoming more available, we have barely scratched the surface of how they can be used to enhance people’s health and well-being.

The sources of urban heat islets are rooted in development – more buildings, more pavement and fewer trees result in hotter spaces. Many projects using community-based sensors aspire to use the data to counteract these effects by identifying places where it would be most helpful to plant trees for shade or install cool roofs or cool pavement that reflect the heat.

Two men in reflective construction vests paint a stretch of road a light color. The difference between the dark and light is evident.
Workers in Los Angeles apply a cool pavement coating to reflect heat rather than absorbing it. John McCoy/MediaNews Group/Los Angeles Daily News via Getty Image

However, these current efforts do not fully capitalize on the precision of sensors. For example, Los Angeles’ massive investment in cool pavement has focused on the city broadly rather than overheated neighborhoods. New York City’s tree planting efforts in some areas failed to anticipate where trees could be successfully planted.

Most other efforts compare neighborhood to neighborhood, as if every street within a neighborhood experiences the same temperature. London, for example, uses satellite data to locate heat islands, but the resolution isn’t precise enough to see differences block by block.

In contrast, data pinpointing the highest-risk areas enables urban planners to strategically place small pocket parks, cool roofs and street trees to help cool the hottest spaces. Cities could incentivize or require developers to incorporate greenery into their plans to mitigate existing urban heat islets or prevent new ones. These targeted interventions are cost-effective and have the greatest potential to help the most people.

Two maps of New York City show how vegetation matches cooler areas by temperature.
Comparing maps of New York’s vegetation and temperature shows the cooling effect of parks and neighborhoods with more trees. In the map on the left, lighter colors are areas with fewer trees. Light areas in the map on the right are hotter. NASA/USGS Landsat

But this could go further by using the data to create more sophisticated alert systems. For example, the National Weather Service’s Boston office released a heat advisory for July 25, the day I measured the heat in Dudley Common and Lewis Place, but the advisory showed nearly the entirety of the state of Massachusetts at the same warning level.

What if warnings were more locally precise?

On certain days, some streets cross a crucial threshold – say, 90 F (32.2 C) – whereas others do not. Sensor data capturing these hyperlocal variations could be communicated directly to residents or through local organizations. Advisories could share maps of the hottest streets or suggest cool paths through neighborhoods.

A street with trees.
Trees in the yards of homes on Lewis Place in Roxbury help keep the street several degrees cooler than nearby paved open spaces such as Dudley Common. Dan O'Brien

There is increasing evidence of urban heat islets in many urban communities and even suburban ones. With data showing these hyperlocal risks, policymakers and project coordinators can collaborate with communities to help address areas that many community members know from experience tend to be much hotter than surrounding areas in summer.

As one of my colleagues, Nicole Flynt of Project Right Inc., likes to say, “Data + Stories = Truth.” If communities act upon both the temperature data and the stories their residents share, they can help their residents keep cool — because it’s hot out there.The Conversation

Dan O'Brien, Professor of Public Policy and Urban Affairs and Director of the Boston Area Research Initiative, Northeastern University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wild salmon are the Zendayas of the fish world – what that tells us about conservation

An Atlantic salmon. slowmotiongli/Shutterstock
William PerryCardiff University

Wild salmon are not just rarer than their farmed cousins – they’re better looking too. In a new study by my colleagues and I, we found that they are noticeably more symmetrical than those reared in captivity. In other words, they’re prettier (by human standards, at least). And that’s not just cosmetic.

The global sale of aquatic species reared in captivity (known as aquaculture) is worth more than US$300 billion (£225 billion) annually. That’s a huge figure that doesn’t even include the wholesale or retail markups and revenue generated from other industries such as processing or packaging.

Of all the cultured aquatic organisms, the Atlantic salmon is the most valuable but is seeing widespread declines in the wild.

To put salmon decline into perspective, in 2024 the aquaculture industry produced somewhere in the region of 3 million metric tonnes of Atlantic salmon for consumption, which is roughly 600 million fish (assuming a harvest weight of 5kg per fish). Yet, there are fewer than two million wild Atlantic salmon returning to rivers every year.

This has led to the Atlantic salmon being classified as endangered in Britain by the International Union for Conservation of Nature. Some countries have turned to hatcheries as a way to boost wild numbers, releasing captive-bred fish into rivers to try to strengthen struggling populations.

But rearing fish in artificial hatchery environments changes elements of their biology, making them less likely to survive in the wild. Not only this, but when they are released into the wild, their genetics can pollute local gene pools.

So, while hatcheries seem to offer a solution to declining wild salmon populations, decades of research has shown that they largely have a negative effect on the populations they are trying to save. Despite these problems, hatcheries can sometimes be the only thing standing between a population and extinction.

We carried out our study on the Saimaa salmon in Finland, a critically endangered, landlocked population that’s been around since the last ice age. Once common in the wild, the Saimaa salmon would now go extinct in the wild if it were not for hatchery production sustaining the population. This is because the construction of hydropower stations and deforestation destroyed their natural spawning habitats in the 20th century.

An aerial view of Lake Saimaa on a summer's day.
Lake Saimaa in Finland. ArtBBNV/Shutterstock

In humans, facial symmetry is often associated with beauty. It’s no coincidence that stars like Zendaya and Harry Styles, whose features exhibit remarkable symmetry, are held up as icons of attractiveness.

In fish, symmetry is associated with low environmental stress. So, it can be a valuable tool for understanding how effective hatcheries are in producing more natural fish.

To understand how hatchery conditions shape fish development, we photographed Saimaa salmon from both sides and compared their features. Some fish had spent a year in tanks, others just a few days before being released into a river. We then measured their symmetry as an indicator of stress.

What we found was striking. Even fish reared in captivity for just one year showed clear signs of asymmetry. And efforts to enrich their lives, such as by adding shelters and fluctuating water flows, did not prevent asymmetry.

The only technique that prevented asymmetry was releasing the fish into a natural river after they had just hatched, minimising their exposure to the hatchery environment.

Fish released into the wild after hatching also had larger pectoral fins and lower jaws, relative to body size, when compared to those reared in captive environments. These traits may be beneficial in the wild where there are more complex river flows and diets. They were reduced in those fish who had spent most of their life in the hatchery.

Letting nature lead

Our research suggests that the hatchery environment – no matter how carefully managed – is no substitute for nature. While hatcheries can act as a stopgap for critically endangered populations like the Saimaa salmon, they are not a long-term fix for species in decline.

If hatcheries must be used, our study show it’s vital to get fish into natural conditions as early as possible. But ultimately, if we want wild salmon to not just survive but thrive, we have to fix the problems that caused their decline in the first place.

Humanity often tries to engineer its way out of environmental crises. But nature isn’t easily replaced. Sometimes, the best solution is to give it the space to recover on its own.The Conversation

William Perry, Postdoctoral Research Associate at the School of Biosciences, Cardiff University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Glacial lake flood hits Juneau, Alaska, reflecting a growing risk as mountain glaciers melt around the world

U.S. Geological Survey staff check monitoring equipment in Suicide Basin in June 2025. By August, the basin had filled with meltwater. Jeff Conaway/U.S. Geological Survey
Alton C. ByersUniversity of Colorado Boulder and Suzanne OConnellWesleyan University

Each summer in the mountains above Juneau, Alaska, meltwater from the massive Mendenhall Glacier flows into mountain lakes and into the Mendenhall River, which runs through town.

Since 2011, scientists and local officials have kept a close eye on one lake in particular: Suicide Basin, an ice-dammed bowl on an arm of the glacier. Glacier ice once covered this area, but as the ice retreated in recent decades, it left behind a large, deep depression.

In the summers of 2023 and 2024, meltwater filled Suicide Basin, overflowed its rim and escaped through tunnels in the ice, sending surges of water downstream that flooded neighborhoods along the river.

On Aug. 12-13, 2025, the basin flooded again.

The surge of water from Suicide Basin reached record levels at Mendenhall Lake on Aug. 13 on its way toward Juneau, the state capital. Officials urged some neighborhoods to evacuate ahead of the surge. As the water rose, new emergency flood barriers appeared to have limited the damage.

The glacial flood risks that Juneau is now experiencing each summer are becoming a growing problem in communities around the world. As an Earth scientist and a mountain geographer, we study the impact that ice loss can have on the stability of the surrounding mountain slopes and glacial lakes, and we see several reasons for increasing concern.

Two photo shows the same scene 125 years apart. The glacier loss is evident, and the lake between Suicide Glacier and Mendenhall Glacier didn't exist in 1983
Two photo shows the same scene 125 years apart. The glacier loss is evident, and the lake between Suicide Glacier and Mendenhall Glacier didn’t exist in 1893. NOAA/Alaska Climate Adaptation Science Center

The growing risk of glacial floods

In many mountain ranges, glaciers are melting as global temperatures rise. Europe’s Alps and Pyrenees lost 40% of their glacier volume from 2000 to 2023.

These and other icy regions have provided freshwater for people living downstream for centuries – almost 2 billion people rely on glaciers today. But as glaciers melt faster, they also pose potentially lethal risks.

Water from the melting ice often drains into depressions once occupied by the glacier, creating large lakes. Many of these expanding lakes are held in place by precarious ice dams or rock moraines deposited by the glacier over centuries.

A glacial lake with high peaks behind it shows how dams build up from the glacier's movement
Imja Lake, a glacial lake in the Mount Everest region of Nepal, began as meltwater ponds in 1962 and now contains 90 million cubic meters of water. Its water level was lowered to protect downstream communities. Alton Byers

Too much water behind these dams or a landslide or large ice discharge into the lake can break the dam, sending huge volumes of water and debris sweeping down the mountain valleys, wiping out everything in the way.

The Mendenhall Glacier floods, where glacial ice holds back the water, are classic jökulhlaup, or “glacier leap” floods, first described in Iceland and now characteristic of Alaska and other northern latitude regions.

Erupting ice dams and landslides

Most glacial lakes began forming over a century ago as a result of warming trends since the 1860s, but their abundance and rates of growth have risen rapidly since the 1960s.

Many people living in the Himalayas, Andes, Alps, Rocky Mountains, Iceland and Alaska have experienced glacial lake outburst floods of one type or another.

A glacial lake outburst flood in the Sikkim Himalayas in October 2023 damaged more than 30 bridges and destroyed a 200-foot-high (60 meters) hydropower plant. Residents had little warning. By the time the disaster was over, more than 50 people had died.

Scientists investigate flooding from Mendenhall Glacier’s Suicide Basin.

Avalanches, rockfalls and slope failures can also trigger glacial lake outburst floods.

These are growing more common as frozen ground known as permafrost thaws, robbing mountain landscapes of the cryospheric glue that formerly held them together. These slides can create massive waves when they plummet into a lake. The waves can then rupture the ice dam or moraine, unleashing a flood of water, sediment and debris.

That dangerous mix can rush downstream at speeds of 20-60 mph (30-100 kph), destroying homes and anything else in its path.

The casualties of such an event can be staggering. In 1941, a huge wave caused by a snow and ice avalanche that fell into Laguna Palcacocha, a glacial lake in the Peruvian Andes, overtopped the moraine dam that had contained the lake for decades. The resulting flood destroyed one-third of the downstream city of Huaraz and killed between 1,800 and 5,000 people.

A satellite view of a large glacial lake at the edge of a deep valley.
Teardrop-shaped Lake Palcacocha, shown in this satellite view, has expanded in recent decades. The city of Huaraz, Peru, is just down the valley to the right of the lake. Google Earth, data from Airbus Data SIO, NOAA, U.S. Navy, NGA, GEBCO

In the years since, the danger there has only increased. Laguna Palcacocha has grown to more than 14 times its size in 1941. At the same time, the population of Huaraz has risen to over 120,000 inhabitants. A glacial lake outburst flood today could threaten the lives of an estimated 35,000 people living in the water’s path.

Governments have responded to this widespread and growing threat by developing early warning systems and programs to identify potentially dangerous glacial lakes. In Juneau, the U.S. Geological Survey starts monitoring Suicide Basin closely when it begins to fill.

Some governments have taken steps to lower water levels in the lakes or built flood-diversion structures, such as walls of rock-filled wire cages, known as gabions, that divert floodwaters from villages, infrastructure or agricultural fields.

Where the risks can’t be managed, communities have been encouraged to use zoning that prohibits building in flood-prone areas. Public education has helped build awareness of the flood risk, but the disasters continue.

Flooding from inside and thawing permafrost

The dramatic nature of glacial lake outburst floods captures headlines, but those aren’t the only risks.

Englacial conduit floods originate inside of glaciers, commonly on steep slopes. Meltwater can collect inside massive systems of ice caves, or conduits. A sudden surge of water from one cave to another, perhaps triggered by the rapid drainage of a surface pond, can set off a chain reaction that bursts out of the ice as a full-fledged flood.

An englacial conduit flood begins in the Himalayas. Elizabeth Byers.

Thawing mountain permafrost can also trigger floods. This permanently frozen mass of rock, ice and soil has been a fixture at altitudes above 19,685 feet (6,000 meters) for millennia.

As permafrost thaws, even solid rock becomes less stable and is more prone to breaking, while ice and debris are more likely to become detached and turn into destructive and dangerous debris flows. Thawing permafrost has been increasingly implicated in glacial lake outburst floods because of these new sources of potential triggers.

A glacial outburst flood in Barun Valley started when nearly one-third of the face of Saldim Peak in Nepal fell onto Langmale Glacier and slid into a lake. The top image shows the mountain in 2016. The lower shows the same view in 2017. Elizabeth Byers (2016), Alton Byers (2017)

How mountain regions can reduce the risk

A study published in 2024 counted more than 110,000 glacial lakes around the world and determined 10 million people’s lives and homes are at risk from glacial lake outburst floods.

To help prepare and protect communities, our research points to some key lessons:

  1. Some of the most effective early warning systems have proven to be cellphone alerts. If combined with apps showing real-time water levels at a dangerous glacial lake, residents could more easily assess the danger.

  2. Projects to lower glacier lakes aren’t always effective. In the past, at least two glacial lakes in the Himalayas have been lowered by about 10 feet (3 meters) when studies indicated that closer to 65 feet (20 meters) was needed. In some cases, draining small, emerging lakes before they develop could be more cost effective than waiting until a large and dangerous lake threatens downstream communities.

  3. People living in remote mountain regions threatened by glacial lakes need a reliable source of information that can provide regular updates with monitoring technology.

  4. Recently it has become clear that even tiny glacial lakes can be dangerous given the right combination of cascading events. These need to be included in any list of potentially dangerous glacial lakes to warn communities downstream.

The U.N. declared 2025 the International Year of Glaciers’ Preservation and 2025-2034 the decade of action in cryospheric sciences. Scientists on several continents will be working to understand the risks and find ways to help communities respond to and mitigate the dangers.

This is an update to an article originally published March 19, 2025, to include the latest Alaska flooding.The Conversation

Alton C. Byers, Faculty Research Scientist, Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, University of Colorado Boulder and Suzanne OConnell, Harold T. Stearns Professor of Earth Science, Wesleyan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Troy’s fall was partly due to environmental strain – and it holds lessons for today

Stephan BlumUniversity of Tübingen

Sometimes the seeds of collapse are sown in the very soil of prosperity. Beneath the ancient city of Troy’s shining walls, the earth quietly cracked under the weight of its ambition.

When we think of environmental destruction today, images of oil rigs, coal plants or plastic islands come to mind. But long before industry, ancient societies were already pushing their ecosystems to the brink.

One striking example comes from early bronze age Troy – a story of economic brilliance shadowed by lasting ecological cost. It is not merely a tale of innovation and success, but a cautionary one about overreach, exhaustion and the hidden costs of unchecked growth.

Between 2500 and 2300BC, Troy emerged as a centre of power and experimentation in north-western Anatolia (the Asian part of what is now Turkey), centuries before Homer’s Iliad made it legendary. At its peak, the city is estimated to have had a population of 10,000.

Through years of excavation with the University of Tübingen’s Troy Project, I have come to understand how deliberate choices in production, planning and organisation gradually transformed a modest bronze age village into a vibrant community with early urban traits. Troy’s monumental stone buildings, orderly streets and distinct residential quarters reflected a society in transition.

At the heart of this transformation was the rise of mass production. Drawing on Mesopotamian models, the potter’s wheel revolutionised Troy’s ceramics, enabling faster, more uniform and large-scale output. Wheel-thrown pottery soon dominated, marked by deep grooves and simplified finishes that prioritised efficiency over artistry.

pile of brown plates
Examples of wheel-thrown plates, mass-produced in Troy between 2500 and 2000BC. Institute of Classical Archaeology at the University of Tübingen/Valentin MarquardtCC BY-SA

As production ramped up, so too did the need for a more structured and specialised workforce. Craftsmanship shifted from homes into workshops and labour became increasingly specialised and segmented. Trade flourished, reaching far beyond the Troad (the broader landscape around Troy) and surpassing the settlement’s local reach.

To manage this growing complexity, people introduced standardised weights and administrative seals – tools of coordination and control in an increasingly commercialised world.

But progress, then as now, came at a cost. The very innovations that fuelled Troy’s ascent unleashed forces that proved increasingly difficult to contain.

Prosperity through extraction

Troy’s wealth was built on relentless extraction. Monumental buildings demanded tons of limestone from nearby quarries. Clay was dredged from once-fertile riverbanks to feed kilns and brick-making. Forests were stripped bare for timber and firewood – the lifeblood of a booming ceramic industry that burned day and night.

Agriculture, too, underwent radical intensification. Earlier generations had rotated crops and rested their fields. Troy’s farmers, by contrast, pursued maximum yields through continuous cultivation. Emmer and einkorn (ancient wheat varieties well-suited to poor soils but low in yield and protein) dominated. They were hardy and easy to store, but nutritionally depleting.

As farmland expanded onto steep, fragile slopes, erosion took hold. Hills once covered in forest became barren, as archaeobotanical evidence confirms.

Livestock added further pressure. Herds of sheep and goats grazed intensively on upland pastures, tearing up vegetation and compacting the soil. The result was reduced water retention, collapsing topsoil and declining biodiversity. Gradually, the ecological equilibrium that had underpinned Troy’s prosperity began to unravel.

By around 2300BC, the system began to fracture. A massive fire ravaged the settlement – perhaps triggered by revolt or conflict. Monumental structures were abandoned, replaced by smaller dwellings and modest farmsteads. The centre of power faltered.

This collapse is likely to have been driven by a combination of factors: political tensions, external threats and social unrest. But the environmental strain is impossible to ignore. Soil exhaustion, deforestation and erosion would have led to water scarcity, resource scarcity and possibly even famine. Each factor eroded the foundations of Troy’s stability.

In the aftermath, adaptation took precedence over ambition. Farmers diversified their crops, moving away from high-yield monoculture towards more varied and resilient strategies. Risk was spread, soil partially recovered and communities began to stabilise.

Troy did not vanish – it adjusted and found a new balance for another millennia. But it did so in the shadow of a crisis it had helped create.

Lessons from a worn landscape

Troy’s story is more than archaeological curiosity – it is a mirror. Like many societies past and present, its economic ambitions outpaced ecological limits. The warning signs were there: falling yields, thinning forests, eroding hillsides. But the illusion of endless growth proved too tempting to resist.

The parallels with today are stark. Resource depletion, short-term gain and environmental neglect remain central features of our global economy. Technologies may have evolved – the mindset, however, has not. We consume, discard, expand and repeat.

But Troy also offers a glimmer of hope: the possibility of adaptation after excess, resilience after rupture. It reminds us that sustainability is not a modern ideal – it is a timeless necessity.

Troy is proof that no society, however ingenious, is immune to the consequences of ecological overreach. The warning signs of imbalance are never absent – they are merely easy to ignore. Whether we choose to heed them is up to us.

This article features references to books that have been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on one of the links and go on to buy something from bookshop.org The Conversation UK may earn a commission.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Stephan Blum, Research associate, Institute for Prehistory and Early History and Medieval Archaeology, University of Tübingen

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Two August 2025 (August 4 - 10)

 

Turimetta Beach Boulders Falling: 2m of Erosion

Regular contributing photographer Joe Mills visited Turimetta Beach on Tuesday August 5 and Friday August 8 this past week, and has recorded some rockfalls along the cliff faces.

Joe said on Saturday:

''Due to all the recent rains and heavy swells the beach at the northern end was severely eroded at the end of this week, for about 2m of sand.  This is mostly at the northern half of the beach near the steps.  It was very noticeable.

As well, there were a lot more big boulders (some up to 1.5m size) scattered along the beach, which fell from the moist cliff tops.''

In recent storm events, and smaller rockfalls, Joe has been concerned for the safety of a gentleman he calls 'the hermit' who camps under and against the shelter of the rockface - you can see the blue of his tent in some of Joe's photos from Friday:

mid-beach erosion - August 8 2025

mid-beach erosion - August 8 2025

Turimetta beach erosion from storms - August 8 2025

Turimetta erosion - August 8 2025

Council currently has the beach listed as 'closed' due to storm swells and the absence of patrols of lifesavers on this beach.

screenshot from council's Turimetta beach webpage, Saturday August 9 2025

Coastal erosion is the loss of land along the shoreline due to the natural removal of sand, vegetation and other features associated with changing wave and water conditions. During severe storms, coastal erosion can happen rapidly, potentially putting people, properties, and infrastructure in danger.  

Climate change is likely to increase coastal erosion over time, as the intensity of storms increase and sea levels rise. Infrastructure like roads, access to beaches and connection to utilities are likely to be impacted during these events. 

Weather conditions leading to coastal erosion in NSW are typically associated with intense low pressure systems off the coast which generate large waves and higher sea levels. These low pressure systems include tropical cyclones, ex-tropical cyclones and east coast lows. The impacts in NSW of winds, flooding and coastal erosion associated with Cyclone Alfred earlier this year are likely to increase in frequency in the future.

The extent of coastal erosion can be influenced by a range of factors, both natural and unnatural, including:  

  • Tides
  • Waves
  • Water currents
  • Runoff
  • Headlands
  • Storms
  • Vegetation
  • Building and development
  • Coastal management activities 

However, what's been happening at Turimetta in recent months warrants closer scrutiny.

On Friday August 8, another long-term regular at the news service, John Illingsworth, released 'Teetering Turimetta', a film focussed on the cliffs of this beach between North Narrabeen and Warriewood.

John states in 'Teetering Turimetta':

''Turrimetta Headland in NSW in 2015 is a towering heap of faulted, fractured Newport Formation sandstones and shales, capped at its highest point with a tiny remnant of Hawkesbury Sandstone, all of which rests upon the purplish Bald Hill Claystone unit that you can see at low tide.

In 2021 Turimetta Headland’s cliffs were videoed from a drone, part of a record of the coastline from North Narrabeen to Barrenjoey. This publicly available footage is a baseline against which future geomorphic events - rockfalls in particular - can be identified and measured. 

In this 2021 screen capture near where Mitchell showed us the piece of coal, we can see 2 joint blocks missing, plucked from the basement rock by wave action. But by 2025 five blocks are missing, so 3 more were removed in just 3 years, a rate of around one block per year and a steady undercutting of the cliff above.

If we freeze Michell as he walks by this boulder, we can see in the middle distance a pile of rocks, an early rockfall, indicated by the arrow. Remember, this is 2012. In this 2025 picture we see that same fall, pretty well unchanged. We can clearly see that the edges of the boulders are all sharp, unworn by time. We cannot be specific other than to say this fall is also quite recent, though before our record. But when the camera pans left it shows something that wasn’t there in 2012 – a very large rotational rockfall of perhaps 200m3. Now, this fall is also visible in the 2015 drone footage here. So this rockfall dates between August 2012 and December 2015. Rockfalls are most likely to occur during inclement weather when rainfall is heavy and seas high. Good times to stay away!

Which brings us to the sewer outfall where fishermen and women congregate. Construction of the outfall was completed by about 1973. So, the rocks you can see here in 2021 must have fallen later than 1973 because they rest on the concrete covering the sewer. It’s also pretty clear that all these rocks and boulders comprise a multi-fall event which is, perhaps, ongoing.

The May 2021 reference flight shows the precarious position adopted by fishermen. Since this footage was taken two fishermen have drowned here, swept from the platform by waves in January and December 2022. Indeed, this footage may show them, but we don’t know.

This is the earlier 2015 flight (19 December). As the drone rises to return home, just as it sets out, if we freeze the frame we can get a good look at the point and the rock platform. Note there are four boulders on the platform that have obviously fallen from the point. DJI 0042 But the reference flight of 22 May 2021 shows an additional fall: there are now many boulders. And just 3 weeks later, by 13 June 2021, we’ve had a huge fall on top of the previous two. This fall has completely removed Turimetta’s nose.

The view from this angle shows just how unstable Turimetta headland is, not surprising seeing that it aligns with, and is almost certainly part of, the Luna Park Fault Zone.

And this is where this gets interesting. As the camera goes around the point the rock platform comes into wider view. If we freeze the frame here, that crack you can see running across the rock platform toward the cliff is a slickensided fault where rock has moved against rock, polishing the faces and leaving lines that indicate the direction of movement. The line of strike. is xxx degrees, the dip about 75 degrees north, some of the fault plane is curved, and there is a wide crush zone at the base.  And if we reverse the camera we can see how the cliff is intersected by the fault and how the southern face has already partially collapsed. We can also project a likely fracture line upwards at least half way up the cliff where it appears to become horizontal and merges with bedding planes.

So on Turimetta’s south face we have serious undercutting along the inclined fault-line; and on its eastern nose massive random fracturing that is opening up, simultaneous with extreme undercutting of the north face. These opposing undercutting processes must eventually intersect. Shot through with cracks, faults and fractures, and undercut on this north face in particular, Turimetta appears to be teetering on the verge of a major collapse.''

See John's 2021 film: Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability - Turimetta: Narrabeen Lagoon entrance to Bungan Beach

John's earlier film:

 

Wildlife Hungry: Moving to road Edges to feed - Please Slow down

A Sydney Wildlife Carer has stated this week: ''We've  been getting a lot of calls to Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) lately. 

Please slow down and be aware that food through winter is scarce and many animals are moving closer to the edges of the road in search of winter grass. 

If you see any sick or injured animal please call Sydney Wildlife Rescue 9413 4300.''

 

Seals Hauling Out Along Our Beaches: Register these on the NSW Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey

Residents have reported seals hauling out during recent storm activities, with the latest being monitored at Newport beach by ORRCA volunteers. Others have seen another at Dee Why.

ORRCA states:

''We’re currently receiving a high number of calls regarding seal haul-outs, a normal and natural behaviour for these beautiful marine mammals. Along our east coast, it’s common to see Australian Fur Seals and Long-Nosed Fur Seals at this time of year.

Seals come ashore to rest, recover, or simply soak up some sun. While it might be tempting to get closer, it’s important to give them plenty of space. They don’t need to be encouraged back into the water. In fact, coming ashore is a healthy part of their routine.

While they might look like “sea puppies”, seals are wild animals - unpredictable, reactive, and capable of carrying zoonotic diseases.

In most cases, they just need time and space to rest. But if a seal appears unwell, injured, or is in a high-traffic area (like a place where dogs are allowed on a beach), please call our 24/7 Rescue Hotline on (02) 9415 3333. Our trained responders will assess the situation and provide support as required.''

Approach distances in NSW for seals are based on where the seal is located and if a pup is present. A seal is considered a pup if it is up to half the length of the adult.

The NSW Department of Planning and Environment states that if a seal comes towards you, you must move back to the minimum approach distance.

The Department's rules are:

Approaching a seal when it is in the water

Seals are agile swimmers with strong flippers. When a seal is in the water you must keep at least:

  • 10 metres away from the seal
  • 80 metres from a seal pup
  • 100 metres for a drone 

Approaching a seal when it is hauled out on land

Seals haul out to rest after foraging at sea. If a seal feels threatened, it may show aggression by yawning, waving its front flipper or head, or calling out. Seals are very agile and can move fast on land, using all 4 limbs to run. When a seal is hauled out on the land you must keep at least:

  • 40 metres away from the seal
  • 80 metres from a seal pup
  • 100 metres away from the seal for a drone.

Vessels watching seals resting on the rocky shore must also keep back 40 metres or 80 metres if a pup is present. Limit the time you spend watching because it can be stressful for them. It is likely you are not the only vessel to approach them that day.

The news service would also suggest you contact council as they will want to monitor what's going on and work in concert with any registered carers to ensure the safety of any of the seals that live here and residents or visitors.

Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey

The NSW Department of the Environment is interested in understanding where Australian and New Zealand fur seals are hauling out along the NSW coastline.

Haul-out, Call-out is a place to report your fur seal sightings as part of the Seabirds to Seascapes Project.

How you can help

As a citizen scientist, your participation in the survey to identify key hotspot locations for these fur seals is crucial. Here’s why:

  1. Conservation efforts: Australian fur seals are listed as vulnerable under the Biodiversity Conservation Act. By getting involved, you directly contribute to safeguarding their habitats and populations.
  2. Data collection: your sightings will complement drone surveys along the NSW coastline. This data provides insights into fur seal population densities and their preferred breeding habitats, informing marine conservation initiatives in New South Wales.
  3. Long-term survival: understanding fur seals’ health and breeding behaviours is critical. Your reports help researchers develop targeted conservation measures to support their populations.
  4. Mitigating conflicts: by understanding their habitat preferences and behaviours, we can reduce disturbances and minimise negative interactions between humans and seals, promoting coexistence in shared environments.

Your role matters. As a citizen scientist, your contributions directly protect and conserve Australian and New Zealand fur seals and their marine habitats. Join the Dept. of Environment in making a difference for these vulnerable species and the marine ecosystems they inhabit.

Seals are vital to healthy marine ecosystems, but they face growing pressures from human activity. The survey helps inform critical marine conservation initiatives in New South Wales by learning more about where seals gather and how they live. This information is crucial for effectively managing fur seal populations, including mitigating risks of human and seal interactions.

Go to the Haul-out, Call-Out seal survey to record the seals you see on our beaches.

Australian Fur seal resting at Bilgola Saturday afternoon (29.6.2013). Photo by Tamara Sloper Harding. 

On Whale Beach Rock Shelf September 2013. Photo: Michael Mannington

Seal resting on North Avalon Rocks, Thursday September 29, 2016, after a shark attack. Photo: A J Guesdon

Leopard Seal on Bungan Beach, August 2017. Photo: David Jenkins 


Dog attacking formerly resting seal at Long Reef Aquatic Reserve in November 2020 - a No Dogs area. Photos supplied

Congratulations Save Manly Dam Catchment Committee!

Save Manly Dam Catchment Committee won the Community Group award at the recent Sydney Regional Landcare and Bushcare Awards. For more than two decades this passionate committee has been the tireless voice for the protection of the Manly Dam catchment and bushland.

Through advocacy, education, community engagement, and hands-on bushcare, they have inspired generations of locals to understand, cherish, and stand up for this critical green space.

Find out more in their Profile and on their website: Save Manly Dam Catchment Committee  and manlydambiodiversityproject.org

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay 2025 AGM + Free Screening of Ocean with David Attenborough 

Date: Tuesday, 20 August 2025

‍Location: Mona Vale Surf Club

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay warmly invites you to our Annual General Meeting, an evening of reflection, storytelling, and shared vision for the future of our bay.

We’ll begin with welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP for Pittwater, followed by a free screening of Ocean with David Attenborough — a stirring film that captures the beauty and fragility of our marine world.

This screening is free, but spaces are limited. Please register online to secure your seat here.

Event Schedule

  • 6:00 PM – Doors open
  • 6:15 PM – Welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP
  • 6:30 – 8:00 PM – Screening of Ocean
  • 8:00 PM – Annual General Meeting (open to questions)
  • 9:00 PM – Close

Steering Committee Nominations Now Open

FoBBB members have the opportunity to nominate individuals for our Steering Committee. If you'd like to nominate a member, please download and complete the nomination form and email it to info@bonginbonginbay.org.au by 13 August 2025.

As outlined in our constitution, nominations must:

  • Be submitted in writing
  • Be signed by two members
  • Include the nominee’s signed consent

Not a Member Yet?

We welcome all members of the community to join Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay and support our mission to protect the bay and secure marine sanctuary status by 2027. Together, we can make a lasting difference for our ocean and future generations.

We look forward to seeing you on August 20th!

IPART Draft Report on the review of prices for Greater Sydney from 1 October 2025: Have your say

On Thursday July 31 IPART has released draft prices for WaterNSW bulk water services in the Greater Sydney region, from 1 October 2025 to 30 June 2028.

Tribunal Chair Carmel Donnelly said WaterNSW is responsible for owning, operating and maintaining dams in NSW, and capturing, storing and supplying bulk water to Sydney Water, a small number of local councils and about 60 business customers in the Greater Sydney region.

“Bulk water customers such as Sydney Water then treat and distribute that water to residential and business customers in Greater Sydney,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Bulk water pricing can therefore affect the price residential and business customers pay for the water they buy from Sydney Water and Wingecarribee, Shoalhaven and Goulburn Mulwaree councils.”

Under IPART’s draft decisions, over the 3 years to 2027-28, WaterNSW’s Greater Sydney bulk water prices would increase by around 10.4% per year before inflation. For a typical Sydney Water residential customer, IPART states this would add about $7 to bills in 2025-26, $20 to bills in 2026-27 and $31 to bills in 2027-28 before inflation.

Ms Donnelly said the Tribunal’s draft decisions are based on careful consideration of a range of factors including the need to support safe, reliable and efficient water catchment, storage and supply services in the Greater Sydney region.

“The Tribunal also considered stakeholder submissions received during a public hearing and in response to a November 2024 Issues Paper and a May 2025 Information Paper,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Our aim is to set prices that mean customers of WaterNSW only pay what is required to efficiently deliver bulk water services.”

“The draft prices we have set in this report are lower than WaterNSW’s September 2024 proposal to increase prices by around 14% per year. However, some increases in prices are necessary to allow WaterNSW to maintain its assets and continue to deliver reliable services that the community expects.”

Stakeholders can download a copy of the report from IPART’s website and provide feedback on the proposed prices for WaterNSW until Monday 25 August 2025.

Chapter 9 (Draft Prices) of the IPART Draft Report states:

Fixed charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s fixed charges would increase to around $203.7 million in 2025-26, which is a 11.6% nominal increase. The fixed charge in 2027-28 would be around $248.7 million ($2025-26), which is around a 36.2% increase from current prices.

For other customers the fixed charge would increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then increase by around 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ fixed charges would increase by around 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Fixed charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to around $131 in 2025-26 which is a 13.1% increase. The fixed charge would be approximately $160 ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.8% increase from current prices.

Usage charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s non-drought usage charge would increase to $100.50/ML in 2025-26, which is a 19.6% nominal increase. The same usage charge in 2027-28 would be $121.70/ML ($2025-26), which is around a 44.8% increase from current prices.

For other customers the non-drought usage charge would generally increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then generally increase by 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ non-drought usage charges would increase by 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Non-drought usage charges for raw water customers would increase to $0.86/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 13.2% increase. The same charge would be $1.05/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 38.2% increase from current prices.

• Non-drought usage charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to $1.49/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 12.9% increase. The same charge would be $1.82/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.9% increase from current prices.

 Overall, when comparing current prices (2024-25) to 2027-28 prices, our draft decisions for Sydney Water are that the:

• Fixed charge would be approximately 11.6% higher in 2025-26 from 1 October, including inflation. This is then followed by increases of around 10.4% plus inflation on 1 July 2026 then by around 10.6% plus inflation on 1 July 2027. In 2027-28 the fixed charge would be $248.70 million. The average price per annum from 2025-26 to 2027-28 would be around $225.76 million per year. 

''Your feedback will help us make our final decisions for the maximum prices WaterNSW can charge for its services in Greater Sydney. We will release our final decisions in September 2025 with prices to take effect from 1 October 2025.'' IPART states

Sydney Water has proposed the increase in water charges, now drafted in the latest IPART Draft Report, to fund infrastructure upgrades to address the city's growing population. 

IPART states in its report that the proposed bill increases under its draft decisions are lower than the 14% real increase per year put forward by WaterNSW in its June 2025 submission to our Information Paper (its alternative revenue request). 

''Our proposed prices are lower because our review of efficient expenditure has indicated that not all of the increases in expenditure that WaterNSW proposed are necessary or efficient for this next 3-year period.

We propose to set WaterNSW’s notional revenue requirement (NRR) for Greater Sydney to $824.8 million for the 3-year determination period.''

Read the Draft Report

Make a Submission

Previously:

622KG of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - This Sun September 7 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

Coastal and Estuary Grants Program: guidelines for applicants 2025–26

The program underpins the implementation of the coastal management framework and supports local councils and communities to achieve the state’s long-term vision for the coast. 

The program supports local councils in managing the coastal environment of New South Wales in a manner consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development for the social, cultural and economic wellbeing of the people of the state.

Grant funding enables local councils and communities to prepare coastal management programs and implement actions identified in those programs. Grant offers are subject to statewide priorities and the availability of funds each financial year.

The 2025–26 funding round for the planning stream is open. Funding for the implementation stream opened on 24 July 2025.

Councils may apply for actions listed in certified coastal zone emergency action sub plans following a significant erosion or coastal inundation event and when the department deems the round open.

The planning stream for the 2025–26 funding round is open and closes 30 June 2026. The implementation stream for the 2025–26 funding round is open on 24 July 2025 and closes 4 September 2025.

Coastal and estuary management grants awarded and project summaries

Coastal and estuary management grants are awarded each year.

2024–25

Funding for these projects came from the NSW Government Coastal and Estuary grants program. The program awarded $4,051,820 to 29 projects in the implementation stream and $1,114,156 to 4 projects in the planning stream.

Northern Beaches Council 

Freshwater Beach south dune stabilisation – $24,895 awarded

This project supports the issues raised in the coastal dunes management strategy for Freshwater Beach to achieve reduced sand blow-outs, improved dune condition by weed control and revegetating with native coastal species, and formalising pedestrian movements through dune systems. The aims of the project include fencing to formalise access and exclusion areas for revegetation, returning loose sand to the foredune or beach area with sand scraping, and reducing erosion with sand trapping fencing and coir logs.

North Avalon dune stabilisation – $32,653 awarded

This project aims to manage the most northern dune bay at North Avalon Beach through sand scraping, reducing beach erosion due to ongoing impacts from climate change induced storm events, formalising access by restoring access fences, and dune stabilisation with wind erosion control and replanting with native coastal vegetation.

2023–24

Funding for these projects came from the NSW Government Coastal and Estuary grants program. The program funded 35 projects in the implementation stream, awarding $11,368,708, and to date, 16 projects in the planning stream, awarding $2,061,936.

Northern Beaches Council

Collaroy-Narrabeen Coastal Management Program – $150,001 funding awarded

The coastal management program for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach will set the long-term strategy for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach, focusing on achieving the objectives of the Coastal Management Act 2016 and replacing the coastal zone management plan for this location. The project will include stages 2, 3, and 4 of the preparation for a coastal management program.

Curl Curl dune stabilisation – dune bay 2 – $48,849 funding awarded

The project aims to build on achievements from similar past projects that have successfully fenced, stabilised and replanted dune bays with strong community support and participation. The main elements of the project are formalising beach access points, fencing the entire bay to protect new plantings, managing and stabilising dune systems, beach scraping to mitigate immediate coastal erosion risk, and restoring natural defences.

Freshwater Beach – dune bay 2 stabilisation – $43,208 funding awarded

Freshwater Beach is one of the most visited beaches on the Northern Beaches. As a result of uncontrolled access at the front of the dune, regular encroachment has resulted in the loss of native vegetation and blowouts resulting in sand inundation. The project aims to limit access with fencing after minor sand scraping, removal of identified Weeds of National Significance, and followed by replanting of native coastal species.

Narrabeen Beach dunes restoration and weed control – $34,381 funding awarded

The project involves restoration of a degraded dune system and will encompass weed control, fencing and revegetation. There are 4 dune bays included in this project, totalling approximately 1.2 hectares in an area that contains coastal dune vegetation. There has been significant erosion on the foredune due to recent successive storms and considerable blowouts in the mid-dune sections. The project aims to control invasive weeds, stabilise the dune to minimise erosion with revegetation using native plantings and protect the endangered plant species.

Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance on Friday October 8, 2021 - Panorama by Kevin Murray.

EPA tackling greenhouse gas emissions with new licensee requirements: Have your say

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) is seeking feedback on requirements to help industry cut emissions and drive NSW towards achieving net zero by 2050. 

The proposed Climate Change Licensee Requirements and Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptions Plans: Mitigation Requirements released July 29 aim to strengthen the transparency of greenhouse gas reporting and businesses’ emission reduction plans. 

To support the shift to a decarbonised economy, the proposed measures will be phased in across industry sectors, firstly applying to very large greenhouse gas emitters that hold environment protection licences.

NSW EPA CEO, Tony Chappel said this is a significant step forward in setting new standards for climate action, providing certainty to industry and the community as we transition to net zero.

“Climate change is not a problem for the future. We are already facing its escalating consequences, from unprecedented fires to recent devastating flood events across regional NSW,” said Mr Chappel. 

“We need to treat greenhouse gases like any other pollutant we regulate. EPA licensees currently contribute half of NSW’s total greenhouse gas emissions. 

“Introducing new requirements and guidance for industry is essential as we move towards a climate resilient future. 

“This will be a complex journey, and we are committed to developing specific approaches for different industries and sectors, rather than a one size fits all solution.”

To build our evidence base, the EPA commissioned the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) to conduct an independent expert review of methane measurement technologies for fugitive methane emissions.

The EPA is also developing sector specific guides on emissions reductions. The first of these, the Proposed Greenhouse Gas Mitigation Guide for NSW Coal Mines, outlines tailored climate actions for the coal industry, targeting methane, a potent greenhouse gas. 

The draft requirements will apply to about 200 premises and are set to include:

  • Annual climate change emissions reporting 
  • Climate change mitigation and adaptation plans
  • Specific mitigation actions 
  • Emissions measurement 

To help meet the proposed requirements, eligible licensees will be able to access grants from the High Emitting Industries Fund

The requirements, mitigation guidance and guide for NSW coal mines are key initiatives set in the Government's Climate Change Policy and Action Plan 2023-26

For more information and to have your say by 5pm Tuesday 7 October 2025, visit: https://yoursay.epa.nsw.gov.au

$1.2 million on offer to crack down on illegal dumping

August 5, 2025

Councils, public land managers and regional waste groups across NSW can now apply for a share of more than $1.2 million to prevent illegal dumping and protect local environments and communities.

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) has opened Round 3 of the Illegal Dumping Prevention Program, which supports targeted, on-the-ground projects to address the problem at its source. 

Funding is available for a wide range of initiatives, including deterrents such as fencing and barriers, site clean-ups, education and behaviour change campaigns, surveillance and enforcement tools.

EPA Executive Director of Programs and Innovation, Alexandra Geddes said $2.83 million awarded to 36 successful recipients across the first two rounds has had a meaningful impact.

“These grants help organisations take action, making a real difference by preventing illegal dumping before it occurs,” Ms Geddes said.

“We’ve seen great results in places like Bathurst and the Shoalhaven, where previous funding improved monitoring and helped deter repeat offenders through innovative design and technology.

“In this Round, we’re looking to back more projects that reduce the volume of waste being dumped illegally, because it is more than just an eyesore – it’s a threat to our environment, wildlife and public safety.” 

Dumping incidents in the Bathurst local government area are estimated to have halved after Bathurst Regional Council received more than $117,000 under Round 1 of the program. The council installed solar-powered mobile cameras and community signage across known hotspots, allowing it to monitor activity in real time, catch perpetrators in the act, and clean up dumped materials more efficiently.

Meanwhile, Shoalhaven City Council was awarded more than $76,000 in funding under Round 2 of the program. Approximately 450 tonnes of illegally dumped waste was recovered from public land in the local government area during the past two years. This investment will enable the council to collaborate with NSW Government agencies, such as National Parks and Wildlife Service and Crown Lands, to run a community awareness campaign, and install gates, bollards, signage and CCTV cameras in high-risk dumping zones. 

Expressions of Interest for Streams 3 & 4 closes on 30 September 2025.

Grants range from $20,000 to $200,000. For more information and to apply, visit:

www.epa.nsw.gov.au/Working-together/Grants/Illegal-dumping/Illegal-Dumping-Prevention 

$1 million to establish independent NSW recreational fishing peak body

August 6, 2025

The Minns Government states it is delivering on another election commitment by commencing consultation on an independent peak body to represent the interests of the State’s more than one million recreational fishers.

This is part of the NSW Government’s plan to build a better NSW and to boost economic activity in regional NSW.

More than $1 million has been earmarked to fund the new body and to assist it drive on ground outcomes for the State’s recreational fishers.

The recreational fishing industry is major contributor to our coastal and inland communities and generates about $3.4 billion of economic activity in NSW each year. The industry also creates the equivalent of about 14,000 fulltime jobs.

The NSW Government made an election commitment to establish a peak body for the State’s recreational fishers and has worked with the fishing representatives to develop their vision for a peak body that is:

  • a viable and respected professional body: to deliver representation that effectively champions the future of recreational fishing
  • representative of all NSW recreational fishers: including affiliated and unaffiliated fishers from diverse backgrounds
  • independent of Government: to enable apolitical representation to advance the priorities and needs of recreational fishers
  • collaborative and solutions-oriented: to work constructively with Government and other bodies to deliver solutions for recreational fishers.

The people of NSW are now encouraged to have their say on this important process. Public consultation is open from 6 August 2025 to 1 October 2025.

To learn more and provide your feedback, visit the NSW Government’s Have Your Say website.

Our culturally and linguistically diverse fishing community are encouraged to use the translate feature on the Have Your Say website, which offers access in multiple languages and provides a contact for support with submissions.

Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“Recreational fishing is a vital part of life for many people in NSW.

“The NSW Government is committed to supporting a thriving, inclusive and sustainable recreational fishing sector that encourages participation across all communities.

“This peak body will work closely with the NSW Government to effectively represent the interests of for all NSW recreational fishers.

“The recreational fishing industry is vital to the NSW economy and one the NSW Government is committed to supporting in a cohesive, productive and positive way.”

Peak Body Working Group member, Karl Mathers said:

“The model for this peak body has been designed to ensure an inclusive and collaborative organisation to help advance the priorities and needs of NSW’s recreational fishers.

“Your feedback is important to ensure the final model reflects the needs and perspectives of recreational fishers from all corners of the state.”

Thousands of tonnes of soft plastics diverted from landfill as Coles and Woolworths meet EPA Clean-Up orders

July 2025

Coles and Woolworths have successfully removed more than 4,000 tonnes of soft plastic stockpiles across NSW with more than 90% of the material now on track for recycling rather than landfill.

This milestone marks a major step in addressing the environmental risks posed by the collapse of REDcycle in 2023, with the supermarkets now fully compliant with Clean-up Notices issued by the NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA).

The EPA required Coles and Woolworths to move the stockpiled soft plastics to safe storage after identifying 15 sites across NSW that posed serious fire and pollution risks.  

The supermarkets were provided with additional time by the EPA to comply with the notices to enable the retailers to find a long-term, sustainable solution for the material.

NSW EPA Director of Operations, Adam Gilligan said 3,739 tonnes of the total 4,102 tonnes collected have now been sent to recycling processors.

“We are pleased that the vast majority of this material has been kept out of landfill. That’s a significant environmental outcome, and a major reason why the EPA supported an extended timeframe to find responsible, enduring solutions.”

All stockpiles have now been cleared, and the supermarkets have fulfilled their obligations under the notices.

“When retailers actively promote recycling schemes to their customers, they have a responsibility to ensure those schemes deliver real environmental outcomes. It is not just good business, it is a commitment to their customers and to the environment. Due diligence cannot stop at collection, it must extend to making sure the material is properly managed and recycled.”

The NSW EPA is continuing to work working closely with counterparts in other jurisdictions to ensure a co-ordinated national approach is taken to find solutions to the recycling of soft plastics. 

The final jewels in Sydney Harbour’s ‘green necklace’ added to the NSW State Heritage Register

August 4, 2025

Six reserves and parks along the inner Sydney Harbour have been added to the NSW State Heritage Register, recognising their unique cultural, environmental, and industrial histories while safeguarding Sydney Harbour’s natural beauty for generations to come. 

Nestled across one of the most stunning harbours in the world, the ‘green necklace’ is a series of iconic cultural landscapes around the headlands and water planes that connect the northern and southern shores.  

The Green Necklace is formed by:  

  • Badangi Reserve, encompassing Berrys Island Reserve and Wollstonecraft Foreshore Reserve
  • Ballast Point Park, an acclaimed park in Birchgrove built on a former Caltex Oil site
  • Balls Head Reserve in Waverton, a rare surviving natural headland that was dedicated as a public reserve following an environmental campaign in the 1920s and 30s
  • Berrys Bay (Carradah Park) in Waverton, the former site of a BP refinery
  • Yurulbin Park and Foreshore in Birchgrove, an early example of the successful transformation of industrial land to public use, recapturing the qualities of an Indigenous landscape. It was the site of the launch of the Australian government’s Local Government Reconciliation Program in 1994.

These landscapes represent the ever-evolving nature of land and water use on Sydney Harbour, showcasing the change from undisturbed bush to industrial use to green space preservation.  

Each park and reserve has its own story that has been shaped by thousands of years of Aboriginal connection and more recent layers of industrial, artistic and community history. They reflect how people have interacted with, altered, and valued the land over time.   

Listing these landscapes means their heritage value will be safeguarded into the future, in a context where Sydney’s built environment is fast growing. The listing is a shift away from traditional listings such as physical buildings and instead recognises the importance of a cultural landscapes and the environment in NSW’s rich history.  

The 'green necklace' was coined in a 2018 cultural landscape study by the Australian Institute of Landscape Architects (AILA) NSW. The listing follows extensive consultation with local councils, heritage experts, and community groups.  

Minister for Heritage Penny Sharpe said: 

“These parklands really are the jewels in the Sydney Harbour crown and their inclusion on the State Heritage Register ensures their stories, fabric and significance are preserved for future generations.  

“They are not only green spaces but living archives of Sydney’s cultural and industrial evolution, and a reminder of the rich and enduring Aboriginal history we are surrounded by. 

“I want to acknowledge the Australian Institute of Landscape Architects for starting this listing process many years ago, and congratulate them on the wonderful outcome of their work and advocacy.” 

Inner West Mayor Darcy Byrne said:  

“The addition of Ballast Point and Yurulbin Park to the State Heritage Register marks the final transformation of these former industrial sites to some of the world’s most beautiful harbourside parks.  

“The advocacy of many people including Tom Uren and Paul Keating is what has led to this magnificent outcome.” 

Australian Institute of Landscape Architects (AILA) NSW President, David Moir said: 

“AILA commends the Minister for her foresight in protecting these critically important landscapes.  These iconic landscape elements, integral to the internationally significant Sydney Harbour setting, are foundational to the city’s identity as a global destination. 

“Through visionary landscape planning and design, once-derelict industrial sites have been transformed into inclusive public spaces where communities can connect with nature in an increasingly urbanised environment.

“Their inclusion on the State Heritage Register and the commitment to their ongoing conservation reflect enduring community values and a deep respect for our shared landscape legacy.”  

Berrys' Bay View. Photo: A J Guesdon

Three stations added to the National Park network in north west NSW

August 2025

The Minns Government states it is protecting more native wildlife and threatened ecosystems by adding more than 34,000 hectares across three large land holdings in north west NSW to our network of national parks.

The government has invested $11.7 million to acquire the retired stations, totalling 34,773 hectares:

  • Bellenbar – 13,674 hectares
  • Iona – 13,456 hectares
  • Innisfail – 7,643 hectares

Combined, the new reserves provide known or potential habitat for more than 80 threatened species.

The new reserve at 'Bellenbar' is north west of Bourke on the Warrego River and includes 2,334ha of Coolibah - Black Box Woodland which is listed as an endangered ecological community.

Nine threatened species including the endangered Kultarr and South-eastern Hooded Robin have been recorded on the property and an additional 27 threatened species have been spotted in the locality.

The new reserve at 'Iona' is north west of Cobar and has known-and-potential habitat for 50 threatened species. That includes 44 animals including Corben's Long-eared Bat, Yellow-bellied Sheathtail-Bat, Inland Forest Bat and Little Pied Bat, as well as habitat for seven flora species including the lancewood Acacia petraea.

Iona also includes significant rock art and cultural heritage of the Ngiyampaa people on the Cobar Peneplains. A study of the rock art of the Cobar Pediplain was completed by F.D. McCarthy in 1976 where he states, they are the “finest series of rock paintings in southeastern Australia.”

North west of Brewarrina, the 'Innisfail' property is part of the Mundiwa Aboriginal camp inhabited up until the early 1900s by Jimmie Barker and others who documented Muruwari culture.

The property is rich in biodiversity with 22 fauna and two threatened species observed, including the endangered listed Hooded Robin and vulnerable listed Grey-crowned Babbler.

The property at Innisfail also features 4,000ha of Coolibah - Black Box Woodland and riverine habitat along a 20km stretch of the Culgoa River as well as numerous other channels and waterholes on floodplains.

Following the acquisitions, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will undergo extensive planning to determine how best to protect the environmental and cultural heritage values of these new reserves. Work including feral animal control and fire management will be carried out.

These three acquisitions nearly double new additions for the 2024-25 financial year to a total of more than 73,000ha. The NSW national parks network now totals almost 7,774,000 ha.

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe stated:

“The Minns Labor Government is committed to expanding our national park network to strengthen conservation, respect and celebrate Aboriginal heritage and support regional communities.

“These reserves protect over 80 threatened species, safeguarding nature for future generations.

“This land is not only environmentally significant, but also culturally rich. Protecting sites like Winbar Caves and consulting with Aboriginal communities about management of the new acquisitions ensures Aboriginal cultural heritage is recognised, respected and protected.”

Iona Gorges of the Church Hills. photo: DECCW

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Have your say on changes gas and pipeline regulations and guidelines for NSW

The community is invited to face-to-face information sessions and an online webinar to have your say on proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for landholders and companies to negotiate land access for pipeline projects.

The Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is modernising the regulation of pipelines and creating new guidelines to clarify:

  • the roles and responsibilities for seeking land access for surveys clearer so everyone understands what is involved; and
  • what needs to be done to get agreements with landholders before compulsory acquisition can be considered by the Minister for Energy.

The government is also proposing to strengthen the requirements for operators under the Pipelines Act 1967 and Gas Supply Act 1996 including stronger penalties.

Consultation focuses on ensuring landowners and communities are fully informed and consulted on the authority to survey and compulsory acquisition procedures, so everyone is on the same page and knows what is required.

The NSW Government states it is committed to making the process for land surveys and compulsory acquisition respectful, open and transparent.

Putting clear steps in place will support better communication between parties and set minimum standards for what applicants must do.

It will also provide information on how the Minister for Energy and DCCEEW assess authority to survey and compulsory acquisition applications.

Face to face information sessions will be held at:

  • Quirindi – Tuesday 19 August, 1–2:30pm
  • Muswellbrook – Wednesday 20 August, 9:30–11am
  • Maitland – Wednesday 20 August, 2–3:30pm

Registration is required at: www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/pipelines-and-gas-supply-regulations

A webinar will be held on Wednesday, 13 August from 6–8 pm for those who can't attend in person.

Liam Ryan, Executive Director, Energy Infrastructure, DCCEEW stated:

"We have listened carefully to stakeholders who have said the processes around surveying land for pipeline routes and compulsory acquisition need to be clearer – which is why we are putting new guidelines in place to ensure landowners are fully informed and consulted.

"It is critical the community knows what steps need to be taken when the NSW Government is assessing applications for pipeline surveys and at what stage compulsory acquisition can be considered.

"I encourage landowners and interested parties in Quirindi, Muswellbrook, Maitland and surrounding areas to register and come along and meet the team in-person so we can discuss these important reforms together."

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater

Ringtail Posses 2023

Changes are brewing in the Indian Ocean. Does this mean Australia should get ready for a soggy spring?

Andrew KingThe University of Melbourne

As spring in Australia nears and the days get longer, you might be wondering what the rest of the year holds for our weather.

There are signs that changes in the Indian Ocean will bring a few wet months to our part of the world. Specifically, the Indian ocean may be entering a negative “dipole” phase.

When this happens, the tropical eastern part of the ocean is warmer than average, and the tropical western part is cooler than average.

These conditions influence moisture levels and affect circulation in the atmosphere, raising the probability of supercharged spring rains across much of Australia.

But the devil’s in the detail – and it’s too early to say all of Australia is definitely in for a drenching.

Thunderclouds form over rural setting.
A wet spring is brewing, but not yet confirmed. Petar B Photography/Shutterstock

Looking for clues in the ocean

After early autumn heat, Australia has, on average, experienced a warmer-than-normal winter to date.

July was Australia’s second-coldest in a decade. But under climate change, our winters are gradually warming. So the July just gone was considerably warmer than the typical July of the 20th century.

When it comes to rain, this winter has been fairly average so far. Parts of South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania and Western Australia are, however, in drought with some of the lowest multi-year rainfall totals on record.

Recent falls have helped in some drought-stricken areas, but more is needed.

So what do the next few months hold? For clues, we can look to the oceans around Australia.

A nation girt by sea

Australia is surrounded by the Pacific, Indian and Southern oceans. That means our climate is heavily influenced by the seas around us.

Warm or cool conditions on the sea surface often persist for long periods. This affects where weather systems form and move, and where moisture builds in the atmosphere.

In turn, this helps drive changes in rainfall and temperatures on land over months or seasons. So, understanding and predicting these ocean conditions can be useful.

La Niña and El Niño events are the most well-known type of ocean variability to affect Australia.

During a La Niña, the west Pacific Ocean warms, increasing the likelihood of rain-bearing weather systems affecting Australia. In an El Niño, water warms further east in the Pacific and Australia is more likely to be drier.

At the moment, we’re in neither La Niña or El Niño conditions and the Pacific looks set to remain in a neutral state.

The Indian Ocean is a different story, though.

How the Indian Ocean shapes Australia’s weather

The Indian Ocean Dipole – or IOD for short – involves variations in tropical sea surface temperatures.

In negative IOD events, warmer waters build up in the east Indian Ocean, and cooler waters build in the west. In positive IOD events, the opposite occurs.

Negative dipoles typically make the air over much of Australia more moist, and make low pressure over the continent’s southeast more likely. This tends to bring wetter conditions to much of Australia’s southeast in late winter and early spring.

Currently, the Indian Ocean is in a neutral state. However, the Bureau of Meteorology’s outlook points to warmer waters building in the east Indian Ocean and, possibly, a negative IOD forming. This would mean a few wetter months ahead.

Outlooks by international organisations also suggest a negative IOD may become fully fledged.

Indian Ocean Dipole events typically weaken in late spring and lose influence over Australian rainfall by November. But they can last longer.

In 2019, a positive IOD persisted into late spring and contributed to the very dry conditions that led into the Black Summer of 2019–20.

The Indian and Pacific Oceans are, of course, connected. Negative IOD events often accompany La Niña, and the two can reinforce each other to bring big rains to much of Australia.

But without a La Niña on the horizon, however, we can’t say with full confidence that Australia is in for a very wet few months, or that rainy conditions will persist into late spring.

The Indian Ocean beneath a blue sky.
Currently, the Indian Ocean is in a neutral state. ilhamk42/Shutterstock

A fast-evolving Indian Ocean

Overall, scientists know a lot less about the Indian Ocean Dipole than we do about La Niña and El Niño.

Under climate change, the Indian Ocean is rapidly warming, which is altering the IOD. But there’s more work to do before scientists fully understand this trend.

However, studies suggest if humanity’s high rate of greenhouse gas emissions continues, we’ll see more extreme IOD phases and changes in sea temperature patterns.

Already, reconstructions of the climate over the past millennium, using coral growth records, suggest we are experiencing more positive IOD events than in the past.

Variability in the Indian Ocean is important not only to Australia’s climate, but also to those of south and southeast Asia and east Africa. It’s imperative we build a clearer picture of the Indian Ocean Dipole to support climate adaptation efforts, including in some of the world’s most vulnerable regions.

More research is needed into how the IOD will change if we continue emitting greenhouse gases – or if we succeed in reaching net zero. Scientists also need to know how these changes might intersect with regional climates.

At the moment, our projections are still unclear – and this hampers our ability to adapt.The Conversation

Andrew King, Associate Professor in Climate Science, ARC Centre of Excellence for 21st Century Weather, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

World’s biggest coral survey confirms sharp decline in Great Barrier Reef after heatwave

Daniela CeccarelliAustralian Institute of Marine ScienceDavid WachenfeldAustralian Institute of Marine Science, and Mike EmslieAustralian Institute of Marine Science

Official analysis of 124 reefs on the Great Barrier Reef shows coral cover has dropped sharply after a record-breaking marine heatwave in 2024, prompting grave fears over the trajectory of the natural wonder.

Over the past few years, fast-growing corals had pushed the Great Barrier Reef’s coral cover to record highs. But those corals were known to be extremely vulnerable and one bad summer away from losing those gains.

Our new report by the Australian Institute of Marine Science (AIMS) shows these fears have been realised. The percentage of living hard coral covering the Great Barrier Reef’s surface dropped in each region we surveyed.

The recent extreme highs and lows in coral cover are a troubling phenomenon. It raises the prospect that the Great Barrier Reef may reach a point from which it cannot recover.

Another global marine heatwave

In healthy corals, tiny algae produce both the coral’s main food source and its vibrant colours. When the water gets too warm, the algae are expelled and the coral’s tissue becomes transparent – revealing the white limestone skeleton beneath. This is called coral bleaching.

Coral can recover if temperatures are reduced and the relationship with the algae is restored, but it’s a stressful and difficult process. And if recovery takes too long, the coral will die.

In June 2023, a marine heatwave bleached coral reefs from the Caribbean to the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

It reached Australia’s east coast in February 2024, causing extensive coral bleachingAerial surveys showed three quarters of 1,080 reefs assessed had some bleaching. On 40% of these reefs, more than half the corals were white.

In the aftermath, in-water surveys measured how much coral died in the northern, central and southern Great Barrier Reef. The worst damage lined up with the highest levels of heat stress.

Sharp declines in coral cover

AIMS has surveyed reefs of the Great Barrier Reef each year since 1986, in a project known as the Long-Term Monitoring Program. It is the most extensive record of coral status on any reef ecosystem in the world.

One component of the surveys involves towing an expert observer behind a boat around the full perimeter of each reef. The observer records the amount of live, bleached and dead coral. These observations are then averaged for each location, and for each of the three regions of the Great Barrier Reef.

After each monitoring season we report on the percentage of living hard coral covering the Great Barrier Reef’s surface. It’s a coarse but robust, reliable indicator of the state of the Great Barrier Reef.

Coral losses this year were not uniform across the Great Barrier Reef. On the northern Great Barrier Reef, from Cape York to Cooktown, average coral cover dropped by about a quarter between 2024 and 2025 (from 39.8% to 30%). The largest declines on individual reefs (up to 70% loss) occurred near Lizard Island.

Reefs with stable or increasing coral cover were mostly found in the central region, from Cooktown to Proserpine. However, there was still a region-wide decline of 14% (from 33.2% to 28.6%), and reefs near Cairns lost between 17-60% of their 2024 coral cover.

In the southern reef (Proserpine to Gladstone) coral cover declined by almost a third. In the summer of 2024, southern reefs experienced the highest levels of heat stress ever recorded, resulting in substantial coral loss (from 38.9% to 26.9%).

The declines in the north and south were the largest in a single year since monitoring began 39 years ago.

Despite these losses, the Great Barrier Reef still has more coral than many other reefs worldwide, and remains a major tourist attraction. It’s possible to find areas that still look good in an ecosystem this huge, but that doesn’t mean the large-scale average hasn’t dropped.

More frequent bleaching events

Mass coral bleaching is becoming more frequent as the world warms.

Before the 1990s, mass bleaching was extremely rare. That changed in 1998 with the first major event, followed by another in 2002.

Back-to-back bleaching events occurred for the first time in 2016 and 2017. Since then, bleaching has struck the Great Barrier Reef in 2020, 2022, 2024, and again this year. The impacts of this year’s bleaching event will be revealed following the next round of surveys.

The time between these events is shrinking, giving corals less time to recover. Cyclones and crown-of-thorns starfish are also continuing to cause widespread coral loss.

You’ll see in the following charts how the percentage of coral cover has changed over time. The vertical yellow lines show the mass coral bleaching events increasing in frequency.

Confronting questions

The coral reefs of the future are unlikely to look like those of the past. The loss of biodiversity seems inevitable.

But will the reefs of the future still sustain the half a billion people that depend on them for food and income? Will they continue to protect coastlines from increasing storm activity and rising sea levels? These are confronting questions.

Effective management and research into reef adaptation and recovery interventions may bridge the gap until meaningful climate action is achieved. But above all, the key to securing a future for coral reefs is reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

The Conversation

Daniela Ceccarelli, Reef Fish Ecologist, Australian Institute of Marine ScienceDavid Wachenfeld, Research Program Director – Reef Ecology and Monitoring, Australian Institute of Marine Science, and Mike Emslie, Senior Research Scientist in Reef Ecology, Australian Institute of Marine Science

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

These students cut air pollution near their schools – by taking aim at their parents’ idling cars

Aria Yangfan HuangCC BY-NC-ND
Aria Yangfan HuangDeakin UniversityAnna KlasDeakin UniversityClare WalterThe University of MelbourneKate LycettDeakin University, and Yichao Wang

At the start and end of every school day, many Australian children head to the carpark or street to get picked up. While they’re waiting, they will be breathing in a mix of toxic gases and particle pollution.

Why? Because many parents leave their car engines idling while parked. The practice leads to noticeable spikes in pollutants which can trigger asthma attacks and harm student health.

Idling is a surprisingly high cause of carbon emissions, too. Previous research suggests Australian drivers leave their cars idling up to 20% of their total travel time, producing as much as 8% of a trip’s emissions.

Our new research shows how primary school students from two Melbourne schools made a real difference using a simple, child-led solution: talking about the problem with their parents. Student-led conversations successfully helped cut idling by up to 40% during afternoon pick-up and 18% in the mornings.

At a time when many young people feel hopeless about climate change, programs like ours can help build a sense of agency and purpose.

car exhaust.
Many parents leave their cars idling while they drop off or pick up their kids from school. Matt Boitor/UnsplashCC BY-NC-ND

A solution led by students

Around schools, idling cars create pollution hotspots exposing children to harmful pollutants such as nitrogen dioxide and fine particulate matter.

Children are particularly vulnerable. They breathe in and out more often, have a greater lung surface area relative to their body size and are shorter than adults, placing them closer to vehicle exhaust emissions. Even brief exposure can increase the risk of asthma, respiratory infections and inflammation. Idling cars poses a significant and preventable health risk to children.

To tackle the problem, we created the Idle Off program. We ran three hands-on sessions for 40 students in Melbourne’s inner western suburbs, where we presented information about air pollution from vehicle exhausts and what these fumes could do to human health and the climate.

While raising awareness of issues is important, we wanted to give students the tools to make a visible change. To that end, our sessions focused on how to advocate for change. Students designed posters and wrote speeches on the topic. Some stuck posters up around car parks. Others used their prepared notes to talk to their parents about why idling was a problem worth tackling and still others spoke at the school assembly.

It worked. A week after the program, we observed a drop in idling of 18% during morning drop-off and 40% during afternoon pick-up. The differing figures make sense, because parents are often in a rush to get to work in the mornings and are less likely to turn off their cars for a quick goodbye.

poster about cars idling outside schools.
Students made posters and wrote speeches about the issue. Then they put them to work. Aria Yangfan HuangCC BY-NC-ND

Why involve children?

Transport is one of the hardest sectors to decarbonise.

But car idling is one of the easiest behaviours to change. Internationally, anti-idling campaigns have led to improved air quality. In Australia, the problem of idling has largely been overlooked.

Many young Australians experience growing climate anxiety. They know the crisis is real but often feel powerless to do anything about it.

Our research found when children are given knowledge and practical tools, their anxiety can shift into confidence and a sense of control. After the program, the number of students believing children are able to advocate for change rose from 68% to 97%. Students felt proud to be part of something that made a real difference. As one student told us:

the part that made me feel like I had made a difference was when we did [a] speech [at] assembly […] I feel like that kind of taught people what we had learned […] and then lots more people understood and told their friends and family.

The parents of our student participants also noted a growing sense of responsibility – not only in their children, but in themselves. As one parent told us:

they remind me of what I can do as an individual […] If everyone does a little bit, things can improve massively.

These reflections suggest hearing messages directly from children may make environmental messages more relatable and perhaps harder to ignore. Previous research supports this idea.

The program shows children are not only capable of understanding complex issues, but able to influence adults, shape conversations and drive actual behaviour change.

Anti-idling campaigns have gained traction in nations such as the United Kingdom. But Australia hasn’t yet followed suit. Mike Kemp/Getty

Small programs, big impact

Simple, concrete programs for schoolchildren could be used to tackle other environmental issues – especially those visible locally, such as plastic waste, recycling and energy saving.

Students, teachers and parents rated Idle Off as “highly acceptable and feasible”. Programs focused on solving problems such as this one are affordable, easy to adapt and require only basic materials and brief training for educators.

We monitored idling behaviour for two weeks. While this follow-up was short, there’s strong potential for lasting change if Idle Off or similar programs are taken up widely by schools.

Tackling car idling is one of the simplest actions we can take to cut emissions and reduce how many pollutants schoolchildren inhale.

Meaningful climate action doesn’t always require big budgets or long timelines. It can start with a hand-drawn poster on the school fence and a child who feels able to use their voice to ask adults to turn their cars off.The Conversation

Aria Yangfan Huang, PhD Candidate, School of Psychology, Deakin UniversityAnna Klas, Lecturer in Psychology, Deakin UniversityClare Walter, Lecturer in Human Sciences and Health Geography, The University of MelbourneKate Lycett, Senior Lecturer in Child Health and NHMRC Early Career Fellow, Deakin University, and Yichao Wang, Executive Dean Health Research Fellow, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

5 ingenious things trees do that human designers can learn from

Fire is killing off giant trees in Tasmania. Deep Design Lab
Stanislav RoudavskiThe University of Melbourne

Tasmania’s mountain ash (Eucalyptus regnans) is the world’s tallest flowering plant. It can grow 100 metres tall and live for more than 600 years.

These trees play a crucial role in their ecosystems, providing habitat and contributing to the overall health of the shared living world. But their numbers are dwindling due to logging, land degradation, fire and climate change.

This sad situation is indicative of a much bigger problem: humans consistently undervalue plants, despite having much to learn from them.

At Deep Design Lab, we design and build homes for wildlife, learning from successful solutions in the natural world. To compensate for the loss of large hollows in large old trees, our team has 3D-printed nest boxes for owls and other species. We have also studied what makes a good tree for birds, to replicate the design.

Our recent research on Tasmania’s large old eucalypts has given me another reason to reflect on the many things about trees that urban planners, designers and the public could learn from. Here are the top five.

A LIDAR scan of an old-growth forest showing the tallest trees in red, middle-sized in yellow and shortest in blue. Grey areas have no trees.
Aerial surveys using laser scanning provide revealing images of old-growth forest in Tasmania. Red indicates high ecological value, yellow = medium, blue = low. Grey shows areas with no detected trees. Areas that include trees of different ages and species, as well as dead limbs, produce more complex canopies and thus greater biodiversity. Deep Design Lab

1. Dead trees and fallen branches

People often cut down dead trees for fear they might fall, causing injury to humans or damage to property. They also tend to remove fallen logs and branches, to tidy up.

But dead trees provide vital habitat for wildlife. Microbes, insects, lizards, birds and mammals often prefer dead trees to live ones. That’s because dead wood is easier to digest and dead branches devoid of leaves are easier to land on, or view the surroundings from.

Exposure to diverse ecosystems also supports human health and wellbeing. So it’s much better to retain dead trees and design spaces to keep them safely in place, whether standing or fallen.

2. Old trees

Mature trees have many features younger trees don’t. These include hollows, cracks, peeling bark and large quantities of fruit, nectar and seeds.

Canopies of such trees have many more of the horizontal and dead branches that birds prefer to use.

More than 300 species of Australian native mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians use tree hollows. But suitable hollows take time to form – often hundreds of years.

Countless species of insects and microbes also flourish in tree hollows.

Designers and land managers should preserve old trees and incorporate them into the planning processes. Homeowners should also appreciate their unique contributions. With the help of trees, our urban environments could be wild, lush and green rather than clipped, neat, tidy and barren.

A composite image showing various features of large old trees.
Large old trees demonstrate fascinating design features. Top left: mosses and ‘air plants’ or epiphytes growing on the bark purify both air and water, providing food and habitat. Top right: broken branches and stringy bark support insects, reptiles, birds and mammals. Bottom left: basal hollows offer habitat and nourishment. Bottom right: fallen limbs release nutrients as they decompose. Deep Design Lab

3. Roots

Trees obtain water and nutrients through their roots. When water is scarce, the roots change shape and adapt to maximise uptake.

The environment surrounding the roots supports the growth of beneficial microorganisms and inhibits harmful ones. This regulates the growth of neighbouring plants.

Unfortunately urban design often traps roots under hard, sealed surfaces such as bitumen or concrete.

Instead, we should create permeable surfaces using soil, gravel, bark chips or perforated pavers with holes that allow the passage of fluids and gases, enabling tree root growth. Urban spaces with healthy trees are more biodiverse, resilient, cooler, moister and aesthetically pleasing.

4. Bark ‘streamers’

Strips of peeling bark called streamers, hanging from tree trunks and branches, create their own microhabitats for insects such as flightless tree crickets.

Yet the role of bark streamers is often overlooked and requires more research. Understanding their value can informed maintenance of trees that grow in cities. Such maintenance should find ways to retain or even add useful features such as streamers while also controlling for fire danger and other risks.

Our lab is also interested in using bark streamers to design artificial features that could improve the ecological value of younger trees.

Such features can also add new home for wildlife to human-made structures such as building surfaces or utility poles. This approach might provide shelter or perching opportunities in places where natural trees cannot grow, for example on rooftops or near gas pipes.

In this image of a tree trunk, artificial intelligence (AI) was used to identify objects at the branch scale. Blue = trunk, purple = branches, red = leaves, yellow = bark streamers, grey = surrounding vegetation.
Bark streamers are yellow in this laser scan, which quantifies and captures the geometry and distribution of these features to providing blueprints to guide design. Deep Design Lab

5. Litter

The leaves, seeds, twigs and branches that fall to the ground enrich the soil, retain moisture and provide habitat for fungiinsects, and other organisms.

However, in urban areas, humans often remove this material for aesthetic or safety reasons, disrupting ecological interactions. As a result, trees are deprived of nutrients and risk drying out. Meanwhile, small plants, insects and fungi die. Animals, such as lizards and birds, must leave.

Designers and the public should find ways to retain organic litter using socially attractive strategies. This may include creating designated wild zones, putting up interpretive signage to explain what’s going on, or modifying maintenance practices to preserve ecological benefits while meeting public expectations.

A laser scan of the forest floor with objects identified by artificial intelligence.
Laser scanning offers a different view of the forest floor. These shapes can be used in designs of urban surfaces, border stones and street furniture. Deep Design Lab

Plants as designers

Humans tend to value forms of intelligence that resemble their own brain-based cognition and discount other forms of problem-solving and innovation.

The capacity of trees to construct supportive habitats for themselves and other organisms requires further research. Ecosystems are dynamic and complex, so our knowledge is far from complete.

In response, our lab examines trees and their functions using technology such as laser scanning, computer modelling and digital fabrication. We recognise, preserve and encourage the formation of patterns made of branches, leaves, roots and dead wood.

By taking tips from these natural designs, humans can create more sustainable and resilient environments for themselves and other living beings.

Comparative analysis of living and artificial branches. Top: branch segments identified in scanned tree data. Bottom: a potential replacement design assessed against the same constraints.
Comparative analysis of living (top) and artificial (bottom) habitat structures. Numbers and colours indicate suitability for perching. Yellow indicates high suitability, blue = low suitability. Artificial branches are not nearly as valuable as a real large old tree but can provide important habitat features where biological trees will be too young for hundreds of years or cannot grow. Deep Design Lab

With thanks to my co-creators Julian Rutten and Alexander Holland of the Deep Design Lab, who co-authored the original research and contributed to this article.The Conversation

Stanislav Roudavski, Founder of Deep Design Lab and Senior Lecturer in Digital Architectural Design, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Economists want a carbon price comeback – but does Australia have the political courage?

The Conversation, Mick Tsikas/AAP, David Crosling/AAP, Shutterstock
Felicity DeaneQueensland University of Technology

Bold economic ideas are flowing ahead of this month’s roundtable convened by the Albanese government, aimed at boosting Australia’s productivity and economy, and repairing the budget. Among the biggest ideas to emerge is: should Australia resurrect its carbon price?

Many respected economists say the answer is a firm yes. Among them are former Treasury secretary Ken Henry, policy expert Rod Sims, and Ross Garnaut, a leading economist and former Labor climate advisor.

Of course, Australia has had this discussion before. In 2012, after much political debate, the carbon price established by Julia Gillard’s minority Labor government began. Two years later, partisan politics had killed it off.

Carbon pricing is clearly the most economically efficient way to tackle climate change, in Australia and around the world. But getting the policy back on the national agenda will take great political courage.

Why are we talking about this now?

Carbon pricing is not new – the theory underpinning it dates back to the early 20th century.

As the theory goes, pollution caused by the production of goods and services imposes a cost on society. If polluting companies don’t cover that cost, society bears it instead.

A carbon price forces industry to emit less by, for example, investing in cleaner technologies or energy efficiency. If a business continues to emit greenhouse gases, it pays a financial penalty.

The policy can take several forms, such as an emissions trading scheme or direct carbon tax.

Under Labor, Australia’s central climate policy is the “safeguard mechanism”, which limits emissions from about 220 of Australia’s most polluting facilities.

One major problem with the policy, however, is that companies can buy carbon credits to reduce their overall emissions – on paper, at least. Carbon credits represent emissions reductions made elsewhere. But carbon credit schemes are plagued by claims they do not lead to real emissions reduction.

And the safeguard mechanism targets only large industrial facilities, when many other parts of the economy contribute substantial greenhouse gas emissions. But a carbon price, depending on its design, can encourage emissions cuts across the economy.

submission to the government roundtable by the Superpower Institute – the brainchild of Garnaut and Sims – argues a carbon price would neatly address the main economic conundrums Australia is grappling with.

As Garnaut noted in a speech last week, Australia is on a trajectory to miss its renewable energy targets, largely due to insufficient investment. He pointed to the Capacity Investment Scheme, expansion of which the federal government announced last week. The scheme uses taxpayer dollars to underwrite new renewables projects.

Garnaut says the scheme was valuable, but poses a risk to the federal budget. He called on the government to redesign its emissions-reduction strategy around a carbon price, describing it as “the most economically efficient tax reform available to Australia at a time when we need budget repair”.

The comments follow those of former Treasury secretary Ken Henry, who has a coveted seat at the roundtable. Henry last month described the Gillard-era carbon price as “the world’s best carbon policy”, and asked “Why the hell did we ever drop it?”

Among Australia’s best economic minds, momentum for the policy has been building. Indeed, a 2023 survey by the Economic Society of Australia asked 50 leading economists about the best way to reach net-zero emissions. The most popular answer? A carbon price.

The evidence is in

The argument for carbon pricing is backed by academic research.

study published last year examined 21 carbon pricing schemes and found at least 17 yielded immediate and substantial emission reductions, despite a low carbon price in most instances.

And a large study in 2020 analysed 142 countries over more than two decades. In countries with carbon prices, the average annual growth rate in emissions was about two percentage points lower than countries without one.

The extent of emissions reductions depends on the mechanism and price applied to emissions. Had the Gillard government’s carbon price remained in place, for example, analysis suggests Australia would have saved 72 million tonnes of emissions between 2012 and 2020.

But would a carbon price fix the budget deficit? It’s not a silver bullet. However, it could be part of a reform package that also includes a higher goods and services tax (GST) or a tax on superannuation.

Together, the changes would mean Australia was less dependent on income tax revenue – a tax system that can place a disproportionate burden on young people and future generations.

Carbon pricing can, if not well designed, unfairly impact lower income-earners, by increasing electricity and other costs. But with the right fiscal measures, people in need can be supported through the transition – as occurred under Gillard’s policy.

It’s time to act

Australia is a leading coal exporter – and one of the world’s highest per capita emitters. It will also feel some of the worst effects of climate change.

So we have very good reasons to adopt the best possible emissions reduction policy.

Of course, carbon pricing was a poisoned chalice for the Gillard government, and famously fell victim to partisan politics, as experts predicted.

Ultimately, Labor was defeated in 2013 by the Abbott-led Coalition, which had campaigned to repeal what it branded a “carbon tax”.

But now, Treasurer Jim Chalmers says nothing is ruled in or out of discussion at next month’s roundtable. With many of the nation’s most celebrated economists in the room, the idea of a carbon price is unlikely to be quickly dismissed.The Conversation

Felicity Deane, Professor of Trade Law and Taxation, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From ‘reef-friendly’ sunscreens to ‘sustainable’ super, greenwashing allegations are rife. Here’s how the claims stack up

Belle Co/Pexels
Riona MoodleyUNSW Sydney

Going “green” is not just good for the environment and climate, it can also be great for business. Consumers increasingly demand eco-friendly goods and services, and are willing to pay more for them.

But consumers aren’t always getting what they paid for – as evidenced by a number of high-profile “greenwashing” legal cases in Australia.

Greenwashing occurs when a business falsely markets its products and services as sustainable or good for the environment or climate. It is a form of misleading and deceptive conduct, and considered illegal under various Australian laws.

So, let’s take a look at the array of products and services involved in recent greenwashing claims, and how to avoid getting duped.

1. Garbage bags

In April this year, the Federal Court fined Clorox Australia A$8.25 million after finding the company falsely claimed its GLAD-branded kitchen and garbage bags contained “50% ocean plastic”.

The court found the bags were partly made from plastic collected from communities in Indonesia up to 50 kilometres from a shoreline, and not from the ocean or sea.

2. Superannuation

The Federal Court fined superannuation trustee, Mercer Superannuation (Australia) Limited, $11.3 million in August last year after it admitted to making misleading statements about its “Sustainable Plus” investment options.

The products were promoted as excluding investments in companies involved in the fossil fuel, gambling and alcohol industries. These representations were found to be false and misleading since the products did, in fact, include investments in each of those industries.

In March this year, the Federal Court found Active Super trustee LGSS made false and misleading statements about its ESG (environmental, social and governance) credentials. It imposed a $10.5 million penalty.

LGSS claimed the Active Super fund had eliminated investments risky to the environment and the community, including coal mining and oil tar sands. The claims were found to be untrue. In fact, LGSS held investments in various coal and oil companies, including Whitehaven Coal.

3. Ethical investment

In March last year, the Federal Court found investment giant Vanguard misled investors by claiming its $1 billion ethical bond fund would exclude certain fossil fuel investments.

The fund had, in fact, invested in activities associated with oil and gas exploration, including oil pipelines in the United States and Abu Dhabi and a petroleum company in Chile. Vanguard was fined $12.9 million.

4. Sunscreen

The ACCC has launched legal action against Edgewell Personal Care Australia (and its US-based parent company) over their Hawaiian Tropic and Banana Boat sunscreens.

Edgewell has claimed the sunscreens are “reef friendly” because they do not contain oxybenzone or octinoxate – chemicals banned in some countries due to the damage they cause to coral reefs.

But the ACCC claims the sunscreens contain other ingredients which either cause, or risk causing, harm to reefs. It says Edgewell has no reasonable or scientific basis to promote the environmental benefits of Hawaiian Tropic and Banana Boat sunscreens.

The manufacturer is contesting the ACCC’s allegations. An Edgewell spokesperson, quoted in The Guardian, said the company firmly stood by the products’ claims.

5. Carbon offsets

In May this year, EnergyAustralia reached a settlement with non-profit group Parents for Climate, which accused the energy giant of greenwashing its “Go Neutral” carbon offset product.

Under the scheme, EnergyAustralia sold energy sourced primarily from fossil fuels, while promising to “offset” related emissions by buying carbon credits.

Parents for Climate claimed customers were falsely led to believe their energy use under the scheme would not contribute to climate change.

As part of the settlement, EnergyAustralia apologised to customers for not being clear and acknowledged that “offsets do not prevent or undo the harms caused by burning fossil fuels for a customer’s energy use”.

How to spot greenwashing

While greenwashing litigation is helping to reshape corporate behaviour, consumers have an important role, too.

ASIC and the ACCC have issued guidelines to help businesses avoid greenwashing. Those resources are also useful for consumers.

First, beware vague, unsubstantiated labels such as eco-friendly, green or sustainable. As the ACCC’s guidelines observe, “without further qualification or clarification, consumers can easily be misled that the product, service or business is better for the environment than is actually the case”.

If vague words are used without explanation, concerned consumers should ask the company for clarification and evidence.

Watch out for businesses making selective claims about a product’s benefits while hiding its negative attributes.

For example, a clothing manufacturer might claim its new product line is “eco-friendly” because it uses recycled polyesters. But it might fail to acknowledge the negative environmental impact of water use when dyeing the products or emissions involved in transporting them to consumers.

To avoid this trap, investigate the brand’s history. Has it found to have been greenwashing in the past? Is it transparent about where it sources its materials or how the products are made?

And what about financial products? If a firm hasn’t provided adequate information about its sustainability claims, ask for verification.

You can also compare the environmental performance of a product with industry peers.

By learning how to make more informed choices, consumers can drive change through their purchasing power.The Conversation

Riona Moodley, Lecturer in Law, UNSW Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia can hit an 85% emissions cut by 2035 – if government and business seize the moment

Ian Waldie/Getty Images
Anna MalosMonash University and Anna SkarbekMonash University

Discussions are hotting up over Australia’s 2035 emission reduction target, which the federal government is due to reveal by September this year. It will be a crucial announcement, for several reasons.

The target signals to the world whether Australia is willing to do its fair share to tackle global warming. The decision will also guide Australia’s pathway to its net-zero goal. And it will be closely watched by Pacific nations urging Australia to step up on climate policy.

The government has been awaiting final advice from the independent Climate Change Authority before announcing its decision. The authority’s draft advice suggested an indicative 65–75% cut to emissions by 2035.

We are confident Australia can achieve this – and go further. Our modelling suggests emissions reduction up to 85% is achievable. A stronger target also makes economic sense, by positioning industry to make the most of Australia’s competitive advantages on the road to a net zero economy.

Building momentum

Under the Paris Agreement, to which Australia is signed up, nations must submit a series of plans outlining proposed emissions reductions.

Australia’s current plan commits to a 43% cut in emissions by 2030, based on 2005 levels. The next plan will identify ambition out to 2035 – and importantly, actions to get there.

recent ruling by the International Court of Justice found countries are legally obliged to prevent harms caused by climate change. This increases pressure on all governments to set a target in line with scientific evidence on limiting global warming to 1.5°C.

The target is not just about fulfilling Australia’s international obligations. As United Nations climate chief Simon Stiell said last week, an ambitious 2035 target would maintain Australia’s strong economy and high living standards. Doubling down on clean energy, he said, was “an economic no-brainer”.

The road to success

Our analysis shows how far Australia can go. In late 2023, modelling by Monash University’s Climateworks Centre, undertaken with CSIRO, examined potential pathways for Australia to cut emissions in line with the Paris Agreement.

It showed with decisive and increased action across all sectors of the economy, Australia’s emissions could reach 85% below 2005 levels by 2035, while still meeting energy demand.

Our work shows there are opportunities across all sectors. These includes:

  • electrifying buildings and making them more energy efficient
  • significantly higher uptake of electric vehicles
  • faster uptake of electrification and hydrogen in the industrial and resource sectors
  • reducing emissions from agriculture through measures such as adding algae to livestock feed and using different fertilisers
  • expanding tree planting and technologies to capture carbon in soil.
An electric vehicle parked next to a row of chargers
Reaching an ambitious climate target would require significantly higher uptake of electric vehicles. Darunrat Wongsuvan/Shutterstock

A strong 2035 target is not only sensible and achievable – it will set up the economy is to compete for trillions of dollars in global investment in the net-zero transition.

Some businesses and investors are already developing transition plans to build on government action and tap into opportunities.

There are other positive signs. They include a recently published tool, supported by the federal government, which helps investors determine if their capital supports activities aligned with the goals of the Paris Agreement.

Australia’s states and territories have set the foundation. As of December 2024, their combined emissions reduction targets totalled a 66–71% reduction in national emissions by 2035.

But state goals cannot be met without federal action on emissions reduction. Likewise, the federal government could set a stronger emissions-reduction target, confident in the knowledge state and territory policies were pulling in the same direction.

Getting over the humps

While Australia can feasibly go big on emissions reduction, there are barriers to overcome.

A rapid expansion of renewable energy is vital if Australia is to meet its climate goals. This requires support from communities being asked to host renewable energy infrastructure – so-called “social license”.

Governments are seeking to address this. In Victoria and NSW, for instance, explicit programs aim to increase the benefits communities receive from hosting projects. But there’s more work to do.

Green commodities produced in Australia, such as iron and steel, offer huge economic benefits and can help our global trading partners decarbonise. However, global demand for green products must ramp up to make this a reality.

Governments have an important role in building these new markets. For example, they can strike international trade agreements involving joint transition plans, and cooperate to harmonise green standards.

The federal government has made a good start on this, via policies such as Future Made in Australia and the National Reconstruction Fund. Additional measures are needed to build demand.

Of course, the right policy mix, plus business and investor action, will bring major benefits for everyday Australians.

Renewable energy, for example, is the cheapest form of new power, helping address household energy costs.

And energy-efficient homes are not just more climate-friendly – they are also more comfortable.

A golden opportunity

Australia’s 2035 target is a golden opportunity to show global leadership, and set ourselves up as a renewable energy superpower. A suite of other policies can help bring the goal to fruition.

The federal government will this year release a plan guiding Australia’s transition to net zero emissions by 2050, covering six major parts of the economy.

Other relevant policy reviews over the next few years involve the National Electricity Market, as well as the Safeguard Mechanism which limits pollution from Australia’s major industrial emitters.

And the federal government will this month convene a major economic roundtable. Setting and implementing a 2035 emissions reduction target is crucial to a resilient economy and should underpin economic reforms that flow from the talks.

The challenges for Australia are clear – but so too are the opportunities. With the right plans and policies in place, the federal government can set the economy up for success.The Conversation

Anna Malos, Climateworks Centre Country Lead, Australia, Monash University and Anna Skarbek, Climateworks Centre CEO, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Climate-fuelled El Niño events are devastating butterflies, beetles and other tropical insects

Nigel StorkGriffith University and Adam SharpUniversity of Hong Kong

Insects are arguably the most important animals on the planet. Their variety is unparalleled in nature, and they carry out vital tasks such as pollinating plants and providing food for other animals.

But all is not well in the insect world. Research over the last few years has shown sustained declines in insect species and numbers. It appeared Earth was witnessing a global-scale crash in insects – and climate change was partly to blame.

The evidence was mostly confined to temperate regions in the Northern Hemisphere. But our new research – published today in Nature – shows it’s also happening in the tropics, where most of Earth’s species live.

We found significant biodiversity loss in spiders, as well as insects including butterflies and beetles. The likely culprit is long-term changes to the El Niño cycle, caused by climate change. It suggests the life-support system underpinning the tropics is at serious risk in a warmer world.

Uncovering the effects of El Niño

El Niños vary massively across tropical regions, but are often characterised by hot and dry conditions (as opposed to the cool and moist conditions of La Niña).

Alternating El Niño and La Niña events can naturally cause many insects to come and go. That’s due to changes in temperature and moisture levels which can affect insect breeding, life cycles and behaviour.

But as climate change worsens, strong El Niño events are becoming more frequent and intense. We wanted to know how this affected insects in tropical regions.

To find out, we examined 80 existing studies of insects in relatively pristine tropical forests – mostly from the tropical Americas. We linked that data to measures of strength in El Niño and La Niña through time.

We found cause for concern. El Niño events appear to cause a rapid decline in both insect biodiversity, and the ecological tasks they perform. These trends were persistent and highly unnatural.

Several types of insects have become more rare in the tropical Americas over recent decades. These included butterflies, beetles and “true bugs” – insects from the order Hemiptera distinguished by two sets of wings and piercing mouthparts used to feed on plants. Butterflies in tropical Asia were also declining.

The strongest declines were in rare insects that would naturally decrease during El Niño. These insect populations would usually bounce back in a La Niña. But climate-fuelled El Niños are causing many populations to fall so far, they cannot recover.

Drastic changes to forests

Our findings suggest the diversity of tropical insects could be chipped away with every El Niño event. This is not just a problem for the species themselves, but other parts of the ecosystem that depend on them.

Our research also involved modelling the decomposition and consumption of leaves by insects across the tropical Americas, Asia and Africa. Both processes are crucial to the health of tropical forests.

Decomposition fluctuated in line with the abundance of termites, which are probably the most important decomposers in the tropics. And worryingly, the amount of live leaves consumed by insects appears to have crashed in recent decades. This correlated strongly with the crash in butterflies and beetles.

These drastic changes may have implications for food webs and other organisms that rely on insects.

a black beetle
The diversity of tropical insects could be chipped away with every El Niño event. Li Ajang/Shtterstock

A difficult future ahead

Our research could not take in the huge diversity of tropical insects – most of which have not yet been formally described by scientists. But it points to a difficult future for insects – and their habitats – as climate change worsens.

Little data exists on insect numbers in Australia’s Wet Tropics, in Queensland. However, monitoring work is underway at facilities such as the Daintree Rainforest Observatory. Such projects will help us better understand changes in insect biodiversity under climate change.

More research is also needed at other locations around the world. Given the fundamental role insects play in supporting life on Earth, the urgency of this work cannot be overstated.The Conversation

Nigel Stork, Emeritus Professor in the Centre for Planetary Health and Food Security, Griffith University and Adam Sharp, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Invertebrate Ecology and Conservation, University of Hong Kong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Perito Moreno became the world’s first superstar glacier – but now it’s set to disappear

Neil GlasserAberystwyth University

Glaciar Perito Moreno was once considered a rarity: one of Patagonia’s only stable glaciers. But scientists have found the glacier is now in sudden and probably irreversible retreat – and this collapse is a warning for the world’s remaining ice.

Perito Moreno is unusually accessible for such a large and spectacular glacier, with nearly 700,000 visitors a year. Fed by abundant snowfall high up in the Andes, the glacier descends through beech forest to end in Lago Argentino. From here, tourists can get up close and personal on a specially constructed observation deck to watch as icebergs break off the front of the glacier, a process called iceberg calving. Icebergs regularly crack off the ice front and tumble into the turquoise lake below. But now, it’s on the verge of disappearing.

boat in front of large glacier front
Tourists can take boat trips close to the glacier. Pablo Caridad / shutterstock

While 90% of Patagonia’s glaciers are shrinking, Perito Moreno has long been the exception thanks to its unique setting. The glacier flows into a narrow channel of Lago Argentino, where it sometimes advances far enough to block one arm of the lake entirely. This forms a natural ice dam, cutting off water flow and causing water to build up behind it. When the pressure becomes too much, the dam bursts.

These ruptures typically happen every few years, but timing can be unpredictable. The glacier been stable up to now and has not been shrinking because it terminates in relatively shallow water where it bumps into the opposite shore.

Map of glacier and lake
The south-west portion of the sprawling Lago Argentino. The glacier (bright white, left centre) cuts off one arm of the lake, causing the colour change. The red pin marks the viewing platform. Google MapsCC BY-SA

But this is all about to change, as years of reduced snowfall and warmer summers have weakened the glacier. A team of scientists based in Germany and Argentina have tracked its changes over time, and used satellite data, helicopter-mounted radar and lakebed mapping to predict its future behaviour.

In a new study published in the journal Communications Earth & Environment they report that the glacier’s surface has lowered sharply in recent years, and it’s now retreating faster – while the ice itself is flowing more quickly. They believe Glaciar Perito Moreno will never advance again onto the opposite lake shore.

Instead, it is predicted to keep pulling back further into the lake, encountering deeper and deeper water, which will only accelerate its collapse. That’s because glaciers calve more rapidly in deeper water. The authors predict the front of the glacier will soon begin to float, making it even more unstable.

Satellite image of Perito Moreno
A zoomed in version of the same satellite image shows how Perito Moreno bumps into the opposite shore. Google MapsCC BY-SA

The glacier is entering a phase of very rapid and probably irreversible retreat. Tourists may see more dramatic calving in the short term – but they’ll be watching the slow disappearance of one of Patagonia’s iconic natural wonders. Eventually, they’ll be unable to see the glacier at all, as it recedes back into the mountains behind.

A worldwide decline

The retreat of Perito Moreno will represent more than a missed photo opportunity – it’s symptomatic of what’s happening to mountain glaciers around the world. Glaciers are melting faster than ever recorded. Since 2000, mountain glaciers have lost more than 6,500 billion tonnes – or 5% – of their ice. In Iceland, they’ve even held funerals to mark the death of glaciers.

As these glaciers melt, they return their stores of freshwater to the oceans, pushing sea levels higher. If they melted entirely, mountain glaciers would raise global sea-levels by 32cm (just over a foot). We’re some way off that point, but this does mean people living along the coast are likely to feel the impact of melting glaciers.

The effects will also be felt far inland. As glaciers retreat, they can trigger huge floods as lakes backed up behind the ice and their moraine dams suddenly empty when the natural dam bursts. These so-called glacial lake outburst floods are a growing threat to 15 million people worldwide.

Other catastrophic events can be linked directly to glaciers changing. For instance, in May 2025 the Birch Glacier in Switzerland collapsed when a chunk of nearby mountain broke loose and fell into the ice. The resulting avalanche completely destroyed the village of Blatten. In cases like these, close monitoring and early evacuation save lives.

There are other human consequences related to water supply. Glaciers act as natural freshwater reservoirs; storing winter snow and releasing meltwater through the year. Hundreds of millions of people rely on them for drinking water, farming and sanitation. When the glaciers disappear, so does that steady supply of water.

The projected loss of Glaciar Perito Moreno is not just a problem for Patagonia. It is an icy warning of what lies ahead for the world’s remaining glaciers.The Conversation

Neil Glasser, Professor of Physical Geography, Aberystwyth University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Body rolls and headbanging: we found cockatoos have 30 different dance moves

Sergei Ginak/Getty
Raf FreireCharles Sturt University

Companion cockatoos are renowned for their problem-solving and intriguing characters. It’s no surprise these large, long-lived and intelligent parrots are known to display complex behaviour.

Owners often film their birds dancing to music and post the videos to social media. Snowball, a famous dancing cockatoo, has been shown to have 14 different dance moves.

We wanted to find out more about the dance repertoire of cockatoos and why they might be doing this. In our new research, we examined videos of dance behaviour and played dance music to six cockatoos at an Australian zoo.

These birds weren’t just doing a side step or bobbing up and down. Between them, they had a rich repertoire of at least 30 distinct moves. Some birds coordinated their head bobbing with foot movements, while others undertook body rolls. Our research shows at least 10 of the 21 cockatoo species dance.

If we saw this behaviour in humans, we would draw a clear link between music and dancing and interpret the behaviour as enjoyable. After watching cockatoos voluntarily begin dancing for reasonable lengths of time, it was difficult to reach any conclusion other than cockatoos most likely dance because it’s fun.

A Goffin’s cockatoo dancing while a Guns and Roses song plays.

How many moves does a cockatoo have?

Dancing is complicated. To dance to music, animals need to be able to learn from others, imitate movements and synchronise their movements. These complex cognitive processes are only known to exist in humans – but evidence is emerging for its presence in chimpanzees and parrots such as cockatoos.

To catalogue the dance moves of cockatoos, we began by studying videos of the behaviour. We analysed 45 dancing videos and recorded all distinct moves.

The five species in these videos were the familiar sulfur-crested cockatoos and little corellas, as well as Indonesian species such as Goffin’s cockatoos, white cockatoos and Moluccan cockatoos.

Across the videos, we spotted 30 movements, including 17 that hadn’t been described scientifically. We also observed 17 other movements, which we classified as “rare” because they were only seen in a single bird.

Head movements were the most common dance move, especially the downward bobbing motion. Half of all videoed cockatoos performed this move.

figure showing popular cockatoo dance moves.
The ten most common dance moves across all five species include bobbing up and down, headbanging and going side to side. Zenna Lugosi/Author providedCC BY-NC-ND

Dancing – but not to music

Once we catalogued the moves, we then tested whether music could elicit this behaviour in captive cockatoos who weren’t kept as companions.

We undertook a playback experiment with six adult cockatoos at Wagga Wagga Zoo in New South Wales, comprising two sulfur-crested cockatoos, two pink cockatoos and two galahs.

Over three sessions, we played a piece of electronic dance music on repeat for 20 minutes and recorded any responses on video. We repeated our experiment with no music and again with a podcast featuring people talking.

All six cockatoos we studied showed some dancing behaviour at least once over the three sessions. But the rates of dancing weren’t any higher during the playing of music – it was similar to dancing during silence and the podcast.

We don’t fully know why this is. One possibility could be because we played music to existing male-female pairs, and the social environment alone was sufficient to trigger dance behaviour.

Why do cockatoos dance at all?

To find out whether the cockatoo species most prone to dancing were those most closely related, we analysed similarities across species. Goffin’s cockatoos and white cockatoos had the most similar moves, while Goffin’s cockatoo and little corella were the furthest apart.

But this clashed with genetics, as Goffin’s cockatoos are most closely related to little corellas. This suggests dancing behaviour may not be connected to genetic links.

Interestingly, these behaviours are mainly recorded in companion birds. Music playback in the online videos does seem to encourage the bird to keep it going for longer than likely to be seen in zoo or wild birds. These dance moves might represent an adaptation of courtship display movements as a way to connect with their human owners.

Other researchers report being able to trigger dancing behaviour in an African grey parrot and a sulfur-crested cockatoo with music. But the zoo cockatoos in our playback study didn’t respond the same way. This suggests there may be an element of learning to respond to humans.

A galah bobs and side steps while a song plays. But it’s not clear the movements are a response to the music.

It’s usually easy to tell if a human behaviour is play or not. But in animals, it can be much more difficult. Researchers define a behaviour as play if it meets four criteria: it occurs while animals are relaxed, it’s begun voluntarily, has no obvious function and appears rewarding. Cockatoo dancing would meet all four of these criteria.

By contrast, repetitive behaviours such as pacing seen in animals kept alone in small cages would not be play – it’s not rewarding and the animals don’t seem relaxed. Parrots kept in poor conditions exhibit self-harming behaviours such as constant screeching and feather pulling.

Captive parrots have complex needs and can experience welfare problems in captivity. Playing music may help enrich their lives.

For cockatoo owners, this suggests that if their birds are dancing, they’re feeling good. And if they’re busting out many different moves in response to music, even better – they might be showing creativity and a willingness to interact.


Acknowledgement: Honours student Natasha Lubke is the lead author of the research on which this article is based.The Conversation

Raf Freire, Senior Lecturer in Animal Behaviour and Welfare, Charles Sturt University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Government delivers world-first foot and mouth vaccine to protect livestock industries & food supply

August 4, 2025

In a world-first, the Minns Labor Government and international biotechnology leader, Tiba BioTech, have developed a breakthrough foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) vaccine that is fast to produce and will see Australia become one of the few nations with the capacity to produce its own vaccine.

FMD is a highly infectious viral disease that affects cattle, sheep, goats, and pigs. It remains widespread globally and is endemic in many countries, particularly in Africa, Asia and Middle East.

The development of this new vaccine is part of the Minns Government’s $1 billion biosecurity plan to protect the state’s $8 billion livestock industry and Australia’s food security.

Australia is one of the few fortunate countries free of FMD but if a widespread outbreak was to occur it would have a catastrophic impact on meat supply and exports costing the Australian economy up to $80 billion.

The aim of the vaccine is to protect our community from the potential dramatic impact from FMD on the supply of meat, milk or lamb into Australian supermarkets due to reducing domestic livestock, disrupted processing and transport, and potential shortages for consumers.

As a result of the vaccine’s development, Australia is now one of only a handful of countries with the local capacity to produce a FMD vaccine.

Developing this capacity to guard against emergency animal diseases is a critical priority for the Minns Government to protect our agricultural industries and build a better economy.

The vaccine has taken less than 18 months to develop and has cost about $2.5 million. The work is part of a $20 million project funded by Meat & Livestock Australia (MLA) and the NSW Government.

This FMD vaccine is an mRNA vaccine which is unique in that it is fully synthetic making it safer and much faster to produce.

Using this technique, the vaccine can be manufactured without the use of infectious material. This is an important consideration for safely managing an outbreak and the overall response.

The vaccine is now undergoing further testing to demonstrate it meets the standards set by the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority (APVMA) before it can be approved for use in an emergency if there was a FMD incursion into Australia.

The project is a consortium of local and international partners with the biotechnology leader, Tiba Biotech, the NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development, Meat & Livestock Australia, the German Friedrich –Loeffler Institut.   

Local manufacture of mRNA animal vaccines is supported by the University of NSW’s RNA Institute who have a demonstrated capacity to manufacture mRNA vaccines.

In recent overseas trials, vaccinated cattle exposed to the virus did not contract the disease and importantly did not shed the virus to infect others.

Minister for Agriculture, Regional and Western NSW, Tara Moriarty, said:

“The delivery of an FMD vaccine is part of the Minns Labor Government’s commitment to safeguarding livestock from key biosecurity threats and ensuring the state’s agriculture industry can thrive.

“Developing local manufacturing capacity to produce vaccines against emergency animal diseases is a critical priority for the Minns Government so that we can protect Australia’s livestock industries, our economy and our food supply.

“The Minns Government is determined to build a better agricultural sector and grow our livestock industry and that is why we have invested a historic $1.05 billion into biosecurity.

“We have a plan we are implementing to strengthen our research sector and have funded an additional $100 million into modernising the state’s research and development program so it can keep on delivering world class work like this vaccine.

“If diseases like Foot and Mouth were to enter the country it would cause major disruptions to the livestock industry and catastrophic market impacts across rural Australia, so this breakthrough is greatly received.”

Meat & Livestock Australia Managing Director, Michael Crowley, said:

“While we hope an FMD vaccine is never needed, the research is a proactive approach to managing biosecurity risk.

“FMD is present in nearby countries to Australia and is front of mind for industry in terms of potential biosecurity risks.

“Australia is one of a fortunate number of countries with FMD-free status and an incursion would have serious implications for our industry and trade.

“While vaccination may not necessarily be required in the event of an incursion, this research confirms the Australian livestock industry is proactive and prepared.”

Tiba Biotech Chief Financial Officer, Peter McGrath, said:

“We're proud to contribute to safeguarding Australia’s livestock industry and the future of animal health with this breakthrough next-generation solution.

“Unlike current mRNA technologies, our vaccines can be stored long-term at standard refrigeration temperatures and at room temperature for at least one month - a critical advantage in livestock applications.

“Our focus now shifts to working closely with regulators to ensure the vaccine meets the highest standards of safety and effectiveness for livestock and consumers.

“Livestock mRNA vaccines offer a safe, efficient and effective approach to enhancing animal health, benefiting both the agricultural industry and consumers.”

NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development Virology Laboratory Manager, Dr Peter Kirkland, said:

“This vaccine research investment plays a vital role in protecting Australia’s multi-billion-dollar livestock industries, safeguarding the communities that depend on them and maintaining access to critical export markets.

“There is no mRNA vaccine currently registered for use in livestock in Australia and delivering the first shows the way for the nation’s research and development sector.

“If this mRNA vaccine now moves to being approved by the APVMA, it would offer biosecurity advantages.

“It would allow Australia the ability to differentiate between vaccinated and infected animals, which could support a speedier return to normal domestic production and international trade in the event of an emergency animal disease outbreak.”

Foot-and-mouth disease would devastate Australia’s graziers if it got in. Here’s how a new vaccine might help

Eric Buermeyer/Shutterstock
Timothy J. MahonyThe University of Queensland

It sounds innocuous. But foot-and-mouth disease is one of the world’s most economically devastating diseases affecting livestock.

When this highly contagious virus infects cattle, many develop painful blisters. Some die, but the real damage is longer term. Milk yields drop sharply for dairy cows and overall health takes a hit. While the disease can infect other cloven-hoofed animals such as sheep, cows are the worst hit.

The last outbreak in Australia was in 1872. But three years ago, foot-and-mouth arrived in Indonesia, triggering widespread alarm and new biosecurity measures. If the virus made it to Australia, it would put livestock exports at real risk. Graziers are also on edge about the government’s decision to open the door to beef imports from the United States.

When an outbreak is detected, authorities usually have to cull huge numbers of animals to prevent it spreading. But now another option is emerging – a new locally-produced mRNA vaccine able to be tailored to specific viral strains.

If the vaccine proves safe and effective, it could let authorities respond rapidly to any outbreak by vaccinating animals in a ring around any outbreak.

cows in australia.
Australia’s 30 million cattle would be at risk if the virus arrived and spread. William Edge/Shutterstock

What’s so bad about foot-and-mouth?

The virus which causes foot-and-mouth disease is extremely contagious. Many other infectious animal diseases only spread between animals in close proximity. But this virus can spread through the air and survive on surfaces for a long time.

The widespread and persistent damage it does to animal health, milk output and fertility is enough to make it a real concern for big farming nations such as Australia.

Livestock exporters rely on Australia’s status as a nation free of major animal diseases. This status means animals and animal products can be freely exported to many nations.

If foot-and-mouth entered Australia, it would devastate the export trade. Many countries would stop buying Australian animals and animal products to stop the virus getting into their own disease-free herds.

In 2001, an outbreak of the virus in the United Kingdom was detected after it had already spread widely. To control it, authorities culled over six million animals. It cost the industry an estimated A$16 billion in damages.

These mass culls are done because the virus is so contagious. Authorities have to race against its spread.

burning carcasses sheep and cattle after disease.
To control the 2001 foot-and-mouth outbreak in the United Kingdom, authorities had to cull millions of animals and burn their carcasses. Odd Andersen/AFP via Getty

How would this vaccine fit in?

It’s unlikely Australia’s 30 million cattle would be preemptively vaccinated against the virus.

This is for several reasons. While vaccines help animals fight the virus, preemptive vaccination could actually affect Australia’s disease free status, as vaccination can make it harder to detect an outbreak. Immunity tends to last less than a year. The virus has many different strains, which makes it harder to get full protection. Any vaccine has to match the dominant strains in a region.

If foot-and-mouth got into Australia, the main goal would be to eradicate it as quickly as possible. Otherwise, the virus could jump into feral herds of pigs, goats and deer, after which it would become very difficult to control.

If the virus was detected early and confined to a small area, authorities would most likely lock down animal movement in the area and slaughter the affected herds.

But if the virus was detected late and a wider outbreak was under way, authorities would have to launch a different response. This would involve creating blockages to the virus as quickly as possible. Vaccinating animals in the wider area would act to create a barrier to the virus spreading, alongside other measures such as restricting animal movement and culling.

Vaccines for foot-and-mouth aren’t new. Stockpiles already exist overseas, and Australia would be able to access these in the event of an outbreak.

There are two reasons this new mRNA vaccine is a significant development.

First, it’s being locally produced, making it easier for authorities to ramp up a response at the speed required.

Second, mRNA technology offers the ability to rapidly tweak vaccines to match new strains. This would likely boost how effective it is. mRNA vaccine production can be scaled up very quickly too.

While the technology seems promising, it’s not guaranteed. Livestock vaccines have to pass rigorous regulatory checks to ensure they’re safe for the animals and for human consumers.

man looking in cow's mouth for disease signs.
Authorities have to respond quickly to foot-and-mouth outbreaks. Pictured: an Indonesian animal health officer inspecting a cow’s mouth for blisters on the outskirts of Jakarta after the virus emerged in 2022. Wulandari Wulandari/Shutterstock

What’s next?

The news of this new vaccine for foot-and-mouth is welcome. But it’s not a silver bullet.

Australia has long relied on stringent biosecurity measures to protect its large agricultural export industries. To boost their effectiveness, authorities have also rolled out new technologies such as one of the world’s best livestock tracking systems. Each cow in Australia has a unique ID tag. The tag records where the animal has been over the course of its life.

If there’s an outbreak of an infectious disease such as foot-and-mouth, this tracking data will be invaluable. Authorities will be able to see where infected animals have been and which others may have been exposed.

Vaccines, culling and tracking might sound like overkill. But this simple virus cannot be underestimated.The Conversation

Timothy J. Mahony, Professor of Animal Health and Director, Centre for Animal Science, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week One August 2025 (July 28 - August 3)

 

Killing of Ruskin Rowe Heritage Listed Tree 'authoritarian'

Pittwater residents have called the way the council has killed a tree community members stood vigil around a year ago authoritarian and lacking transparency. 

Residents of the street were informed in a letter dated July 23, two days out from Tree Day 2025, that the tree, a flooded gum, was judged to be one that was at risk of failure and dropping branches.

The tree in the cul-de-sac had been an exclusion zone since in early December- i.e completely fenced off. One of the tree lopper's ground crew made a pile of all the branches that had fallen in that exclusion zone since December and through several major wind and storm events since then.

This is the pile...:

photo supplied

Months after the Northern Beaches Council announced it had commissioned another independent arborist report on the condition of the two E.Grandis (Flooded gum), the outcome of that report arrived in the same manner that began this saga in May of last year;  a last-minute letter to residents.

The council decided, based on this report, to remove T2 (outside of 29 Ruskin Rowe) and retain T1 (in the centre of the cul-de-sac). The removal was slated for this week, although residents weren't informed on which day this would occur. 

The letter advised the tree would be replaced by 'an advanced locally indigenous species, Angophora costata' (Sydney Red gum).

The Angophora costata has a wide root system; based on a mature size specimen with a trunk diameter between 40cm to 50cm, a tree would require approximately 28m3 to 34m3.

Canopy Keepers requested a copy of the report before the scheduled removal, and awaited confirmation that this will occur. 

''We think this a reasonable request in the interest of transparency.''  the Pittwater founded community organisation stated

''We question the length of time it has taken for council to make public the findings of a report that they’ve had since February.

''We also worry that the proposed management strategy for T1 (e.g. “reducing significant load-bearing branches over the road"- which we are concerned will be live limbs) will, contrary to its intended purpose of safety, instead produce a higher risk of branch failure by impacting the overall condition of the tree, creating asymmetry in the canopy – thus potentially destabilising it, and reducing its naturally developed mechanical ability to withstand weather events.''

''One fact that has never been in question is that both trees are in an incredibly quiet location with no static targets within +50m. The chances of a branch falling on a moving target is extremely low, and outside of major wind events even lower. Removing one tree and potentially harming the other still seems excessive in light of this.''

''Canopy Keepers is following up with Council on a number of issues to do with questioning any live trimming and the planned replanting of an appropriate size and species.'' the group said on July 28

Exactly 7 days later, July 30, the trucks rolled into Ruskin Rowe again to cut down T2 and prune T1.

The street was closed in its entirety, and police tried to move Canopy Keepers members, who were peacefully observing, and other residents on

photo supplied

Canopy Keepers said:

''We've watched a sapling in the work zone, over 5 metres tall and not scheduled in the scope of works, being cut down. So someone needs to be here to hold them to account.

The contractor's vehicles are unmarked, the crew aren't wearing branded shirts and the company's name has been gaffer taped over on a service vehicle. It all feels covert and wrong.''

''Questions still remain unanswered regarding the heritage status of these trees. Ruskin Rowe is a heritage conservation area.

''We have been advised that the overlay includes street trees, which would mean that the council needed to make an application to remove them. We've asked to see this approval but have been met with silence.''

Another resident stated:

" We first asked the question in March of this year and several times since. Why is it so hard to get answers? Reading Pittwater LEP2014 relating to Heritage Conservation Areas, the objective is 'to conserve the environmental heritage of Pittwater' - well that’s definitely not what’s happening here, now as the chainsaws howl."

Another observed a pair of Kookaburras looked on the entire time, unsettled, darting in and out of the trees and down onto the felled limbs. Kookaburras are territorial. These trees are. or were, their home.

The main trunk was taken away, as the other two trees already killed had been, in one section - video recording showing it looked as sound as a bell - or living tree.

screenshot from CK video of the Ruskin Rowe gum tree trunk

branches woodchipped and left - photo supplied

Eucalyptus grandis, also known as flooded gum or rose gum, is known as a source of nectar and pollen for bees, and a food source for koalas - which used to traverse this part of Avalon before being made locally extinct due to the removal of their food trees. The wood of Eucalyptus grandis is used for various purposes, including construction and furniture making.

Eucalyptus grandis, found on coastal areas and sub-coastal ranges from Newcastle in New South Wales northwards to west of Daintree in Queensland, can exceed 80 metres in height and live for over 100 years in natural forests.

Pittwater residents are already calling for a Tree Management Policy that is specific to Pittwater - others have renewed their call for the reinstatement of their council, a Pittwater Council that is For, About and By Pittwater.

The displaced wildlife, and gap in the canopy of the local environment through the council's killing of yet another Pittwater giant, comes just two weeks after it adopted its Tree Management Policy.

Ruskin Rowe tree guardians 2024

the remains, July 31, 2025 - photos supplied

Newport job site: run off into Pittwater

Dear Editor

This is the old Sirsi Marina at the Crescent Road Newport - every time it rains this is what washes into the Bay. This affects all the fish, people, kayaks, dragon boats, sailors, and birdlife that enjoy the bay.  And the development that they are still trying to get approved is for 8 house with 9 x 22 meter boats that will intrude further into the bay past these original pens.

Pittwater Resident, August 2, 2025

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay 2025 AGM + Free Screening of Ocean with David Attenborough 

Date: Tuesday, 20 August 2025

‍Location: Mona Vale Surf Club

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay warmly invites you to our Annual General Meeting, an evening of reflection, storytelling, and shared vision for the future of our bay.

We’ll begin with welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP for Pittwater, followed by a free screening of Ocean with David Attenborough — a stirring film that captures the beauty and fragility of our marine world.

This screening is free, but spaces are limited. Please register online to secure your seat here.

Event Schedule

  • 6:00 PM – Doors open
  • 6:15 PM – Welcome remarks by Jacqui Scruby MP
  • 6:30 – 8:00 PM – Screening of Ocean
  • 8:00 PM – Annual General Meeting (open to questions)
  • 9:00 PM – Close

Steering Committee Nominations Now Open

FoBBB members have the opportunity to nominate individuals for our Steering Committee. If you'd like to nominate a member, please download and complete the nomination form and email it to info@bonginbonginbay.org.au by 13 August 2025.

As outlined in our constitution, nominations must:

  • Be submitted in writing
  • Be signed by two members
  • Include the nominee’s signed consent

Not a Member Yet?

We welcome all members of the community to join Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay and support our mission to protect the bay and secure marine sanctuary status by 2027. Together, we can make a lasting difference for our ocean and future generations.

We look forward to seeing you on August 20th!

IPART Draft Report on the review of prices for Greater Sydney from 1 October 2025: Have your say

On Thursday July 31 IPART has released draft prices for WaterNSW bulk water services in the Greater Sydney region, from 1 October 2025 to 30 June 2028.

Tribunal Chair Carmel Donnelly said WaterNSW is responsible for owning, operating and maintaining dams in NSW, and capturing, storing and supplying bulk water to Sydney Water, a small number of local councils and about 60 business customers in the Greater Sydney region.

“Bulk water customers such as Sydney Water then treat and distribute that water to residential and business customers in Greater Sydney,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Bulk water pricing can therefore affect the price residential and business customers pay for the water they buy from Sydney Water and Wingecarribee, Shoalhaven and Goulburn Mulwaree councils.”

Under IPART’s draft decisions, over the 3 years to 2027-28, WaterNSW’s Greater Sydney bulk water prices would increase by around 10.4% per year before inflation. For a typical Sydney Water residential customer, IPART states this would add about $7 to bills in 2025-26, $20 to bills in 2026-27 and $31 to bills in 2027-28 before inflation.

Ms Donnelly said the Tribunal’s draft decisions are based on careful consideration of a range of factors including the need to support safe, reliable and efficient water catchment, storage and supply services in the Greater Sydney region.

“The Tribunal also considered stakeholder submissions received during a public hearing and in response to a November 2024 Issues Paper and a May 2025 Information Paper,” Ms Donnelly said.

“Our aim is to set prices that mean customers of WaterNSW only pay what is required to efficiently deliver bulk water services.”

“The draft prices we have set in this report are lower than WaterNSW’s September 2024 proposal to increase prices by around 14% per year. However, some increases in prices are necessary to allow WaterNSW to maintain its assets and continue to deliver reliable services that the community expects.”

Stakeholders can download a copy of the report from IPART’s website and provide feedback on the proposed prices for WaterNSW until Monday 25 August 2025.

Chapter 9 (Draft Prices) of the IPART Draft Report states:

Fixed charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s fixed charges would increase to around $203.7 million in 2025-26, which is a 11.6% nominal increase. The fixed charge in 2027-28 would be around $248.7 million ($2025-26), which is around a 36.2% increase from current prices.

For other customers the fixed charge would increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then increase by around 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ fixed charges would increase by around 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Fixed charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to around $131 in 2025-26 which is a 13.1% increase. The fixed charge would be approximately $160 ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.8% increase from current prices.

Usage charges are increasing for all customers under our draft decisions

Over the 3-year determination period, under our draft decisions:

• Sydney Water’s non-drought usage charge would increase to $100.50/ML in 2025-26, which is a 19.6% nominal increase. The same usage charge in 2027-28 would be $121.70/ML ($2025-26), which is around a 44.8% increase from current prices.

For other customers the non-drought usage charge would generally increase by around 13.1% in nominal terms to 2025-26, then generally increase by 10.4% plus inflation each year.

• Wingecarribee Shire, Shoalhaven City and Goulburn-Mulwaree councils’ non-drought usage charges would increase by 13.1% in 2025-26 and by 37.8% to 2027-28. The dollar increases are different for each council.

• Non-drought usage charges for raw water customers would increase to $0.86/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 13.2% increase. The same charge would be $1.05/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 38.2% increase from current prices.

• Non-drought usage charges for unfiltered water customers would increase to $1.49/kL in 2025-26 which is around a 12.9% increase. The same charge would be $1.82/kL ($2025-26) in 2027-28, which is around a 37.9% increase from current prices.

 Overall, when comparing current prices (2024-25) to 2027-28 prices, our draft decisions for Sydney Water are that the:

• Fixed charge would be approximately 11.6% higher in 2025-26 from 1 October, including inflation. This is then followed by increases of around 10.4% plus inflation on 1 July 2026 then by around 10.6% plus inflation on 1 July 2027. In 2027-28 the fixed charge would be $248.70 million. The average price per annum from 2025-26 to 2027-28 would be around $225.76 million per year. 

''Your feedback will help us make our final decisions for the maximum prices WaterNSW can charge for its services in Greater Sydney. We will release our final decisions in September 2025 with prices to take effect from 1 October 2025.'' IPART states

Sydney Water has proposed the increase in water charges, now drafted in the latest IPART Draft Report, to fund infrastructure upgrades to address the city's growing population. 

IPART states in its report that the proposed bill increases under its draft decisions are lower than the 14% real increase per year put forward by WaterNSW in its June 2025 submission to our Information Paper (its alternative revenue request). 

''Our proposed prices are lower because our review of efficient expenditure has indicated that not all of the increases in expenditure that WaterNSW proposed are necessary or efficient for this next 3-year period.

We propose to set WaterNSW’s notional revenue requirement (NRR) for Greater Sydney to $824.8 million for the 3-year determination period.''

Read the Draft Report

Make a Submission

Previously:

622KG of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - This Sun 3 August 3 - 4pm. From September, times will revert to 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

Coastal and Estuary Grants Program: guidelines for applicants 2025–26

The program underpins the implementation of the coastal management framework and supports local councils and communities to achieve the state’s long-term vision for the coast. 

The program supports local councils in managing the coastal environment of New South Wales in a manner consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development for the social, cultural and economic wellbeing of the people of the state.

Grant funding enables local councils and communities to prepare coastal management programs and implement actions identified in those programs. Grant offers are subject to statewide priorities and the availability of funds each financial year.

The 2025–26 funding round for the planning stream is open. Funding for the implementation stream opened on 24 July 2025.

Councils may apply for actions listed in certified coastal zone emergency action sub plans following a significant erosion or coastal inundation event and when the department deems the round open.

The planning stream for the 2025–26 funding round is open and closes 30 June 2026. The implementation stream for the 2025–26 funding round is open on 24 July 2025 and closes 4 September 2025.

Coastal and estuary management grants awarded and project summaries

Coastal and estuary management grants are awarded each year.

2024–25

Funding for these projects came from the NSW Government Coastal and Estuary grants program. The program awarded $4,051,820 to 29 projects in the implementation stream and $1,114,156 to 4 projects in the planning stream.

Northern Beaches Council 

Freshwater Beach south dune stabilisation – $24,895 awarded

This project supports the issues raised in the coastal dunes management strategy for Freshwater Beach to achieve reduced sand blow-outs, improved dune condition by weed control and revegetating with native coastal species, and formalising pedestrian movements through dune systems. The aims of the project include fencing to formalise access and exclusion areas for revegetation, returning loose sand to the foredune or beach area with sand scraping, and reducing erosion with sand trapping fencing and coir logs.

North Avalon dune stabilisation – $32,653 awarded

This project aims to manage the most northern dune bay at North Avalon Beach through sand scraping, reducing beach erosion due to ongoing impacts from climate change induced storm events, formalising access by restoring access fences, and dune stabilisation with wind erosion control and replanting with native coastal vegetation.

2023–24

Funding for these projects came from the NSW Government Coastal and Estuary grants program. The program funded 35 projects in the implementation stream, awarding $11,368,708, and to date, 16 projects in the planning stream, awarding $2,061,936.

Northern Beaches Council

Collaroy-Narrabeen Coastal Management Program – $150,001 funding awarded

The coastal management program for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach will set the long-term strategy for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach, focusing on achieving the objectives of the Coastal Management Act 2016 and replacing the coastal zone management plan for this location. The project will include stages 2, 3, and 4 of the preparation for a coastal management program.

Curl Curl dune stabilisation – dune bay 2 – $48,849 funding awarded

The project aims to build on achievements from similar past projects that have successfully fenced, stabilised and replanted dune bays with strong community support and participation. The main elements of the project are formalising beach access points, fencing the entire bay to protect new plantings, managing and stabilising dune systems, beach scraping to mitigate immediate coastal erosion risk, and restoring natural defences.

Freshwater Beach – dune bay 2 stabilisation – $43,208 funding awarded

Freshwater Beach is one of the most visited beaches on the Northern Beaches. As a result of uncontrolled access at the front of the dune, regular encroachment has resulted in the loss of native vegetation and blowouts resulting in sand inundation. The project aims to limit access with fencing after minor sand scraping, removal of identified Weeds of National Significance, and followed by replanting of native coastal species.

Narrabeen Beach dunes restoration and weed control – $34,381 funding awarded

The project involves restoration of a degraded dune system and will encompass weed control, fencing and revegetation. There are 4 dune bays included in this project, totalling approximately 1.2 hectares in an area that contains coastal dune vegetation. There has been significant erosion on the foredune due to recent successive storms and considerable blowouts in the mid-dune sections. The project aims to control invasive weeds, stabilise the dune to minimise erosion with revegetation using native plantings and protect the endangered plant species.

Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance on Friday October 8, 2021 - Panorama by Kevin Murray.

Tricking herbivore noses to aid plant conservation: local species include Grevillea caleyi Haloragodendron lucasii 

On Friday August 1 2025 the NSW Department of Environment and Heritage revealed some details of a research project currently underway.

Across New South Wales, many threatened plant species are at risk of extinction simply because too many are being eaten – by both invasive herbivores, like goats and deer, and native herbivores, like wallabies. We try to protect these plants using fencing, repellents or other methods that focus on controlling herbivores. But each approach has limitations. They can be expensive, harmful to the animals or ineffective. We are yet to find a long-term, effective way to stop herbivores eating threatened plants.

Now, researchers at the University of Sydney are leading a trial of a new method – using and altering odours to confuse herbivores and reduce plant browsing. They are testing this promising ‘odour misinformation’ method, working with the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water’s Saving our Species program and NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service. The team is testing the method on some of our most valuable plant species across the state, funded by the NSW Environmental Trust.

Smelling a new solution

Swamp wallabies and other herbivores rely heavily on their sense of smell when deciding what to eat. They use not just taste but the smell of plants from further away to choose which ‘plant neighbourhoods’ to forage in. Studies have shown that:

  • herbivores tend to avoid areas that smell of low quality (less tasty) plants (Pietrzykowski et al 2003)
  • high-quality (tasty) plants are less likely to be eaten when surrounded by these low-quality neighbours, something known as associational refuge (Stutz et al 2015).

It’s some of these high-quality plant species that are under threat from herbivores. But relying on low-quality, neighbouring plants to help protect high-quality plants has its drawbacks. The neighbouring plants can compete for resources, like water and nutrients. That’s where odour misinformation has a unique advantage. We can replace real low-quality neighbours with just their smell. From afar, herbivores smell information that tells them the area is mainly low quality, and they stay away, leaving the threatened plants untouched.

A bonus is that we don’t need to create the exact smell of the low-quality plants – which can include hundreds of different chemical compounds. We use a new method to work out the few, specific, smelly compounds that herbivores use to find or avoid those plants. This makes our job much easier.

The sniff test – focus species and field trials

This method is now being trialled to protect 4 threatened plant species in New South Wales. Each species has unique challenges, including the threat of being eaten by herbivores:

  • Haloragodendron lucasii (Endangered) is found at only 4 known sites in northern Sydney and Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park.
  • Caley’s Grevillea (Grevillea caleyi – Critically Endangered) survives in fragmented populations in Sydney’s northern suburbs (Terrey Hills to Mona Vale and Ingleside escarpment), including Ku-ring-gai Chase and Garigal national parks.
  • Bossiaea fragrans (Critically Endangered) exists only within an area near Abercrombie River, south of the Bathurst region.
  • Granite zieria (Zieria obcordata – Endangered) is known only from small populations near Bathurst and Wellington in central NSW.

Up until now, it has been hard to protect each species from herbivores. Odour misinformation may offer a non-invasive and cost-effective method that works when other methods are costly or unsuitable.

Where we’re at

So far, the trial has gathered camera evidence confirming that these 4 plant species are being eaten by either native or invasive herbivores. We’re now in the experimental phase, testing our odour misinformation methods at sites for all 4 species. Motion-activated cameras are helping us assess whether herbivores visit and browse less.

These trials will continue through most of 2025 to test how well the method works in the long term. Early signs are promising, and we’re excited to see whether tricking herbivore noses could be the next big step in plant conservation.

Caley's Grevillea seedling that shows no signs of being eaten by herbivores. Image credit: DCCEEW

Caley's Grevillea seedling that shows signs of being eaten by herbivores. Image credit: DCCEEW

Sydney University staff inspect a site used in a study on changing the smell of threatened plants to protect them from herbivores. Image credit: DCCEEW

Sydney University staff presenting research at a seminar. Image credit: Erica Mahon/DCCEEW

Australia Post announced its latest round of Community Grants on April 30 2025, listing among the New South Wales Recipients ''First Hand Solutions Aboriginal Corporation, Grevillea Caleyi Revival''

IndigiGrow's "Grevillea Caleyi Revival" project aims to revive the critically endangered Grevillea Caleyi plant species in Sydney. Funds will be used for soil, pots and trays and water to support propagation.

This will be great news to the Ingleside Grevillea Caleyi Baha’i Temple Bushcare Group, with members stemming from Pittwater Natural Heritage Association, who have worked for years to save Grevillea Caleyi.

Grevillea caleyi, now critically endangered. Image taken in Bush at Ingleside/Terrey Hills verges - picture by A J Guesdon, 31.10.2014.

George Caley wrote in his 'An Account of a Journey to the Sea in the month of February 1805', of the plants discovered along his route. According to his diary, Caley set out from Macarthur’s farm at Pennant Hills on Monday February 18th 1805. He headed east northeast. As he approached the coast, the date not precisely recorded, he collected near a place he called ‘Seasight Hill’, later established as near Belrose, a Grevillea to which he gave the name ‘E. [Embothrium] pinnatum’. 

Caley's four-day journey, ‘An Account of a Journey to the Sea in the month of February, 1805’, took him  through present day St Ives to Belrose and then down through the bush to come out above where the Narrabeen Fitness camp now is. He reached Narrabeen Lagoon and the sea on February 20th, 1805. He returned by the upper reaches of Middle Harbour (Caley 1805).

He was accompanied by 'Daniel' or 'Moowat''tin' (c1791-1816) an Aboriginal Australian Darug man from the Parramatta area. There are a number of other spellings of his name, including Mow-watty, Mowwatting, Moowatting and Moowattye, which is said to mean 'Bush Path' and clearly infers how George Caley managed to find his way to Narrabeen from Pennant Hills. 

Mr. Caley (June 10, 1770- May 23, 1829) was sent to Australia by Joseph Banks as a botanical collector on the "Speedy." He arrived in 1800 and settled at Parramatta, and soon afterwards set out the Botanical Gardens, becoming Superintendent. Some records indicate he sent over 10, 000 specimens back to Sir Joseph Banks in England. Many of those specimens have the annotation in Caley's hand of "got by Dan".

Robert Brown, considered ‘the father of Australian botany’, had a great admiration for Caley and had collected with him while in Australia. He wrote - 

‘Grevillea is probably the most extensive genus of Proteaceae in New Holland. Besides the Proteaceae described or noticed in this paper, I am acquainted with several very beautiful species chiefly of Grevillea and Persoonia, discovered in New Holland by Mr George Caley, a most assiduous and accurate botanist, who, under the patronage of Sir Joseph Banks, has for upwards of eight years been  engaged in examining the plants of New South Wales, and whose numerous discoveries will, it is hoped, be soon given to the public, either by himself, or in such a manner as to obtain for him that reputation among botanists to which he is well entitled.’ (Brown 1810a: 170).

Robert Brown, in a paper published in 1830, after first giving consideration to the name Grevillea blechnifolia’, a name recorded on several specimen sheets at the time, ultimately named a plant Grevillea caleyi in his honour, (Brown 1830: 22). 

Mr. Caley is also recognised in the orchid genus Caleana (the Flying Duck Orchid) and in Viola caleyanaBanksia caleyi, and Eucalyptus caleyi.


Grevillea caleyi, drawn 1832 by William Jackson Hooker (1785-1865)

At Ingleside and in some areas surrounding Grevillea caleyi is still present although it is now listed as a critically endangered species in New South Wales and at the Commonwealth level (gazetted May 30th, 2014). 

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association was coordinating a project funded by Greater Sydney Local Land Services and the NSW Office of Environment and Heritage Saving Our Species program. 

First Hand Solutions Aboriginal Corporation (FHS), based at La Perouse, was established October 2012 with a mission to build empowered, resilient indigenous communities through cultural reconnection, education, employment and enterprise.   

FHS combines social innovation, cultural protection, education and social enterprises to bring significant positive change to a variety of social indicators including reducing prisoner reoffending, caring for children and the elderly, community regeneration, financial inclusion, employment and building pathways to further education, and employment (including self-employment through small business).  

It has three projects Blak Markets, IndigiGrow and National Indigenous Art Fair.

Their latest update on their Grevillea Caleyi project shares:


New data reveals land clearing rates in NSW Have risen 40% across the state

The Nature Conservation Council of NSW is calling for urgent protection of rural bushland after Government data released 28th July 2025 shows a dramatic jump in land clearing rates. 

New South Wales’ latest land clearing data shows we are wiping out over 66,000 hectares of the Australian bush each year – that's equivalent to bull-dozing Sydney’s Royal National Park four times over. 

“The jump in land clearing across NSW by 40% during Labor’s first year of governing is a major red flag. The Government needs to get moving on its election commitment to 'end runaway land clearing’,” Nature Conservation Council NSW CEO Jacqui Mumford said. 

“Just last month the state’s foremost scientific scorecard – the State of the Environment Report – signalled that nature was getting worse across the board, with vegetation clearing a major driver of biodiversity decline.  

“Destroying native bushland directly kills and displaces native animals, opens land up to erosion and weed invasion and decreases the health of the landscape. 

“If we continue on the current trajectory, scientists predict NSW will lose nearly 500 wildlife species to extinction within the next century.

“The data released today is yet more evidence that NSW’s environmental laws are too weak.  

“We’re calling on Premier Chris Minns to do as promised and strengthen habitat clearing laws urgently.” 

Some of the highest land clearing rates are occurring in the western part of the state, which is home to the last populations of endangered malleefowl and critically endangered red-tailed black-cockatoos in NSW.   

“Today’s findings are not surprising. When the previous government scrapped the Native Vegetation Act in 2016 we saw land clearing rates triple, and since then it’s remained out of control,” Ms Mumford said. 

The data released confirmed agriculture as the biggest driver of land clearing in NSW. In 2023, 77% of all clearing was due to agriculture – or 51,201 hectares. 

It also showed that woodland and forest clearing on private land climbed particularly sharply.  

“Tens of thousands of hectares of private land covered with habitat, that could have supported koalas and other species, were cleared in just 12 months, and the creatures that call those trees home are paying the price,” Ms Mumford said. 

“Currently, agricultural businesses can bulldoze bushland, including koala habitat, without any independent assessment, due to regulation changes by the previous Liberal National Coalition Government. That needs to end.

“The Labor Government promised to rein in land clearing before the last election, but it's still a free-for-all.”  

Greens MP and Environment Spokesperson Sue Higginson said:

“Land clearing in New South Wales is like a runaway train under this Minns Labor Government and it’s wiping out 66,000 hectares of bushland a year and showing no signs of slowing down.” 

“I think most people in NSW would be horrified to learn that land clearing is 40% worse under the Minns Labor Government than it was under the Liberal National Coalition Government, but that is the reality these figures show.”  

“The Liberal National Berejiklian Barilaro Government made catastrophic changes to land clearing laws to allow more rural land clearing, and since then the problem has only been getting worse. The Liberals and Nationals have made a huge mess and it’s now Labor’s responsibility to clean it up - but instead of taking action, they’re sitting on their hands while the problem gets worse.” 

“We are well on the way toward mass extinctions and ecosystem collapse unless we reign in land clearing, and that means reform to make our environmental laws stronger, an end to native forest logging and more support for farmers to invest in sustainable agriculture practices.”

Background: 

  • The latest data produced by the NSW Government as part of its annual Statewide Land and Tree Study (SLATS) survey shows that 66,498 hectares of NSW bush was destroyed across the state in 2023 through agriculture, native forestry and development. This is a 47% increase from 45,252 hectares cleared in 2022. 
  • Based on average yearly land clearing rates, since coming to Government in March 2023 around 192,525 hectares of native vegetation may have been cleared by private landowners. 
  • At the 2023 state election the Labor Government made commitments to: ‘stop excess land clearing, strengthen environmental protections and reform the biodiversity offset scheme’. These commitments are also articulated in their Plan for Nature. 
  • In 2023 77% of all vegetation cleared was on agricultural lands, 15% due to private native forestry and 8% attributed to infrastructure development. 
  • Clearing native vegetation directly kills and displaces native animals. Over time, the effects of habitat fragmentation and disturbance can lead to invasion by weeds and further deteriorate the condition and habitat values of the remnant vegetation. 
  • According to the latest NSW State of the Environment Report report cards, of the 1000 plant and animal species listed as threatened in NSW only 50% are predicted to be living within 100 years time (i.e. 500 species will be extinct in 100 years). 

Critically endangered red-tailed black-cockatoos. Photo: Euan Moore.

Sydney Basin Koala Network’s 2025 Report

Sydney Basin Koala Network’s 2025 annual progress report gives the NSW Government a fail for its slow to no progress on crucial corridors and legislative reform for koalas. Our koalas in the Sydney Basin are at crisis point but with growing community support, we can further ramp up our campaign.

Image: The approval of the Cumberland Plain Conservation Plan allowed clearing of intact critically endangered Shale Sandstone Transition Forest. The cleared woodland at Macquariedale Road in Appin (left) was home to a breeding ground of SW Sydney Koalas. Displaced koalas are at higher risk of road strike and disease from stress. This habitat was also in the Ousedale Creek Koala Corridor - the only East-West corridor that the CPCP is maintaining in Macarthur.

Our report, with key contributions from the Environmental Defenders Office and expert ecologists Biolink finds: 

  • Record koala deaths on the roads of South-West Sydney
  • Damaging development occurring before measures to protect Koalas leading to their demise
  • Refusal to intervene to save a vital 116ha Koala corridor in Campbelltown, despite our research showing up to 60% of the last Koala generation being struck by vehicles in this LGA.
  • No follow through with announced enhancements to the CPCP with planning proposals being approved without following mitigation guidelines.
  • Properties within the new Georges River Koala National Park footprint trading on the open market.
  • No changes made to the flailing Koala Strategy, the Koala SEPPs, the BC Act or the LLS Act.

Our 2024 report showed Koalas in the Sydney Basin were in decline, yet legislation to protect koalas still remains in limbo, while damaging development continues at pace. This 2025 report shows record koala deaths in South-West Sydney as a direct result of this development. The Planning and Environment Ministers must strengthen protections and amend development plans to maintain safe travels across the region for our precious koala populations. 

Image: While koalas have been found to be declining in the Sydney Basin, vehicle strike is rising at an unsustainable rate

Through our work with local community groups, more councils in the Sydney Basin are committing to actions to understand their local koala populations via vegetation mapping and population surveys, but they are hamstrung on legislative protections by a NSW Government unable to act with the urgency our endangered koala populations require. Currently the Environment and Planning Ministers are shuffling deck chairs on the titanic with small, piecemeal announcements, while their just released NSW State of the Environment report shows every marker for Native forests and threatened species as poor. 

Image: NSW Government progress on key recommendations by the EDO

We are now calling for the NSW Government to urgently:

  1. Reform the Biodiversity Conservation Act (BCA) to strengthen protection for koalas (and other species).
  2. Protect and restore Mallaty Creek habitat corridor in Campbelltown LGA for koalas with an additional wildlife crossing on Appin Road to mitigate the unprecedented amounts of roadkill on Appin Road, as previously advised by koala experts.
  3. Apply a scientifically robust definition of koala habitat to legal frameworks and apply this to all LGAs with koala sightings so all councils can quickly proceed with habitat mapping and Comprehensive Koala Plans of Management.
  4. Apply the Chief Scientist corridor advice for Campbelltown and Macathur across the Sydney Basin, connecting the South-West with the North West, and the North-West to the lower Hunter and zone corridors as C2 to prevent fragmentation.
  5. Reform the LLS act to end code based clearing and remove the outdated 1990 regrowth rule.
  6. Scrap the unscientific Rural Boundary Clearing Code to prevent fragmentation of habitat.
  7. Curb urban sprawl and ongoing fragmentation of bushland
  8. Ensure any new transport routes do not clear and dissect koala corridors
  9. Undertake a strategic supply plan to reduce ad-hoc quarry development on koala habitat.
  10. Prohibit logging of Koala Habitat.

Read our report in full here: SBKN 2025 Annual Progress Report

Email your local MP with our plan to save Sydney Basin koalas here: tec.good.do/rescueplanforkoalas/rescue-plan-koalas

South-West Sydney Koala. Photo: Patricia Durman

Warranmadhaa National Park announced

On July 30 2025 the NSW Government announced it is establishing a national park along the Georges River in south-west Sydney to protect koalas and secure their habitat. Warranmadhaa (Georges River Koala National Park), located between Long Point and Appin, covers 962 hectares. Work is already underway to grow the park with more land transfers planned into the National Park system which will protect up to 1,830 hectares of habitat.

The government states that the Warranmadhaa National Park delivers on its commitment to establish a koala national park along Georges River under the Cumberland Plain Conservation Plan.

The Cumberland Plain Conservation Plan aims to establish approximately 73,000 more new homes in Western Sydney.

The name 'Warranmadhaa' refers to the woodland areas between the Nepean and Georges Rivers near Appin, which relates to the southern area of the park. The name was chosen in close consultation with Traditional Custodians, the Tharawal Local Aboriginal Land Council and the local Aboriginal community.

The government states the new national park will also provide local communities with access to nature-based recreation to meet significant demand for quality green and open space, subject to the provisions in a future adopted plan of management.

Establishing the park will involve:

  • transferring existing public lands within the proposed park to the National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) by September 2026
  • acquiring additional land within the footprint of the park longer term
  • working with Traditional Custodians, Elders and Western Sydney’s Aboriginal communities to repair, protect and enhance the health and wellbeing of Country
  • using expert environmental and cultural specialists to develop strategies to safeguard the unique environmental and cultural heritage of the park
  • developing a plan of management and concept plan that set out the long-term vision for the park
  • ongoing community engagement
  • developing a strategy for visitor infrastructure to welcome visitors to the park.

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe stated:

“This new national park is one of the most important in the state for koala conservation, protecting almost 1,000 hectares of vital koala habitat in south-west Sydney and delivering on our promise to safeguard this iconic species.

“$48.2 million has been committed to establish and manage this park, ensuring long-term protection for the south-west Sydney’s koalas.”

In 2018, the Australian Labor Party initially promised a 4,000-hectare koala park along the Georges River if it won the federal election.

However, the 2023 election commitment from the Minns Labor government was to establish a 1,800-hectare protected corridor for koalas in the region.

The previous coalition NSW government also made koala park announcements in the region, announcing but never establishing 

Map showing the area of Warranmadhaa National Park along the Georges River. Supplied: NSW government

Warmer with a chance of ice: hailstorms could hit Australian cities harder

Report by Melissa Lyne, UNSW

New research from UNSW shows climate change could cause hailstorms to get worse in some of Australia’ s most densely populated cities.

Climate change might cause hailstorms to become more damaging in some Australian cities, a study on future hail trends published July 29, has found. This includes the capital cities of Sydney, Canberra, Melbourne and Perth.

In analysing simulations of weather in a warmer world, “we’re seeing an increase in hail size over some capital cities”, says lead author Dr Tim Raupach from UNSW Sydney’s Institute for Climate Risk and Response.

“Our projections also show hailstorms becoming more frequent in Brisbane, Sydney, and Canberra,” he says.

Yet, Dr Raupach says, while projections are helpful, there’s still a lot we don’t know. For some cities, like Adelaide, the simulations don’t show major changes.

“More research is needed to better address the complexities in modelling hail.”

Bigger stones, more often

From smashed windscreens in Sydney to ruined crops in Queensland, hail is one of nature’s most dramatic – and costly – displays.

Hailstorms were responsible for more than 20% of insured losses in Australia from 1967 to 2023.

The damage is largely driven by the size of hailstones – and the stones can get big. Australia’s record near Mackay, Queensland was around 16 cm across – more than double the diameter of a cricket ball.

While massive hailstones like these are rare, they’re not impossible. Dr Raupach says more intense storms in the future could increase the chances of large-diameter hail.

“We looked at changes in hailstone size between simulations of historical and future periods,” he says.

“And we can see increases in hail size produced by the model around Sydney, Canberra, Melbourne and Perth.

“For example, in past simulations, very large, 10 cm hailstones were expected once every 20 years around Melbourne. But in a warmer future, it’s once every three years.”

What makes a hailstone?

Hailstorms rely on warmth to start, so usually occur in the spring and summer months, when warm air from the land or ocean is pushed up into cooler air and rises into the atmosphere.

“Hailstone size is controlled by how strong the updraft is in in a thunderstorm,” Dr Raupach says.

In a thunderstorm, strong winds – updrafts – carry moisture high up into the atmosphere, where it freezes. These ice particles – known as ‘hail embryos’ – pick up supercooled water as they circulate through the storm cloud.

“The stronger the updraft, the longer a hailstone can stay in the storm and grow,” says Dr Raupach.

“Eventually, the hailstone gets too heavy and falls.”

To grow large hailstones, the storm cloud needs to be tall, with lots of energy to keep the stone suspended long enough to gather layers of ice.

The trajectory the hailstone follows within the storm also matters.

“There are regions inside a storm that have more moisture and are colder,” says Dr Raupach.

“The more time the embryo spends in these moist, cold spots, the larger it can grow.”

Rain, hail or shine?

While hail can fall anywhere in Australia, certain regions are particularly exposed.

“The main region is the East Coast from a bit north of Brisbane to a bit south of Sydney,” Dr Raupach says.

However, other hotspots, like the remote goldfields of Western Australia and the Gulf of Carpentaria, also appear in radar records. These are sparsely populated areas where observational data and first-hand reports are more difficult to gather – which is why computer modelling is often used.

With Australia’s solar industry booming, another emerging vulnerability is rooftop solar panels.

“Hail can damage solar panels. We’ve seen it happen – in Brisbane in 2020 and in the US as well,” says Dr Raupach.

But, he says, this shouldn’t deter any investment in renewables.

“We should also think about how to strengthen our cities to resist hail damage, especially if hailstone size is increasing with climate change.”

Are Australians prepared?

The Australian Bureau of Meteorology issues hail warnings. And some insurance policies cover hail damage.

While insurance companies have long tracked hail risk, Dr Raupach works directly with the industry to help them understand current and future hazards.

However, physical preparedness within the community is another matter.

“To be protected from hail you can move undercover, move your car undercover, have good insurance and have strong roof tiles,” Dr Raupach says.

He says some farmers use hail nets.

Dr Joanna Aldridge, co-author of the study from QBE Insurance, says a key issue remains.

“Australian building standards still don’t include hail resilience, which leaves many properties vulnerable,” Dr Aldridge says.

For now, Dr Raupach recommends insurance, preparedness and awareness. But in the long term, he sees two paths forward.

Firstly, he suggests reducing greenhouse gas emissions as a key step in mitigating the impacts of climate change on severe weather events.

“Reducing emissions of greenhouse gases remains a crucial objective,” says Dr Raupach.

Secondly, he says research should continue. As an example, there is an emerging question of how much urban environments – the structures of cities – affect hail. He says there may be innovative options worth exploring for designing and redesigning future cities – a research question he and colleagues are working on.

“It’s very early days, but maybe one day we could design cities with a reduced storm risk,” Dr Raupach says.

For now, he says Australians living in hail-prone regions should stay alert – and perhaps reconsider where they park the car in a storm.

Disclosure statement: Timothy Raupach receives funding from QBE Insurance, Guy Carpenter, and the Australian Research Council.

Citizen science behind countless new discoveries

Report by Tom Melville, UNSW, August 1, 2025

An international team of researchers, including two from UNSW, have quantified the impact community driven nature identification app iNaturalist is having on scientific research.

A pygmy grasshopper is a really small grasshopper and despite Australia being home to a number of species, we don’t know much about them. 

In fact, the Angled Australian Barkhopper hadn’t been recorded for more than 130 years until a few citizen scientists snapped pictures of the species in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland and uploaded them to iNaturalist. 

A European expert in the family identified the tiny creatures — which only measure a centimetre or two from antennae to tail.

It’s just one of countless discoveries made possible because of the global community of citizen scientists dutifully uploading photographs of the plants and critters they find when out and about.

Reiner Richter / inaturalist.org/observations/22360480

An expanding archive

iNaturalist allows members of the public to snap a picture of a beetle, a leaf, a bit of moss (or anything living really), and upload it to the database where other users can identify it.  

Beyond communities of everyday people uploading their sightings, it’s also long been used by biologists around the world and has driven many scientific discoveries.

“With cameras and smartphones now everywhere, just about anyone can use iNaturalist to record living things anywhere in the world,” says Simon Gorta, co-author on the paper and PhD candidate from the UNSW Centre for Ecosystem Science.

“Our research shows that the abundance of data this process generates is driving important biodiversity research.”

Some common Australian species uploaded to iNaturalist. Photo: iNaturalist

Until now, much of the value of iNaturalist was only anecdotal — researchers knew it was being used but didn’t know exactly how widely.

Now, for the first time, an international team of researchers, including two from UNSW Sydney, has totted up the numbers to quantify just how important the platform is becoming for biodiversity research. 

The team found that use of iNaturalist data in peer-reviewed research has shot up tenfold in the last five years, matching the growing increase in observations uploaded to the platform. 

According to the team, that means that the platform should only get more comprehensive and therefore more useful to researchers as more people contribute.  

Scientists use iNaturalist not only to identify new species, but also better understand where individual species live (their “ranges”). 

The study examined scientific literature that cited iNaturalist data and found that it has been used across 128 countries and 638 groups of different kinds of animals, plants, and other living things that are closely related to each other. 

Research topics ranged from conservation planning and habitat modelling to education and machine learning.

''With cameras and smartphones now everywhere, just about anyone can use iNaturalist to record living things anywhere in the world. '' said Simon Gorta, Study co-author

Data is also being used to understand the impacts of climate change, conduct ecological and evolutionary analyses, rediscover extinct species, characterise species interactions, and drive biosecurity and weed management. 

“Data use is greatly diversifying as the full potential and value of these data are being realised,” says Thomas Mesaglio, co-author on the paper and PhD candidate from the UNSW Evolution and Ecology Research Centre.

Also key is the development of new software and tools to analyse the data and extract information.

This all means that millions of people around the world are now shaping research and conservation outcomes for countless species in a way that was unimaginable a decade ago.  

“One of the standout features of iNaturalist is that it provides data on certain organisms, regions, or time periods where we just don’t have coverage otherwise through standardised monitoring programs,” says Mr Gorta. 

UNSW Ecologist Thomas Mesaglio (pictured) says iNaturalist has driven countless discoveries. Photo: Peter Crowcroft

An important resource

Australians are global heavyweights when it comes to uploading plant and animal sightings to the platform since it launched in 2008.

In that time 121,000 observers have lodged around 11.5 million observations across more than 64,000 species.

And that’s just Australia, worldwide the numbers are eye-watering: 262 million observations, 518,000 species recorded by 3.8 million observers.

Thomas Mesaglio says this army of citizen scientists has made thousands of discoveries so far, but the true number is likely higher and will go up as researchers get the chance to sift through sightings. 

“Time and money are precious resources which seem to be increasingly dwindling, so what iNaturalist does is massively expand the monitoring network to millions of people around the globe. 

“iNaturalist both hugely increases the amount of data that can be collected, but also provides invaluable starting points for the researchers to collect data themselves,” Mesaglio says. 

“Need to find a particular species in an enormous search area but have limited time and resources? You can check iNaturalist records as a great springboard to inform your data collection.”

“The tenfold increase in peer-reviewed research using our data demonstrates that community science isn't just a nice addition to traditional research methods; it's becoming essential for understanding our rapidly changing planet,” said Carrie Seltzer, the iNaturalist head of engagement, who was not associated with the study.

“Millions of people are helping scientists track biodiversity in ways that would be impossible through traditional scientific fieldwork alone.”

The study, published in the journal BioScience, was a collaborative effort involving researchers from 15 institutions across the United States, Australia, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Germany, and South Korea. 

Contributing institutions include the University of Florida, UNSW Sydney, Meise Botanic Garden, Czech University of Life Sciences Prague, the University of Münster, and Changwon National University, among others.

Gas exports have tripled Australian gas prices and doubled electricity prices: Australia Institute

New Australia Institute research, released July 29, reveals that gas exports have led to the tripling of wholesale east coast gas prices and doubling of electricity prices, since exports began in 2015, according to the authors.

''The Australian and Queensland governments’ decisions in 2010 to allow large-scale exporting of Australian gas from Queensland exposed Australians to high global prices, ending decades of abundant, low-cost gas for Australians, leading to higher energy bills, gas shortages and manufacturing closures.'' the Australia Institute states

Gas price increases due to excessive exports have also caused electricity prices to rise because gas power stations often set electricity prices.

“When you get your next energy bill, blame the gas industry and your governments for opening the gas export floodgates despite being warned it would drive up energy bills for Australians,” said Mark Ogge, Principal Adviser at The Australia Institute.

“Gas exports have meant Australian households and businesses have paid billions of dollars more for energy over the last decade, all of which went to the profits of a handful of predominantly foreign-owned gas corporations.

“The gas industry’s deliberate plan to increase domestic gas prices for Australians, by exposing us to global gas prices, has been a massive transfer of wealth from Australian households and businesses to Big Gas.

“Gas exports have led to manufacturing closures in Australia. Gas exporters manufacture nothing except gas shortages and higher energy bills for Australians.

“The kindest interpretation of the Australian and Queensland governments’ role in allowing gas export corporations to brutally price-gouge Australians over the last decade is that they are weak and gullible. Arguably, they are complicit.

“Allowing new gas projects doesn’t solve the problem. We have tripled gas production in a decade, and we still have rolling shortages and high prices. New gas projects just mean more gas is exported and result in net-zero additional gas for Australians, unless we cut exports.

“The only way to fix this mess and reduce Australian energy bills is to cut exports and divert the gas to Australians.”

“The federal Government must continue to invest to help people on low incomes and renters access home energy upgrades, including electrification, to help people get off gas and permanently reduce energy bills,” said ACOSS CEO Dr Cassandra Goldie.

“In the meantime, a domestic gas reserve from uncontracted gas exports is needed to lower domestic gas and electricity prices so people who don’t currently have the choice to electrify get much-needed energy bill relief.”

“Gas exports have exposed Australian manufacturers to high global gas prices and are also driving up electricity costs, hitting manufacturers with a double blow, making it almost impossible to compete with subsidised imports,” said Geoff Crittenden, CEO of Weld Australia.

“It beggars belief that for the last decade, Australian governments have allowed LNG producers to export surplus uncontracted gas to the global spot market while Australian manufacturers are unable to secure gas at reasonable terms and prices. It needs to be fixed now.”

Report: Impact of gas exports on Australian energy prices

 

More Wing Flaps from our yard

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

July 22, 2025

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

The giant cuttlefish’s technicolour mating display is globally unique. The SA algal bloom could kill them all

Great Southern Reef FoundationCC BY-SA
Zoe DoubledayUniversity of South Australia

Every year off the South Australian coast, giant Australian cuttlefish come together in huge numbers to breed. They put on a technicolour display of blue, purple, green, red and gold, changing hues as they mate and lay eggs.

This dynamic, dreamlike display takes place in the upper Spencer Gulf, near Whyalla. This short strip of coastline is the only place in the world to host this spectacular event.

But South Australia’s killer algal bloom is advancing towards this natural wonder. If the algae reach the breeding site in the coming weeks or months, they could wipe the cuttlefish population out.

Now, scientists may have a chance to get there first, take some eggs and raise an insurance population in captivity. This rescue operation would be a world first.

Why are the cuttlefish so vulnerable?

The giant Australian cuttlefish congregate to mate in waters off Whyalla every winter, in a gathering known as a “breeding aggregation”. The sanctuary area received National Heritage status in 2023.

The displays of movement and colour take place as abundant males vie for the attention of a female. Each year it attracts tourists, photographers and marine life enthusiasts. To witness it, all you need is a thick wetsuit, mask and snorkel.

Cuttlefish are cephalopods, alongside octopus and squid. While cephalopods are adaptable to environmental change, their generations don’t overlap. This means the parents die before the offspring are born, and so the population cannot be replenished by the parents if the offspring are wiped out.

By now, in upper Spencer Gulf, most adult cuttlefish will be breeding and naturally dying off, leaving the eggs behind. They will incubate for about three months, then hatch and swim away.

What if the algal bloom reaches the cuttlefish?

The harmful microalgal bloom of Karenia mikimotoi first appeared in March this year on two surf beaches outside Gulf St Vincent, about an hour south of Adelaide. It is thought to have been triggered by a persistent marine heatwave coupled with prolonged calm weather, and possibly excess nutrients from the 2022–23 Murray River flooding event.

It has since spread to many corners of South Australia, and has now reached the lower to middle reaches of Spencer Gulf. Preliminary modelling revealed last week shows the bloom could spread through Spencer Gulf, up to Whyalla and across to Port Pirie.

The disaster has already affected about 400 types of fish and marine animals. And we know this algal species can rapidly dispatch cephalopods, both large and small. In other parts of South Australia already affected by the algal bloom, dead octopus and cuttlefish have been extensively photographed and recorded.

If the latest batch of eggs dies in the algal bloom, their parents will no longer be around to rebreed and restore the population next year. This means the population could go extinct.

Could we lose a species?

More than 100 cuttlefish species exist worldwide. The giant Australian cuttlefish is found throughout southern Australia, from Moreton Bay in Queensland to Ningaloo Reef in Western Australia.

However, the breeding aggregation is genetically distinct from even its closest cuttlefish neighbours in southern Spencer Gulf, about 200 kilometres away. And genetic evidence suggests the upper Spencer Gulf population could well be its own species, although scientists haven’t confirmed this yet.

Regardless, this cuttlefish population is truly unique. It is the only population of giant Australian cuttlefish, and the only population of cuttlefish worldwide, to breed en masse in such a spectacular fashion.

That’s why saving it from the algal bloom is so important.

Can we save this natural wonder?

Today I’ll be meeting with fellow marine and cephalopod experts at an emergency meeting convened by the South Australian government. There, we will discuss the feasibility of collecting an insurance population of eggs from the cuttlefish population.

Timing is everything. Two or three months from now, the eggs could be too developed to collect safely, because moving can trigger premature hatching. Even later, the eggs will have hatched and the hatchlings will have swum away.

Ironically, while the mass gathering of cuttlefish makes the species vulnerable to a permanent wipeout, it also makes them easier to rescue.

Collecting, transporting and raising eggs in tanks is a relatively straightforward process at a smaller scale. It has been done successfully for research purposes in South Australia.

Raising hatchlings is harder and more labour intensive. Then there is the question of what to do with them once they hatch. But the three-month incubation period would buy us time.The Conversation

Author Zoe Doubleday makes her pitch for saving the giant Australian cuttlefish as the harmful algal bloom approaches (Biodiversity Council)

Zoe Doubleday, Marine Ecologist and ARC Future Fellow, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As oceans warm, tropical fish are moving south. New friendships may be helping them survive

Angus Mitchell
Angus MitchellUniversity of AdelaideChloe HayesUniversity of Adelaide, and Ivan NagelkerkenUniversity of Adelaide

When you think about climate change in our oceans, you may picture coral bleaching, melting sea ice, or extreme weather events. But beneath the ocean’s surface, another quiet shift is underway. Australia’s tropical fish are heading south into cooler waters.

These fish are not just visiting. They are settling into the milder “temperate” reefs that used to be too cold for them. As they do, they encounter new environments, new challenges and new neighbours.

In our new research we studied the behaviour of these new migrants. We found some tropical fish are not just surviving in their new homes, they’re thriving. And, surprisingly, much of that success comes down to who they’re hanging out with.

A slow-motion invasion

Tropical fish travel poleward via ocean currents.

On Australia’s east coast, the fish typically hitch a ride on the strengthening East Australian Current as it pushes warm water and the tropical species further south.

Some species are showing up hundreds of kilometres beyond their usual home range. Many tropical fish arrive on temperate reefs during summer, and used to die over winter when the water grew colder. Now, as winter water temperatures increase, some tropical fish survive year-round in temperate reefs.

But life at the edge of your range is risky. These fish encounter colder water temperatures, unfamiliar predators and a reef full of competitors. So, how do they cope?

A diver swims underwater holding a special notebook while looking for fish on a temperate reef of kelp and seaweed in southeastern Australia.
As waters warm, temperate reefs of kelp and seaweed are becoming home to tropical fish as they venture southward. Angus Mitchell

Risky business: but some fish can adapt

We studied five tropical fish species and two temperate species across a 2,000km stretch of Australia’s east coast, from the tropics to the cold temperate south. We observed how these fish fed, sheltered and reacted to threats, using underwater video cameras.

Analysis of the footage revealed tropical fish behaved differently in the colder waters. They spent more time hiding and less time feeding. They were also more wary of predators, displaying a cognitive shift in “lateralisation” — a preference to consistently turn left or right, which can help fish make faster escape decisions when threatened.

Such risk-averse behaviour is likely to help fish stay alive in unfamiliar reefs by avoiding predators. But it also reduces food intake and growth, unless these fish find new friends.

New school mates, better outcomes

Previous research has shown when tropical fish gather or “shoal” with temperate fish, they grow bigger and survive longer into winter than fish in tropical-only shoals.

We wanted to understand the mechanism for this phenomenon. Could tropical fish be learning from temperate shoal mates? And how might their behaviour change when shoaling with temperate fishes?

Using underwater videos, we found three tropical damselfish species spent more time feeding and less time sheltering when they formed mixed shoals with temperate fish. They also appeared bolder and were more successful at finding food.

We think these mixed shoals offer key advantages: safety in numbers, more eyes watching for predators, and perhaps most importantly, social learning. By shoaling with local temperate species such as the Australian Mado, tropical fish may learn where and when it’s safe to feed, and how to behave in these foreign temperate ecosystems.

This kind of behavioural “plasticity” is a powerful tool in a changing climate. Fish that can adjust their behaviours in ways that boost their fitness are more likely to survive as climatic conditions rapidly shift in our oceans.

Underwater still image showing a mixed group of fish, both tropical and temperate species, living together on a rocky reef
Tropical and temperate fish species form a mixed-species group or shoal at Little Manly in southeastern Australia. Angus Mitchell

Not all fish benefit

These interactions were not always beneficial. Two herbivorous tropical fish species, the convict tang and brown tang, did not show the same benefits, likely because their specialised diets made it harder to learn from omnivorous temperate species.

And for the temperate fish, the presence of tropical fish in shoals were often problematic. At the northern, warmer edge of their range, temperate fish fled more often and fed less when tropical fish were present. That’s worrying, because warming alone is already pushing many temperate species toward their biological limits. Adding new competitors might push them over the edge.

Underwater image from a video shows a shy type of tropical fish, convict tangs, clustered together on a temperate oyster reef.
Herbivorous convict tangs (Acanthurus triostegus) shoal tightly near shelter on a temperate oyster reef. At the edge of their range, these tropical fish adopt more cautious behaviours, seeking refuge and foraging less. Angus Mitchell

A changing reef community

All this comes amid dire news of the Earth’s oceans. Research published today shows 2023 set new records for the duration, extent and intensity of marine heatwaves.

Fish migration to temperate reefs is a glimpse of the future: even warmer waters, shifting species ranges and new species interactions.

Our results suggest these new species interactions and relationships, particularly mixed-species shoaling, can help tropical fish survive longer in temperate ecosystems. But they may also disrupt existing ecosystems and place extra stress on local temperate species.

In this way, climate-driven range shifts are more than just a temperature driven story. They’re stories about behaviour, relationships, and resilience.

Understanding how fish respond to their new neighbours and how those responses shape who stays and who goes, will be key to managing reefs in a rapidly warming ocean.The Conversation

Angus Mitchell, Postdoctoral Researcher in Marine Ecology, University of AdelaideChloe Hayes, Postdoctoral Researcher in Marine Ecology, University of Adelaide, and Ivan Nagelkerken, Professor, Marine Biology, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Have your say on changes gas and pipeline regulations and guidelines for NSW

July 24, 2025

The community is invited to face-to-face information sessions and an online webinar to have your say on proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for landholders and companies to negotiate land access for pipeline projects.

The Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is modernising the regulation of pipelines and creating new guidelines to clarify:

  • the roles and responsibilities for seeking land access for surveys clearer so everyone understands what is involved; and
  • what needs to be done to get agreements with landholders before compulsory acquisition can be considered by the Minister for Energy.

The government is also proposing to strengthen the requirements for operators under the Pipelines Act 1967 and Gas Supply Act 1996 including stronger penalties.

Consultation focuses on ensuring landowners and communities are fully informed and consulted on the authority to survey and compulsory acquisition procedures, so everyone is on the same page and knows what is required.

The NSW Government states it is committed to making the process for land surveys and compulsory acquisition respectful, open and transparent.

Putting clear steps in place will support better communication between parties and set minimum standards for what applicants must do.

It will also provide information on how the Minister for Energy and DCCEEW assess authority to survey and compulsory acquisition applications.

Face to face information sessions will be held at:

  • Quirindi – Tuesday 19 August, 1–2:30pm
  • Muswellbrook – Wednesday 20 August, 9:30–11am
  • Maitland – Wednesday 20 August, 2–3:30pm

Registration is required at: www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/pipelines-and-gas-supply-regulations

A webinar will be held on Wednesday, 13 August from 6–8 pm for those who can't attend in person.

Liam Ryan, Executive Director, Energy Infrastructure, DCCEEW stated:

"We have listened carefully to stakeholders who have said the processes around surveying land for pipeline routes and compulsory acquisition need to be clearer – which is why we are putting new guidelines in place to ensure landowners are fully informed and consulted.

"It is critical the community knows what steps need to be taken when the NSW Government is assessing applications for pipeline surveys and at what stage compulsory acquisition can be considered.

"I encourage landowners and interested parties in Quirindi, Muswellbrook, Maitland and surrounding areas to register and come along and meet the team in-person so we can discuss these important reforms together."

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater

Ringtail Posses 2023

Marine climate interventions can have unintended consequences – we need to manage the risks

Stock for you, Shutterstock
Emily M. OgierUniversity of TasmaniaGretta PeclUniversity of Tasmania, and Tiffany MorrisonThe University of Melbourne

The world’s oceans are being rapidly transformed as climate change intensifies. Corals are bleaching, sea levels are rising, and seawater is becoming more acidic – making life difficult for shellfish and reef-building corals. All this and more is unfolding on our watch, with profound consequences for marine ecosystems and the people who depend on them.

In response, scientists, governments and industries are trying to intervene. People all over the world are experimenting with new ways to capture and store more carbon dioxide, or make up for damage already done.

Ocean-based climate actions include breeding more heat-tolerant corals, restoring mangroves, and farming seaweed. Such interventions offer hope, but they’re also inherently risky. Some may be ineffective, inequitable or even harmful.

The pace of innovation is now outstripping the capacity to responsibly regulate, monitor and evaluate these interventions. This means current and future generations may not be getting value for money, or worse – the chance to avoid irreversible change may be slipping away.

In our new research, published in Science, we reviewed the latest evidence on known and perceived risks of new ocean-based climate interventions. We then gathered emerging ideas on how to reduce those risks.

We found the risks aren’t being widely considered, and the benefits are unclear. But there are emerging assessment tools and planning frameworks we can build on, to plan ocean-based climate actions that meet humanity’s climate goals.

The promise and peril of marine climate interventions

Marine climate interventions vary in scope and ambition. Examples can be found all over the world. These include:

Some interventions are still at proof-of-concept stage, and several have been tested and abandoned. Others are facing challenges owing to complexity of monitoring and verification.

Each has its own set of benefits, costs and risks. For example, making the ocean more alkaline may help to squeeze in more carbon from the atmosphere, but it’s difficult to verify how much carbon has been removed. This makes it hard to justify the costs and the potential damage to ecosystems, such as effects on local fish populations.

Restoring coral can support biodiversity in the short term, but it may not last as warming exceeds their (modified) ability to adapt. This type of intervention is also expensive and labour-intensive, with unintended emissions from energy-intensive processes. So it may be impossible to scale up.

Seaweed farming at scale would occupy thousands if not millions of square kilometres of oceans, displacing fishing, shipping and conservation. Harvesting 1 billion tonnes of seaweed carbon would require farming more than 1 million square km of the Pacific Ocean, and would deliver just 10% of the annual atmospheric carbon dioxide removal required to limit global warming to 1.5°C.

It’s doubtful whether seaweed farming would actually remove carbon from the atmosphere. But seaweed farming can – if well-planned – produce a range of other climate-related benefits.

Moreover, interventions often overlap in space and time, creating cumulative impacts and unintended consequences. In some cases, the projects may displace other users, undermine Indigenous rights, or erode public trust in climate science and policy. Without careful understanding and planning, these efforts could exacerbate the very problems they aim to solve.

Governance gaps and ethical dilemmas

One of the most pressing challenges is the lack of regulation and oversight suited to the scale and complexity of marine climate interventions.

Existing regulations are often outdated, fragmented, or designed for land-based systems. Few countries have biosafety laws for the ocean. This means many interventions proceed without comprehensive risk assessments or community consultation.

Ethical dilemmas abound. Who decides what constitutes a “healthy” ocean? Who bears responsibility if an intervention causes harm? And how do we ensure benefits — such as improved livelihoods or climate resilience — are equitably distributed?

Currently, scientists, funding bodies and non-government organisations do the bulk of the decision-making. There is limited input from governments, local communities and Indigenous Peoples. This imbalance risks perpetuating historical injustices and undermining the legitimacy of many ocean-based climate actions.

St Ives Harbour in Cornwall
Ocean Alkalinity Enhancement has been proposed for St Ives in Cornwall. diego_torres, pixabugFAL

Toward responsible marine transformation

We identified opportunities for scientists, policymakers, and funding bodies to work together more effectively on more comprehensive assessments of interventions.

Guidelines and insights are emerging from experimental-scale research into capturing and storing “blue” carbon in ocean and coastal ecosystems. Similarly, a non-profit organisation in the United States has developed a code of conduct for marine carbon dioxide removal. However these guidelines are yet to be integrated into broader governance frameworks.

Awareness of the urgent need to ensure intervention is done responsibly is also growing. Many high-level policy documents now recognise the importance of transitioning to more sustainable, equitable, and adaptive states. For example, the Samoa Climate Change Policy 2020 recognises the need to adapt coastal economies and communities to warming oceans, while also working to reduce carbon emissions.

We can use the ocean in our fight against climate change (United Nations)

Proceed with caution

The ocean is central to our climate future. It absorbs heat, stores carbon, and sustains life. But it is also vulnerable — and increasingly, a site of experimentation. If we are to harness the promise of ocean-based climate action, we must do so with care, humility, and foresight.

Responsible governance is not a barrier to innovation — it is its foundation. By embedding ethical, inclusive, and evidence-based principles into our marine climate strategies, we can chart a course toward a more resilient and equitable ocean future.The Conversation

Emily M. Ogier, Associate Professor in Marine Social Science, University of TasmaniaGretta Pecl, Professor, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies and Director of the Centre for Marine Socioecology, UTAS, University of Tasmania, and Tiffany Morrison, Professor, School of Geography, Earth & Atmospheric Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We used tiny sensors in backpacks to discover the extraordinary ways birds migrate to find water

Heather McGinness/CSIROCC BY-NC-ND
Heather McGinnessCSIROLuke Lloyd-JonesCSIRO, and Micha V JacksonCSIRO

Every year, nomadic Australian waterbirds fly vast distances to find food and the perfect nesting site. They have to be good at finding not just water, but the right kind of water. But across much of Australia, that can be hard.

These species need long periods of flooding to produce the shallow, food-filled wetlands that support them and their chicks during breeding seasons. If the floodwaters fall too rapidly, the whole season can be threatened.

We don’t yet fully understand how these birds find these temporary wetlands. But by putting satellite trackers on species such as great egrets, plumed egrets, royal spoonbills and straw-necked ibis, we found the hidden flyways – bird highways – they use to search for wetlands in the Murray-Darling Basin.

Our research has also shown how important it is for these birds to be flexible to survive in a tough environment. Birds dependent on flooding can’t just do the same thing every year – they have to constantly change destinations.

Our research can help focus conservation and protection efforts to ensure the most important breeding and feeding sites have reliable access to water.

map of Australia showing flyway in Murray Darling basin.
This map shows the Murray-Darling Basin Flyway as flown by straw-necked ibis (white tracks). CSIROCC BY-NC-ND

Chasing the floodwaters

As rivers swell and break their banks, floodwaters fill dry billabongs and cover low-lying areas. These shallow, temporary wetlands soon fill with insects and young fish. For inland waterbirds, these wetlands offer food and safe nesting places.

But egrets, spoonbills and ibis can take years to reach breeding age. If conditions aren’t right, they won’t breed at all.

Australia is known for its waterbirds, both inland and coastal. To protect local species and those migrating from far away, Australia has made international commitments to protect waterbirds and wetlands.

But when human demand for water clashes with the needs of waterbirds, the birds can lose out. If irrigation and farming uses up too much water, there may not be enough left for the wetlands these birds need.

The Murray-Darling Basin contains critically important wetlands for waterbirds and is also home to many farms, orchards and rice paddies. Ensuring there’s enough water in the system for healthy wetlands is already difficult, and will get harder as rainfall becomes less predictable under climate change.

To help with this problem, water managers periodically release environmental flows of water from dams back into the Murray-Darling system. Among other things, these flows are designed to give waterbirds the conditions they need to successfully breed.

ibis flock.
Flocks of straw-necked ibis at Barmah Forest in Victoria. Heather McGinness/CSIROCC BY-NC-ND

Backpacks for birds

In 2016, we began placing tiny backpacks equipped with satellite trackers on waterbirds to find where they move to. Over the last decade, bird satellite tracking has come a long way. Many are solar powered, transmitting accurate data as often as we need it and over months to years. These days, trackers weigh just 1–3% of the weight of the bird.

We now have more than 50,000 days of data from more than 200 birds. We tracked some birds for more than seven years, and tracked some juveniles from their hatching site to their first breeding season.

The birds nest in noisy groups of thousands to tens of thousands when conditions are right. We chose them because they have similar habitat and food requirements as many other related waterbird species.

What our research shows is how vital it is to be flexible. Birds from each species often proved able to switch movement styles over time. One season, they might stay close to productive wetlands, while another might see them flying long distances.

Straw-necked ibis, royal spoonbills and egrets often switch between local movements all the way through to continental scale, though this can vary between species and individual birds. By contrast, the familiar white ibis tend to stay in one place as adults.

Individual waterbirds can use favourable winds to travel long distances. We recorded some birds flying at speeds up to 135 kmh, with daily records of 700 km and annual totals of over 15,000 km. Some flew as high as 2,800 metres.

In 2023, we tracked a newly fledged plumed egret flying from the Macquarie Marshes in northern New South Wales to Papua New Guinea. It was the first time the species has been tracked doing this in detail and it was remarkable to watch the egret cross the ocean, flying 38 hours non-stop from coast to coast.

plumed egret held by scientist.
This young plumed egret flew from northern New South Wales to Papua New Guinea – the first time a trip like this has been recorded. CSIROCC BY-NC-ND

The data provide clear evidence of common movement routes used by ibis, spoonbills and egrets. We named the largest of these the Murray-Darling Basin Flyway, as it connects important breeding sites from south-west Victoria all the way to southern Queensland. These include the Barmah-Millewa Forest on the Murray River, Gayini and Yanga on the Murrumbidgee River, Lake Cowal, the Macquarie Marshes, the Narran Lakes and the Gwydir Wetlands.

In an Australian first, we also tracked nesting birds. This shows us where and when adults get food for their chicks, and when and how often they attend the nest. We found straw-necked ibis often travel much further to find food when nesting than royal spoonbills or white ibis.

Tracking what’s lacking

Tracking waterbirds has given us new insight into how cleverly these birds deal with Australia’s extreme conditions.

But while these birds have been able to survive Australia’s seesawing climate, it’s an open question whether they can hold on as climate change makes water even less predictable – and as human demands increase.The Conversation

Heather McGinness, Senior Research Scientist, CSIROLuke Lloyd-Jones, Research Scientist, CSIRO, and Micha V Jackson, Researcher in Applied Ecology, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s rat uprising: footage provides first evidence of native rakali attacking introduced black rat

Ken Griffiths/Shutterstock
Peter BanksUniversity of Sydney and Jenna BythewayUniversity of Sydney

An introduced black rat scratches through leaf litter, looking for food. Nearby, a native water rat watches on, its beady eyes shining. The native rat pounces out from the shadows, sending the invader fleeing.

The encounter in Sydney bushland, captured on video, is the first documented evidence of an aggressive interaction in nature between a native water rat, also known as rakali, and a black rat.

The footage, discussed in our new research, provides proof that rakali (Hydromys chrysogaster) actively hunt introduced black rats (Rattus rattus). This behaviour may offer a promising natural form of pest control.

Rakali are carnivorous rodents, and the largest of Australia’s 60 native rat species. Our findings suggest efforts to conserve the rakali should include Australia’s urban environments, where introduced rats cause a host of problems.

rats on rubbish bags
Introduced rats spread disease and cause other problems in cities. Chanawat Jaiya/Shutterstock

The problem of black rats

Rats have lived with humans for about 4,000 years. In Australia, invasive rats are an ongoing concern.

Anecdotal reports suggest Sydney, for example, has a growing vermin problem. Public concern was fuelled late last year when footage emerged of rats scurrying through a food court at a popular Sydney shopping centre (see video below).

Black rats and brown rats are the two main pest rat species in Australia. Both were introduced by Europeans. They compete aggressively against other species for food and can breed quickly.

Black rats are particularly abundant in urban areas and nearby bushland. They may prefer natural vegetation to urban environments, if there are no competitors around.

Their ecological impact is significant. Black rats prey on bird nests, skinks and invertebrates and also eat seeds.

Black rats also pose serious health risks to humans, pets and wildlife.

They are the primary host of rat lungworm, a parasite on the rise in Australian cities. Rats also spread leptospirosis, a bacterial infection that has killed several dogs in Sydney in recent years, and infected scores of humans.

Managing introduced rats is becoming increasingly difficult. Some rodenticides have become less effective as rats developed genetic resistance. And rat poisons have been known to harm native species.

Clearly, better ways of managing introduced rats are needed. That’s where our new paper comes in.

Enter the rakali

The rakali, or water rat, is found across much of Australia. It is semi-aquatic and usually lives near fresh or brackish (slightly salty) water such as creeks and estuaries. It is often described as Australia’s “otter”.

The rakali weighs up to 1 kilogram – far greater than an adult black rat which typically weighs up to 200 grams.

While surveying rakali around Sydney Harbour in June 2011, we captured footage of one lying in wait before ambushing a black rat.

The observation took place in bushland on the foreshore of Sydney Harbour, near Collins Beach at North Head. We had set up a motion-sensing wildlife camera as part of a pilot study to understand relationships between rakali and black rats.

At 10.22pm, the camera recorded a rakali next to a rock and hidden by vegetation. A black rat approached, and the rakali leapt out and chased it off.

But do rakali kill black rats, or just chase them? Captive rakali have been known to kill and eat other rat species in captivity. And given the larger size and carnivorous diet of the rakali, they may in fact prey on black rats in the wild.

Or rakali may reduce black rat numbers the same way dingoes reduce fox activity – by both preying on some and scaring others away.

Our paper also canvasses growing evidence that native rodents can resist and suppress their invasive counterparts.

For example, native bush rats (Rattus fuscipes) were presumed to be outcompeted by black rats. But an experiment at Jervis Bay in New South Wales removed black rats, allowing bush rats to reclaim their territory. After the experiment ended, black rats did not return.

At North Head on Sydney Harbour, reintroducing bush rats to areas where they once lived led to a dramatic decline in black rat numbers.

Recent research reported on footage captured in a Perth backyard of black rats attacking a native quenda, a small marsupial species found only in southwest Australia. However, the quenda appeared to fend off the attack. This means it’s possible rakali, which are much larger than quenda, would be even more aggressive towards black rats.

Native rats to the rescue?

Evidence is growing that native rodents can help control pest rodents.

This is especially true of rakali, which live in all major Australian cities where black rats are common. More research is needed to better understand the potential of rakali to manage invasive black rat populations.

Troublingly, however, native rats are vulnerable to rodenticides. To support their role in pest management, the use of poisons to control pest rats should be reconsidered.

By allowing native rodents to thrive, we may be able to harness their natural behaviours to control invasive pests safely, sustainably and effectively.The Conversation

Peter Banks, Professor of Conservation Biology, School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney and Jenna Bytheway, Senior Research Officer in Conservation Biology, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

UN climate chief tells Australia to ‘go big’ with its 2035 emissions reduction target

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The United Nations Climate Change Executive Secretary, Simon Stiell, has urged the Australian government to set an ambitious 2035 emissions reduction target, declaring “bog standard is beneath you”.

In a Monday speech, Stiell says, “don’t settle for what’s easy. Go for what’s smart by going big”.

His speech, hosted by the Smart Energy Council, comes ahead of his meeting with the Minister for Climate Change and Energy, Chris Bowen, in Canberra on Tuesday. Australia must submit its 2035 target under the Paris climate agreement by September. The Climate Change Authority has yet to deliver its advice to Bowen on the target. Previously, it has pointed to a target of between 65% and 75% reduction on 2005 levels.

The authority says on its website:

development of the 2035 targets advice is currently underway. This includes complex whole-of-economy modelling, policy analysis, consultation and consideration of international trends in climate action.

Stiell said Australia had a strong economy and among the world’s highest living standards. “If you want to keep them, doubling down on clean energy is an economic no-brainer.

"So the choice is clear. The question is: how far are you willing to go?

"The answer is due in September – when Australia’s next national climate plan is due. This isn’t just the next policy milestone. It’s a defining moment.”

Stiell said this was the moment for a climate plan that did not just write a vision into policy, “but delivers in spades for your people.

"Go for what will build lasting wealth and national security.”

He said this could be “Australia’s moment”.

“You’ve got world-class resources, a skilled, inventive workforce, and a A$22.7 billion plan – Future Made in Australia – with real ambition behind it.

"You’ve doubled renewable capacity since 2019.

"You’ve enshrined targets in law, and you’ve got strong, long-term policy signals.”

On the other side of the coin, Stiell warned if climate change was unchecked it would cripple Australia’s food production, and the country could face $6.8 trillion GDP loss by 2050.

“Living standards could drop by over $7,000 per person per year. And rising seas, resource pressures, and extreme weather would destabilise Australia’s neighbourhood – from Pacific Island nations to Southeast Asia – threatening your security.”

Bowen will also be hoping for some intelligence from Stiell on whether Australia’s bid to host next year’s COP will succeed.

Meanwhile, the push continues within the Coalition from those who want to dump its commitment to the net zero emissions by 2050 target.

The Western Australian Liberal party state council on the weekend called for the federal opposition to abandon the target. The motion came from the party’s Canning division, which is the seat held by frontbencher Andrew Hastie.

Hastie, speaking after it was carried, said it sent a “clear signal” to Australians that “we stand for something”.

In his weekly newsletter to subscribers, Hastie denounces the “net zero scam”.

“The Net Zero economy favours big, foreign, commercial interests that employ platoons of sophisticated lobbyists to protect the legislated system of climate taxes, subsidies, and penalties that favours renewable energy.

"They cloak their commercial interests in the language of climate and crisis and emergency.

"The Labor Government is their enabler.”

The opposition has a review of its energy policy underway that Hastie, despite being in the shadow cabinet, appears to be pre-empting.

In the House of Representatives on Monday, the Nationals Barnaby Joyce introduced his private member’s bill to scrap Australia’s commitment to net zero.

“Net zero is going to have absolutely no effect on the climate whatsoever. The vast majority of the globe in both population and GDP are not participating in it, he told the house.

"So why are we doing this to ourselves?”

It had changed the standard of living for many Australians, he said. “Our GDP per person is going down. People are becoming poorer. If you go into shops they talk about 30 to 40% of their costs being energy”. In a more pronounced way, it was hurting the poorest, who needed the power to keep themselves warm, Joyce said.

Coalition rebels defect to support One Nation motion against net zero

In the Senate late Monday, Nationals Matt Canavan and Liberal Alex Antic defected from the opposition’s position to vote for a Pauline Hanson’s One Nation motion condemning net zero.

The motion called on the Senate to recognise as a matter of urgency,“The need for the Government to scrap its net-zero emissions target and instead prioritise providing Australian families, farmers, businesses and industry with cheap and reliable energy, to protect jobs, ensure energy security, lower the cost of living and restore Australia’s economic competitiveness”.

Hanson said net zero was “the most suicidal policy Australia has ever had”.

Liberal frontbencher Paul Scarr said the opposition would not be diverted from its policy review process.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

5 reasons why wind farms are costing more in Australia – and what to do about it

Johan Larson/Shutterstock
Magnus SöderbergGriffith University

Building a solar farm in Australia is getting about 8% cheaper each year as panel prices fall and technology improves, according to an official new report. Battery storage costs are falling even more sharply, dropping 20% over the past year alone.

But the same can’t be said for wind farms, the second-largest source of renewable energy in Australia. Onshore wind costs actually rose about 8% in 2023–24 and another 6% in 2024–25.

The findings are contained in the GenCost 2024–25 report by CSIRO and the Australian Energy Market Operator, released this week.

Rising costs are putting real pressure on the wind industry, undermining investor confidence. Developers of offshore wind projects are walking away, and even cheaper on-shore wind projects are under strain. Even as wind energy becomes a mainstay in China, the United States and Germany, the industry faces real headwinds in Australia.

This is surprising. Wind, like solar, was projected to get steadily cheaper. The fuel is free and turbines are getting better and better. Instead, wind in Australia has remained stubbornly expensive. Solving the problem will be challenging. But solutions have to be found fast if Australia is to reach the goal of 82% renewable power in the grid by 2030 – now less than five years away.

ship installing a wind turbine in ocean.
Australia has no offshore wind projects up and running – and cost spikes may put planned projects at risk. Obatala-photography/Shutterstock

Five reasons why this is happening

Here’s what’s going on:

1. Global supply chains have been disrupted

The cost of steel, copper, fibreglass and other materials vital for wind turbines shot up during the pandemic. As a result, turbine prices rose almost 40% between 2020 and 2022. While input costs have fallen, turbine prices remain high. Solar panels can be churned out in factories, but modern wind turbines are massive, complex structures that require specialised manufacturing and logistics. That makes them more sensitive to global price fluctuations.

2. Good wind is often in remote places

Australia’s best wind resources are typically far from cities and existing grid infrastructure. Connecting far-flung wind farms such as Tasmania’s Robbins Island to the grid can require new and very expensive transmission lines. Remote sites mean extra costs such as temporary worker accommodation. The GenCost report notes this has added about 4% to wind project budgets in 2024–25 compared with the year before.

Many other countries rely heavily on offshore wind, because wind blows more strongly and reliably over oceans. Unfortunately, spiking costs are likely to further delay the arrival of offshore wind in Australia. GenCost projects the first offshore wind projects in Australia will face even steeper costs.

wind turbines in arid area.
Good wind resources are often located in remote areas of Australia. Brook Mitchell/Stringer via Getty

3. Local construction and labour costs have soared

Australia faces a shortage of workers with the skills to build and maintain wind farms, resulting in higher wages and recruitment costs. Wind developers say construction costs have become a real issue. Wind farms are more labour-intensive than solar.

4. Interest rates have raised financing costs

Wind farms require large upfront investments and lengthy construction periods. Even a small increase in interest rates can make them unviable – and interest rates have been high for some time.

5. Reliability concerns, regulatory delay and community opposition

According to US researchers, technical issues have emerged for some new wind turbines, creating unexpected costs for developers. The long, complex process of getting permits, carrying out environmental assessments and building community support is pushing out project timelines, increasing costs and uncertainty for developers.

Will solar take over?

Solar faces far fewer challenges. Solar panels are mass-produced, meaning costs are steadily driven down through economies of scale. Panels can be deployed quickly and solar farms tend to face less community opposition.

Wind turbines have to spin to function, while solar panels have no moving parts (though systems that track the Sun do). As a result, solar farms require less maintenance and are more reliable.

It’s no surprise large-scale solar has been on a record-breaking run, growing 20-fold between 2018 and 2023.

Solar panels make electricity during daylight hours, especially in summer. By contrast, wind tends to produce more power at night and during winter months. This is why wind is so useful to a green grid.

Generating power from both wind and sunshine can slash how much storage is needed to ensure grid reliability, lowering overall system costs. A balanced mix of wind, solar and storage will meet Australia’s electricity needs more efficiently and reliably than just solar and storage, according to the International Renewable Energy Agency and independent researchers.

Could wind come back?

Making wind more viable will take work. Potential solutions do exist, such as expanding the skilled workforce and investing in specialised ships and equipment to install turbines offshore.

Shipping large turbines from Denmark or China is expensive. To avoid these costs, it could make sense to encourage local manufacturing of large and heavy parts such as the main tower.

Other options include finding lower-cost turbine suppliers and streamlining regulatory processes.

wind turbine blades on dock.
Rising material and labour costs have driven up the cost of wind turbines. Pictured: turbine blades in China’s Jiangsu province in 2022 about to be shipped to Australia. Xu Congjun/Future Publishing via Getty Images

The newly announced expansion of the government’s Capacity Investment Scheme could help reduce risks and give certainty, alongside public investment in new transmission lines.

If nothing is done or if new measures don’t help, wind is likely to stall while solar and storage race ahead.

That’s not the worst outcome. Australia could get a long way by relying on batteries and pumped hydro to store power from solar during the day and release it in the evenings, as California is doing. But this strategy involves trade offs, such as higher storage-capacity needs and the risk of insufficient power during long cloudy periods.

For Australia to optimise its mix of renewables and storage, policymakers will have to tackle wind’s cost challenges. Effective action could lower costs, accelerate project timelines and bolster flagging investor confidence.The Conversation

Magnus Söderberg, Professor and Director, Centre for Applied Energy Economics and Policy Research, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An underwater observatory keeping the pulse of the Southern Ocean for nearly 30 years yields fresh results

Elizabeth Shadwick
Christopher TraillUniversity of TasmaniaElizabeth ShadwickCSIRO, and Tyler RohrUniversity of Tasmania

In a world affected by climate change, the Southern Ocean plays an outsized role. It absorbs up to 40% of the human-caused emissions taken up by the oceans while also being home to some of the world’s most vulnerable ecosystems.

Understanding these ecosystems and how they’re changing is crucial – but challenging. Patterns and trends in this remote, chaotic ocean are often obscured by short-term variation.

The only way to see through the noise is to make sustained measurements, year after year, for decades.

In the heart of the Southern Ocean there is a car-sized yellow and blue structure floating on the surface. It may not look like much, but this is the tip of a vast underwater observatory that has monitored the pulse of this region for nearly three decades.

Known as the Southern Ocean Time Series (SOTS), this observatory endures cyclone-strength winds and waves up to 18 metres high. The knowledge it provides has been collected in several recent studies, including one just published in Ocean Science.

From the surface to the seafloor

Established in 1997 by CSIRO researcher Tom Trull, the observatory consists of two automated deep-water moorings about 500 kilometres southwest of Tasmania.

Anchored to the seafloor 4,500 metres below, these moorings are maintained by annual voyages of the CSIRO research vessel Investigator from Hobart.

Together, they observe the entire water column, from the wave-lashed surface to the deep. Now in its 28th year, the SOTS program is the longest-running observation program in the open Southern Ocean.

The only actual sign of the observatory is the yellow mooring on the surface, known as the Southern Ocean Flux Station. It has an array of 30 different atmospheric and weather sensors. These transmit near-real time weather data used in Bureau of Meteorology forecasts.

Below the surface is an automated water sampler and some 40 sensors mounted along the 4,500m mooring lines down to the deep sea. Joining the floating laboratory is another mooring made of three large funnels that intercept sinking marine particles on their journey to the seafloor.

A satellite map with a red dot in the middle of the ocean, halfway between Tasmania and Antarctica.
A satellite map showing the location of SOTS. Christopher TraillCC BY-ND

What data has the observatory provided?

The newly published study uses the observatory’s data from 1997 to 2022 to quantify how heat and carbon enter the ocean, and how ecosystem structure changes over seasons.

These results show just how important are the tiny marine plants known as phytoplankton.

They control the amount of atmospheric carbon dioxide entering the ocean. This can be directly linked to how much carbon actually makes it to the deep ocean and is locked away for long periods of time – this process is known as the “biological pump”.

At the same time, we’ve been figuring out what controls phytoplankton populations and their ability to help this part of the ocean absorb more carbon. Other research from the SOTS site published earlier this year shows exactly how marine life in this region is inextricably linked to an essential yet sparse trace metal in seawater – iron.

The SOTS program has also been helping scientists detect changes in the chemistry of the Southern Ocean, such as ocean acidification from rising atmospheric carbon dioxide.

It also allows for measurements of how carbon is absorbed by the sea, how marine ecosystems help store that carbon at depth, and how high-energy winds help supply vital nutrients to fuel these ecosystems.

The observatory has even been the site of discovery of a new marine species.

The key to success

All these results are only possible thanks to the longevity and sustained funding of the SOTS program. It yields sufficient data far enough back in time, and fills gaps that can’t be provided by satellites.

Without dedicated, long-term monitoring, we would have no baseline to track climate change and a poor understanding of the weather systems and ecosystems in this important part of the world. It also contributes to our ability to forecast daily weather in Australia and long-term climate.

But the value of SOTS reaches far beyond the Southern Ocean. Our national monitoring program contributes to global networks in an international, coordinated effort to observe, understand and predict weather and climate. It helps us prepare for extreme events that are set to become more frequent.

This example is timely. Funding cuts to the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) have resulted in staff layoffs, with 17% of NOAA’s workforce to be cut next year and the risk of extreme weather monitoring stations shutting down.

NOAA is responsible for several ocean monitoring sites. It is also responsible for meteorological satellites and the Argo robotic float program – both globally important monitoring platforms.

As ocean and climate monitoring systems abroad face the fallout from potential loss of observing systems, Australia’s Southern Ocean Time Series continues on – and its importance is only increasing.


Funding for the SOTS program comes via the Integrated Marine Observing System, the Australian Antarctic Program Partnership, and through collaboration between CSIRO and the Bureau of Meteorology.The Conversation

Christopher Traill, PhD Candidate Southern Ocean biogeochemistry, University of TasmaniaElizabeth Shadwick, Principal Research Scientist, Environment, CSIRO, and Tyler Rohr, ARC DECRA Fellow/Lecturer, IMAS, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Rockabye baby: the ‘love songs’ of lonely leopard seals resemble human nursery rhymes

CassandraSm/Shutterstock
Lucinda ChambersUNSW Sydney and Tracey RogersUNSW Sydney

Late in the evening, the Antarctic sky flushes pink. The male leopard seal wakes and slips from the ice into the water. There, he’ll spend the night singing underwater amongst the floating ice floes.

For the next two months he sings every night. He will sing so loudly, the ice around him vibrates. Each song is a sequence of trills and hoots, performed in a particular pattern.

In a world first, we analysed leopard seal songs and found the predictability of their patterns was remarkably similar to the nursery rhymes humans sing.

We think this is a deliberate strategy. While leopard seals are solitary animals, the males need their call to carry clearly across vast stretches of icy ocean, to woo a mate.

A seal on an ice floe in Antarctica
Solitary leopard seals want their call to carry. Ozge Elif Kizil/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

A season of underwater solos

Leopard seals (Hydrurga leptonyx) are named after their spotted coats. They live on ice and surrounding waters in Antarctica.

Leopard seals are especially vocal during breeding season, which lasts from late October to early January. A female leopard seal sings for a few hours on the days she is in heat. But the males are the real showstoppers.

Each night, the males perform underwater solos for up to 13 hours. They dive into the sea, singing underwater for about two minutes before returning to the water’s surface to breathe and rest. This demanding routine continues for weeks.

A male leopard seal weighs about 320 kilograms, but produces surprisingly high-pitched trills, similar to those of a tiny cricket.

Within a leopard seal population, the sounds themselves don’t vary much in pitch or duration. But the order and pattern in which the sounds are produced varies considerably between individuals.

Our research examined these individual songs. We compared them to that of other vocal animals, and to human music.

Listening to songs from the sea

The data used in the study was collected by one author of this article, Tracey Rogers, in the 1990s.

Rogers rode her quad bike across the Antarctic ice to the edge of the sea and marked 26 individual male seals with dye as they slept. Then she returned to record their songs at night.

The new research involved analysing these recordings, to better understand their structure and patterns. We did this by measuring the “entropy” of their sequences. Entropy measures how predictable or random a sequence is.

We found the songs are composed of five key “notes” or call types. Listen to each one below.

A low double trill. Tracey Rogers UNSW SydneyCC BY-SA28.5 KB (download)

A hoot with low single trill. Tracey Rogers UNSW SydneyCC BY-SA53.8 KB (download)

High double trill. Tracey Rogers UNSW SydneyCC BY-SA29.7 KB (download)

Low descending single trill. Tracey Rogers UNSW SydneyCC BY-SA49 KB (download)

Medium single trill. Tracey Rogers UNSW SydneyCC BY-SA22.7 KB (download)

A remarkably predictable pattern

We then compared the songs of the male leopard seals with several styles of human music: baroqueclassicalromantic and contemporary, as well as songs by The Beatles and nursery rhymes.

What stood out was the similarity between the predictability of human nursery rhymes and leopard seal calls. Nursery rhymes are simple, repetitive and easy to remember — and that’s what we heard in the leopard seal songs.

The range of “entropy” was similar to the 39 nursery rhymes from the Golden Song Book, a collection of words and sheet music for classic children’s songs, which was first published in 1945. It includes classics such:

  • Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star
  • Frère Jacques
  • Ring Around a Rosy
  • Baa, Baa, Black Sheep
  • Humpty Dumpty
  • Three Blind Mice
  • Rockabye Baby.

For humans, the predictable structure of a nursery rhyme melody helps make it simple enough for a child to learn. For a leopard seal, this predictability may enable the individual to learn its song and keep singing it over multiple days. This consistency is important, because changes in pitch or frequency can create miscommunication.

Like sperm whales, leopard seals may also use song to set themselves apart from others and signal their fitness to reproduce. The greater structure in the songs helps ensure listeners accurately receive the message and identify who is singing.

Male leopard seals produce high-pitched cricket-like trills.

An evolving song?

Leopard seals sound very different to humans. But our research shows the complexity and structure of their songs is remarkably similar to our own nursery rhymes.

Communication through song is a very common animal behaviour. However, structure and predictability in mammal song has only been studied in a handful of species. We know very little about what drives it.

Understanding animal communication is important. It can improve conservation efforts and animal welfare, and provide important information about animal cognition and evolution.

Technology has advanced rapidly since our recordings were made in the 1990s. In future, we hope to revisit Antarctica to record and study further, to better understand if new call types have emerged, and if patterns of leopard seal song evolve from generation to generation.The Conversation

Lucinda Chambers, PhD Candidate in Marine Bioacoustics, UNSW Sydney and Tracey Rogers, Professor Evolution & Ecology, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A World of Water exhibition asks: ‘Can the seas survive us?’

John Kenneth ParanadaUniversity of East Anglia

Water is at the heart of the disruption wrought by climate change. The seas, once seen as vast and stable, are now unpredictable and restless.

That tidy, looping diagram of the water cycle once pinned up in primary school classrooms – clouds, rivers, evaporation and rain – now reads more like a fragmented recollection than a dependable process. Human impact has cracked that once-stable loop wide open.

Sea levels inch upward year on year. Droughts grow more prolonged and severe. Rainfall becomes erratic and violent. What was once spoken of in future tense is now present and pressing.

In Norfolk, land and sea have long coexisted in an uneasy truce. Here, the threat of sea level rise is not a speculative concern, it is data-backedvisible and accelerating.

According to research from the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, vast swathes of Norfolk risk being submerged by rising seas if global temperatures rise by even two degrees celsius. It is one of the most at-risk areas in the UK.

Against this backdrop comes the Sainsbury Centre’s exhibition, A World of Water (part of the Can the Seas Survive Us? season). In the show, water is explored as subject, medium and metaphor. It is both agent and witness, shaping civilisations, sustaining life, and now challenging our ability to coexist with it.

Curated through an interdisciplinary lens, the exhibition was shaped by deep collaboration with scientists, artists, ecologists, activists and coastal communities. Rooted in lived experience, from a two-day walk along the Wherry Man’s Way to a 36-hour sail aboard a 1921 fishing smack, the curatorial process traced fragile coastlines and the North Sea’s rapid transformation into an industrial nexus of energy infrastructures.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


The curatorial approach to the show embraces the multifaceted nature of water by weaving together maritime history, Indigenous knowledge and contemporary works rooted in the artists’ experiences.

Many of the participating artists hail from communities already wrestling with rising tides and the realities of climate disruption. Their contributions form three thematic currents: Mudplume, Water Water Everywhere and In a State of Flux.

These overlapping threads investigate how water connects, nourishes and imperils. Rather than positioning the sea as a line of division, the exhibition reframes it as a living, connective tissue linking culture, history and ecology.

A curatorial geomorphology of the sea

Guidance for the exhibition’s conceptual framework came, fittingly, from water itself. Its mutable nature – solid, liquid, vapour – shaped the rhythm of the curatorial process. Rather than impose a rigid thesis, the exhibition offers an ever-shifting constellation of perspectives.

The exhibition journey begins with sound. Visitors are welcomed by a low murmur, tides lapping, water dripping, echoing through the museum entrance. This leads to Spiral Fosset (2024), a sculptural work by the Dutch collective De Onkruidenier.

Mirroring the central staircase of the museum, the piece suggests the brackish confluence where fresh and saltwater mingle. From here, the viewer descends into the lower galleries, reimagined as an estuary.

Within the lower galleries, artworks unfold like coastal mudflats at low tide. Seventeenth-century Dutch seascapes hang alongside photographs, video works and sculptures made from plastic waste. Sands from the beaches of Cromer, Happisburgh and Cley are featured, anchoring the exhibition in local terrain.

East Anglia’s centuries-old ties with the Low Countries form a steady through line. Hendrick van Anthonissen’s View of Scheveningen Sands (1641) shares space with works by Norwich School masters such as John Sell Cotman, John Crome and Robert Ladbrooke.

This approach privileges resonance over chronology. The exhibition avoids a linear march through time in favour of prioritising association, connection and drift. For instance, Shore Compass by Olafur Eliasson (2019) sits in subtle dialogue with Jodocus Hondius’s 1589 Drake Map an early cartographic rendering of Sir Francis Drake’s circumnavigation of the world.

Created during the height of European maritime expansion and colonialism, the map illustrates the interplay between empire, navigation and power. Time, like tide, is allowed to meander.

The exhibition adopts what might be called a “curatorial geomorphology”: a way of curating that draws on the sculpting force of water. In the natural sciences, geomorphology examines how landscapes are formed and reshaped by flowing water, storms and tides, while hydrology traces water’s movement through the environment.

This curatorial approach translates those scientific ideas into a cultural and creative practice. Like a river, it flows through histories, stories and meanings. What unfolds is a tidal narrative, an estuary of thought where time loosens, the present deepens and new futures begin to surface.

Visitors to A World of Water can expect something different from a traditional gallery experience. It invites you to think with the seas, to tune into their rhythms, tensions and secret lives.

As you wander through the galleries, you enter a realm shaped by flux, expect to feel and reimagine a world where land, water and life move as one. And perhaps, by moving as water does, we may begin to sense an answer to the question: Can the Seas Survive Us? Not in certainty, but through our collective and individual actions toward a more regenerative and sustainable future.

A World of Water is at the Sainsbury Centre Norwich until August 3. It’s part of a six-month season of interlinked exhibitions and events that explore the question: “Can the seas survive us?”


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.The Conversation

John Kenneth Paranada, Curator of Art and Climate Change, University of East Anglia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Flames to floods: how Europe’s devastating wildfires are fuelling its next climate crisis

Ioanna StamatakiUniversity of Greenwich

In recent years, I have all too often found myself passing over an active wildfire when flying from London to my family home in Greece during the summer months. The sky glows an eerie, apocalyptic red, and the scent of smoke fills the cabin. Silence falls as we become unwilling witnesses to a tragic spectacle.

Now wildfires are again raging across the Mediterranean. But the flames themselves are only part of the story. As wildfires become more intense and frequent, they’re setting off a dangerous chain reaction – one that also includes a rising risk of devastating floods.

Wildfire viewed from a plane
Author’s photo from a plane landing in Athens last summer. Ioanna Stamataki

In January 2024, Nasa reported that climate change is intensifying wildfire conditions, noting that the frequency of the most extreme wildfires had more than doubled over the past two decades. While some of this is driven by natural weather variability, human-induced warming is clearly playing a major role. Decades of rising temperatures combined with longer and more severe droughts have created ideal conditions for wildfires to ignite and spread.

This year, another brutal Mediterranean wildfire season is unfolding right before our eyes, with numerous active wildfire fronts across the region. As of July 22 2025, 237,153 hectares have burned in the EU – an increase of nearly 78% from the same period last year. The number of fires rose by about 45%, and CO₂ emissions increased by 23% compared to 2024. These are terrifying statistics.

Climate phenomena are closely interconnected

The fires themselves are bad enough. But they’re also closely connected to other climate-related extremes, including floods.

Natural hazards often trigger chain reactions, turning one disaster into many. In the case of floods, wildfires play a big role both through weather patterns and how the land responds to rain.

On the weather side, higher temperatures lead to more extreme rainfall, as warmer air can hold more moisture and fuels stronger storms. Intense wildfires can sometimes get so hot they generate their own weather systems, like pyrocumulus clouds – towering storm clouds formed by heat, smoke and water vapour. These clouds can spark sudden, localised storms during or shortly after the fire.

The damage doesn’t end when the flames die down. Satellite data shows that burned land can remain up to 10°C hotter for nearly a year, due to lost vegetation and damaged soil.

As the world warms, the atmosphere is able to hold about 7% more moisture for every extra degree. Recent temperatures of 40°C or more in Greece suggest a capacity for more downpours and more flooding.

Climate stripes chart for Greece
Greece is getting hotter and hotter (Each stripe represents one year, with blue indicating cooler and red indicating warmer than the 1961-2010 average). Ed Hawkins / Show Your Stripes (Data: Berkeley Earth & ERA5-Land)CC BY-SA

Wildfires also make the land itself more vulnerable to flooding. Burnt areas respond much faster to rain, as there is less vegetation to slow down the water. Wildfires also change the soil structure, often making it water-repellent. This means more water runs off the surface, erosion increases, and it takes less rain to trigger a flood.

Under these conditions, a storm expected once every ten years can cause the sort of catastrophic flooding expected only every 100 to 200 years. Water moves much faster across scorched landscapes without plants to slow it down. Wildfires also leave behind a lot of debris, which can be swept up by fast-moving floodwaters.

While EU-wide data on post-wildfire flood risk is still limited, various case studies from southern Europe offer strong evidence of the connection. In Spain’s Ebro River Basin, for example, research found that if emissions remain high and climate policy is limited, wildfires will increase the probability of high flood risk by 10%.

Nature’s ability to regenerate is nothing short of magical, but recovering from a wildfire takes time. Burnt soil takes years to return to normal and, during that time, the risks of extreme rainfall are higher. Beyond the impact of wildfires on soil and water, it is important not to overlook the devastating loss of plant and animal species or even entire ecosystems, making the natural world less biodiverse and resilient.

To reduce the frequency and severity of extreme events, we must focus on repairing climate damage. This means moving beyond isolated perspectives and adopting a multi-hazard approach that recognises how disasters are connected.

Flooding after wildfires is just one example of how one crisis can trigger another. We need to recognise these cascading risks and focus on long-term resilience over short-term fixes.


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.The Conversation

Ioanna Stamataki, Senior Lecturer in Hydraulics and Water Engineering, University of Greenwich

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

US government may be abandoning the global climate fight, but new leaders are filling the void – including China

Chinese President Xi Jinping and Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva meet in Beijing in May 2025. Tingshu Wang/Pool Photo via AP
Shannon GibsonUSC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences

When President Donald Trump announced in early 2025 that he was withdrawing the U.S. from the Paris climate agreement for the second time, it triggered fears that the move would undermine global efforts to slow climate change and diminish America’s global influence.

A big question hung in the air: Who would step into the leadership vacuum?

I study the dynamics of global environmental politics, including through the United Nations climate negotiations. While it’s still too early to fully assess the long-term impact of the United States’ political shift when it comes to global cooperation on climate change, there are signs that a new set of leaders is rising to the occasion.

World responds to another US withdrawal

The U.S. first committed to the Paris Agreement in a joint announcement by President Barack Obama and China’s Xi Jinping in 2015. At the time, the U.S. agreed to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions 26% to 28% below 2005 levels by 2025 and pledged financial support to help developing countries adapt to climate risks and embrace renewable energy.

Some people praised the U.S. engagement, while others criticized the original commitment as too weak. Since then, the U.S. has cut emissions by 17.2% below 2005 levels – missing the goal, in part because its efforts have been stymied along the way.

Just two years after the landmark Paris Agreement, Trump stood in the Rose Garden in 2017 and announced he was withdrawing the U.S. from the treaty, citing concerns that jobs would be lost, that meeting the goals would be an economic burden, and that it wouldn’t be fair because China, the world’s largest emitter today, wasn’t projected to start reducing its emissions for several years.

Scientists and some politicians and business leaders were quick to criticize the decision, calling it “shortsighted” and “reckless.” Some feared that the Paris Agreement, signed by almost every country, would fall apart.

But it did not.

In the United States, businesses such as Apple, Google, Microsoft and Tesla made their own pledges to meet the Paris Agreement goals.

Hawaii passed legislation to become the first state to align with the agreement. A coalition of U.S. cities and states banded together to form the United States Climate Alliance to keep working to slow climate change.

Globally, leaders from Italy, Germany and France rebutted Trump’s assertion that the Paris Agreement could be renegotiated. Others from Japan, Canada, Australia and New Zealand doubled down on their own support of the global climate accord. In 2020, President Joe Biden brought the U.S. back into the agreement.

A solar farm in a field.
Amazon partnered with Dominion Energy to build solar farms, like this one, in Virginia. They power the company’s cloud-computing and other services. Drew Angerer/Getty Images

Now, with Trump pulling the U.S. out again – and taking steps to eliminate U.S. climate policiesboost fossil fuels and slow the growth of clean energy at home – other countries are stepping up.

On July 24, 2025, China and the European Union issued a joint statement vowing to strengthen their climate targets and meet them. They alluded to the U.S., referring to “the fluid and turbulent international situation today” in saying that “the major economies … must step up efforts to address climate change.”

In some respects, this is a strength of the Paris Agreement – it is a legally nonbinding agreement based on what each country decides to commit to. Its flexibility keeps it alive, as the withdrawal of a single member does not trigger immediate sanctions, nor does it render the actions of others obsolete.

The agreement survived the first U.S. withdrawal, and so far, all signs point to it surviving the second one.

Who’s filling the leadership vacuum

From what I’ve seen in international climate meetings and my team’s research, it appears that most countries are moving forward.

One bloc emerging as a powerful voice in negotiations is the Like-Minded Group of Developing Countries – a group of low- and middle-income countries that includes China, India, Bolivia and Venezuela. Driven by economic development concerns, these countries are pressuring the developed world to meet its commitments to both cut emissions and provide financial aid to poorer countries.

A man with his arms crossed leans on a desk with a 'Bolivia' label in front of it.
Diego Pacheco, a negotiator from Bolivia, spoke on behalf of the Like-Minded Developing Countries group during a climate meeting in Bonn, Germany, in June 2025. IISD/ENB | Kiara Worth

China, motivated by economic and political factors, seems to be happily filling the climate power vacuum created by the U.S. exit.

In 2017, China voiced disappointment over the first U.S. withdrawal. It maintained its climate commitments and pledged to contribute more in climate finance to other developing countries than the U.S. had committed to – US$3.1 billion compared with $3 billion.

This time around, China is using leadership on climate change in ways that fit its broader strategy of gaining influence and economic power by supporting economic growth and cooperation in developing countries. Through its Belt and Road Initiative, China has scaled up renewable energy exports and development in other countries, such as investing in solar power in Egypt and wind energy development in Ethiopia.

While China is still the world’s largest coal consumer, it has aggressively pursued investments in renewable energy at home, including solar, wind and electrification. In 2024, about half the renewable energy capacity built worldwide was in China.

Three people talk under the shade of solar panels.
China’s interest in South America’s energy resources has been growing for years. In 2019, China’s special representative for climate change, Xie Zhenhua, met with Chile’s then-ministers of energy and environment, Juan Carlos Jobet and Carolina Schmidt, in Chile. Martin Bernetti/AFP via Getty Images

While it missed the deadline to submit its climate pledge due this year, China has a goal of peaking its emissions before 2030 and then dropping to net-zero emissions by 2060. It is continuing major investments in renewable energy, both for its own use and for export. The U.S. government, in contrast, is cutting its support for wind and solar power. China also just expanded its carbon market to encourage emissions cuts in the cement, steel and aluminum sectors.

The British government has also ratcheted up its climate commitments as it seeks to become a clean energy superpower. In 2025, it pledged to cut emissions 77% by 2035 compared with 1990 levels. Its new pledge is also more transparent and specific than in the past, with details on how specific sectors, such as power, transportation, construction and agriculture, will cut emissions. And it contains stronger commitments to provide funding to help developing countries grow more sustainably.

In terms of corporate leadership, while many American businesses are being quieter about their efforts, in order to avoid sparking the ire of the Trump administration, most appear to be continuing on a green path – despite the lack of federal support and diminished rules.

USA Today and Statista’s “America’s Climate Leader List” includes about 500 large companies that have reduced their carbon intensity – carbon emissions divided by revenue – by 3% from the previous year. The data shows that the list is growing, up from about 400 in 2023.

What to watch at the 2025 climate talks

The Paris Agreement isn’t going anywhere. Given the agreement’s design, with each country voluntarily setting its own goals, the U.S. never had the power to drive it into obsolescence.

The question is if developed and developing country leaders alike can navigate two pressing needs – economic growth and ecological sustainability – without compromising their leadership on climate change.

This year’s U.N. climate conference in Brazil, COP30, will show how countries intend to move forward and, importantly, who will lead the way.

Research assistant Emerson Damiano, a recent graduate in environmental studies at USC, contributed to this article.The Conversation

Shannon Gibson, Professor of Environmental Studies, Political Science and International Relations, USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As US climate data-gathering is gutted, Australian forecasting is now at real risk

Gallo Images/Getty
Andrew B. WatkinsMonash UniversityAnthony ReaRMIT UniversityMatthew EnglandUNSW SydneyScott PowerMonash UniversitySue BarrellUniversity of Technology Sydney, and Tas van OmmenUniversity of Tasmania

This year, Australia has experienced record-breaking floods, tropical cyclones, heatwaves on land and in the ocean, drought, coral bleaching, coastal erosion and devastating algal blooms. Over the past five years, insured losses from extreme events have risen to A$4.5 billion annually – more than double the 30-year average.

But even as damage from climate change intensifies, political change overseas is threatening Australia’s ability to track what’s happening now, and predict what will happen next.

The United States has historically been a world leader in earth observation systems and freely sharing the gathered data. Sharing of data, expertise and resources between scientists in the US and Australia makes possible the high-quality weather, climate and ocean monitoring and forecasting we rely on.

But this is no longer guaranteed. Under the Trump administration, key US scientific institutions and monitoring programs are facing deep cuts. These cuts aren’t just cosmetic – they will end essential data gathering. Australia has long relied on these data sources. When they dry up, it will make it much harder for scientists to look ahead.

Australian leaders should look for ways to boost local earth monitoring capabilities where possible and partner with other large scientific organisations outside the US.

Extreme weather has hit Australia hard and often in 2025. Pictured: a storm surge at Robe, South Australia, on June 24 2025. Marcus PohlCC BY-NC

What is at risk?

Forecasting weather and climate isn’t simple. To produce accurate forecasts, scientists rely on earth observation systems which monitor changes to Earth’s land, atmosphere, ocean and ice. Much of this vital data is gathered by satellites, augmented by ocean data from thousands of robotic ARGO floats which capture data on ocean temperatures and salinity. Using this data to model the complexity of the Earth system requires research expertise and supercomputers.

Graphic showing sources of data used in weather and climate models.
Australian weather and climate forecasting relies on many forms of data collection. Some US capabilities will soon be cut or restricted. World Meteorological OrganizationCC BY-NC-ND

This year, the US government has announced sweeping cuts which could significantly degrade earth monitoring data gathering and availability.

In March 2025, the administration culled around 1,000 positions at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

Two months later, cuts were announced for NASA, including their Earth observation missions and to the National Science Foundation, with a proposed major reduction to Antarctic observations and research.

In June, still deeper cuts were proposed for NOAA. These would see the agency’s Ocean and Atmospheric Research section dismantled and parts moved to the National Weather Service and the National Oceans Service. If these cuts are approved, they would cut NOAA funding by about 25%.

The data and modelling capabilities at risk include:

Map of ocean ARGO floats in the seas
This map shows which nations contribute to the global ARGO float program. The US (dark green dots) contributes over half of all sensors. OceanOPSCC BY-NC-ND

Maintaining Australian capabilities is not a given

Making accurate forecasts requires high-quality global observations.

Forecasts will inevitably get worse if data sources are restricted or stopped. During extreme weather events, this will pose real risk to life.

The loss of experienced US staff could also lead to a stagnation in forecasting advances, especially on extreme weather. Many Australian scientists working on forecast improvements collaborate with US colleagues.

If some or all of these cuts take place, the flow-on effects for Australian meteorology and climate science will be substantial.

In response, Australian leaders should:

  1. Assess the immediate risks to Australia’s weather, climate and ocean capabilities from these changes in the US.

  2. Assess where Australia can best lift national capabilities in research, modelling and observations.

  3. Expand data sharing and collaboration with ChinaJapanSouth KoreaIndia and the European Union. Each of these has established satellite observing programs which cover Australia.

  4. Strengthen investment and partnership in international programs such as as the WMO, the EU’s Copernicus Program, the World Climate Research Program and the EU Horizon program.

The future

America’s sweeping cuts to science will have large ripple effects. Losing these capabilities and expertise will be a significant setback for researchers in the US, Australia and worldwide. The cuts come at a time when extreme weather and damage from climate change is intensifying. Early warnings save lives.

To meet the ever more urgent need for reliable forecasting and modelling, Australia can no longer rely on US data and expertise. It’s time to boost local capabilities and expand vital alliances.


Peter May (Monash University), Peter Steinle (Melbourne University) and Tony Worby (University of Western Australia) contributed to this article. Jas Chambers and Rob Vertessy (Melbourne University) provided initial inspirationThe Conversation

Andrew B. Watkins, Associate Research Scientist in Climate Science, Monash UniversityAnthony Rea, Industry Adjunct Associate Professor in Meteorology, RMIT UniversityMatthew England, Scientia Professor in Oceanography and Deputy Director of the ARC Australian Centre for Excellence in Antarctic Science, UNSW SydneyScott Power, Adjunct Professor in Climate Science, Monash UniversitySue Barrell, Chair of Australian National University's Institute for Space and Council Member, University of Technology Sydney, and Tas van Ommen, Adjunct Professor in Climate Science, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks
A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Annie Wyatt Reserve, Palm Beach: Pittwater Fields of Dreams II - The Tree Lovers League 
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Pollution runoff persists: Resident states raw sewerage is being washed into the estuary
Bayview Public Wharf and Baths: Some History
Bayview Public Wharf Gone; Bayview Public Baths still not netted - Salt Pan Public Wharf Going
Bayview's new walkway, current state of the Bayview public Wharf & Baths + Maybanke Cove
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Brown's Bay Public Wharf, on McCarrs Creek, Church Point: Some History
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2021
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund 2022-23: $378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control - Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2023-2024
Crown Reserves Grants 2025 Announced: Local focus on Weeds + Repairs to Long Reef Boardwalk + some pictures of council's recent works at Hitchcock Park - Careel Bay playing fields - CRIF 2025
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong Falls Walk May 2025 by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Long Reef Sunrise Headland Walk by Joe Mills
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarrs Creek Public Jetty, Brown's Bay Public Jetty, Rostrevor Reserve, Cargo Wharf, Church Point Public Wharf: a few pictures from the Site Investigations for Pittwater Public Wharves History series 2025
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Paradise Beach Baths renewal Complete - Taylor's Point Public Wharf Rebuild Underway
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salt Pan Cove Public Wharf on Regatta Reserve + Florence Park + Salt Pan Reserve + Refuge Cove Reserve: Some History
Salt Pan Public Wharf, Regatta Reserve, Florence Park, Salt Pan Cove Reserve, Refuge Cove Reserve Pictorial and Information
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Scotland Island Dieback Accelerating: November 2024
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stealing The Bush: Pittwater's Trees Changes - Some History 
Stokes Point To Taylor's Point: An Ideal Picnic, Camping & Bathing Place 
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
Taylor's Point Public Wharf 2013-2020 History
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
$378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control: Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites - CRIF March 2023
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills

Tree Management Policy Passed

Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: mid-February to Mid- March 2025 by Joe Mills

Turimetta to Avalon Dunes Being Trashed

Warriewood Wetlands - Creeks Deteriorating: How To Report Construction Site Breaches, Weed Infestations + The Long Campaign To Save The Warriewood Wetlands & Ingleside Escarpment March 2023
Warriewood Wetlands and Irrawong Reserve
Whale Beach Ocean Reserve: 'The Strand' - Some History On Another Great Protected Pittwater Reserve
Whale Migration Season: Grab A Seaside Pew For The Annual Whalesong But Keep Them Safe If Going Out On The Water
Wilshire Park Palm Beach: Some History + Photos From May 2022
Winji Jimmi - Water Maze

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Odes to Australia's Fairy-wrens by Douglas Brooke Wheelton Sladen and Constance Le Plastrier 1884 and 1926

Oystercatcher and Dollarbird Families - Summer visitors

Pacific Black Duck Bath

Painted Button-Quail Rescued By Locals - Elanora-Ingleside escarpment-Warriewood wetlands birds

Palm Beach Protection Group Launch, Supporters InvitedSaturday Feb.16th - Residents Are Saying 'NO' To Off-Leash Dogs In Station Beach Eco-System - reports over 50 dogs a day on Station Beach throughout December-January (a No Dogs Beach) small children being jumped on, Native birds chased, dog faeces being left, families with toddlers leaving beach to get away from uncontrolled dogs and 'Failure of Process' in council 'consultation' open to February 28th 

Pardalote, Scrub Wren and a Thornbill of Pittwater

Pecking Order by Robyn McWilliam

Pelican Lamps at Narrabeen  Pelican Dreamsong - A Legend of the Great Flood - dreamtime legend for children

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve